Table of Contents


UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


FORM 10-K

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For fiscal year ended December 31, 20172018

 

Commission file number: 000-50644

 

 

Cutera, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware

  

77-0492262

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

  

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

3240 Bayshore Blvd.

Brisbane, California 94005

(415) 657-5500

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’sregistrant’s principal executive offices)


 

 


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

  

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  

The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC

 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes ☐  No ☒

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes ☐  No ☒

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period thanthat the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒  No ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically, and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒   No ☐

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitiondefinitions of “large“large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company”company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (check one):Act.

 

Large accelerated

filer  ☐

Accelerated

filer  ☒  

Non-accelerated filer  (Do

(Do not check if a smaller

reporting reporting company)  ☐

Emerging growth

company  ☐

Smaller reporting company  ☐

Emerging growth company  ☐

   

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accountingaccounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).   Yes ☐  No ☒

 

The aggregate market value of the registrant’sregistrant’s common stock, held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 20172018 (which is the last business day of registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter) based upon the closing price of such stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on June 30, 2017,2018, was approximately $278$418 million. For purposes of this disclosure, shares of common stock held by entities and individuals who own 5% or more of the outstanding common stock and shares of common stock held by each officer and director have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be “affiliates” as that term is defined under the Rules and Regulations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily conclusive.

 

The number of shares of Registrant’sRegistrant’s common stock issued and outstanding as of March 1, 20182019 was 13,582,973.14,014,511.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Part III incorporates by reference certain information from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 20182019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after December 31, 2017.2018.

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  

  

Page

PART I

  

 

  

  

 

Item 1.

Business

4

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

2119

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

3736

Item 2.

Properties

3736

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

3736

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

3736

  

  

 

PART II

  

 

  

  

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’sRegistrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

3837

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

4039

Item 7.

Management’sManagement’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

4140

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

5354

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

5556

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

8892

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

8892

Item 9B.

Other Information

8993

  

  

 

PART III

  

 

  

  

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

8993

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

8993

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

8993

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

8993

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

8993

  

  

 

PART IV

  

 

  

  

 

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

9094

Item 16.

Form 10K Summary 

9195

  

23

 

 

PART IFORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking“forward-looking statements” that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. The statements contained in this report that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Forward-looking statements are often identified by the use of words such as, but not limited to, “anticipate,” “believe,” “can,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “might,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “project,” “seek,” “should,” “strategy,” “target,” “will,” “would” or variations of these terms and similar expressions, or variationsthe negative of these terms or similar expressions intended to identify forward-looking statements. TheseForward-looking statements are necessarily based on the beliefsestimates and assumptions of ourthat, while considered reasonable by Cutera and its management based on information currently available to management. Such forward-lookingtheir knowledge and understanding of the business and industry, are inherently uncertain. Forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other important factors that could cause actual results and the timing of certain events to differ materially from future results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors” included under Part I, Item 1A below. Furthermore, such forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this report. Except as required by law, we undertakethe Company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of such statements.

 

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the discussions included in Item 1A - Risk Factors, Item 7 - Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

In thisthis Annual Report on Form 10-K, unless the context otherwise requires, references to the “Company,” “Cutera,” “we,” “us” and “our” refers to Cutera, Inc.

 

3

Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

 

WeIn this Annual Report on Form 10-K, “Cutera,” “the Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Cutera, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. Cutera®, AcuTip®, CoolGlide®, CoolGlide excel®, enlighten®, excel HR®, excel V®, LimeLight®, myQ®, Pearl®, PicoGenesis™, ProWave 770®, Solera®, Titan®, truSculpt®, Vantage® and xeo® are trademarks or registered trademarks of the Company.

Company Background

Cutera was formed in 1988 as a Deleware corporation and is a global medical device company founded as a Delaware corporation in 1998 and have our headquarters in Brisbane, California. We specialize in the design, development, manufacture, marketing and servicingprovider of laser and other energy based aestheticsenergy-based aesthetic systems for practitioners worldwide. The Company designs, develops, manufactures, distributes and markets light and energy-based product platforms for use by physicians and other qualified practitioners (collectively, “practitioners”), enabling them to offer safe and effective aesthetic treatments to their customers. In addition, we distributethe Company distributes third-party sourced systems. We offermanufactured skincare products. The Company currently offers easy-to-use products based on the following key platforms:enlighten®,excel HR®,truSculpt®,excel V®, xeo®, Juliet®TM,and SecretTM RF— each of which enables physicians and other qualified practitioners to perform safe and effective aesthetic procedures, including treatment for their customers. Eachbody contouring, skin resurfacing and revitalization, tattoo removal, removal of our laserbenign pigmented lesions, vascular conditions, hair removal, toenail fungus and other energy-basedwomen's health. The Company’s platforms consists of one or moreare designed to be easily upgraded to add additional applications and hand pieces, connectedwhich provide flexibility for the Company’s customers as they expand their practices. The Company’s ongoing research and development activities primarily focus on developing new products, as well as improving and enhancing the Company’s portfolio of existing products. The Company also explores ways to expand the Company’s product offerings through alternative arrangements with other companies, such as distribution arrangements. The Company introduced Juliet, a console that incorporates an intuitive user interface,product for women’s health, in December 2017, Secret RF, a laser or other energy-based module, control system softwarefractional RF microneedling device for skin revitalization, in January 2018, enlighten SR in April 2018, and high voltage electronics. However, depending on the application, the laser or other energy-based module may reside truSculpt iD in the hand piece itself.July 2018.

 

OurThe Company’s trademarks include: Cutera, “Acu “Acutip,Tip,“CoolGlide, “CoolGlide, “CoolGlide excel,” “enlighten,” “excel HR,” “excel V,”GenesisPlus, “LimeLight, ‘myQ,” “Pearl,” Juliet,PicoGenesis, LimeLight,ProWave 770, “Solera,” Titan,” “truSculpt,” PicoGenesis,“Vantage” and “xeo.Titan,” “Pearl,” “truSculpt,””myQ, andxeo.” OurThe Company’s logo and our other trade names, trademarks and service marks appearing in this document are ourproperty. Other trade names, trademarks and service marks appearing in this annual reportAnnual Report on Form 10-K are the property of their respective owners. Solelyfor convenience, our trademarks and trade names referred to in this annual reportAnnual Report on Form 10-K appear without the ™ or ® symbols, but those referencesare not intended to indicate, in any way, that wethe Company will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights, or the right of the applicable licensorto these trademarks and trade names.

4

Table of Contents

 

A description of each of ourthe Company’s hand pieces, and the aesthetic conditions they are designed to treat, is contained in the section below entitled Products”“Products” and a summary of the features of our primary productsplatforms is as follows:

 

truSculpt iD –In July 2018 the Company introduced a hands-free version of our truSculpt platform, the truSculpt iD, for the non-surgical body sculpting market. It includes consumable cycles that need to be ordered by the practitioner after a set number of treatments are performed, resulting in recurring revenue. This product is a high-powered RF system designed for body contouring, lipolysis and deep tissue heating, and is able to treat all body and skin types. The truSculpt iD delivers targeted energy at 2 MHz, causing lipolysis of the subcutaneous adipose tissue. The Company received 510(k) clearance from the United States (“U.S.”) Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) for lipolysis of abdominal fat in 2018. It was primarily sold in the U.S. and Canada in 2018 and is planned to be sold to a broader international customer base in 2019. Prior truSculpt platforms include the truSculpt 3D, a 2 MHZ device for tissue heating and temporary reduction in the abdomen, and the original truSculpt platform which was launched in August 2012 and delivered treatments at 1 MHz. In December 2016, the Company received 510(k) clearance from the FDA to market the truSculpt platform for the temporary reduction in circumference of the abdomen. The truSculpt 3D includes a consumable hand piece that needs to be "refilled" after a set number of treatments are performed, resulting in recurring revenue.

Juliet – In December 2017, we made initial sales of the Juliet laser for vaginal health, a minimally invasive, no-downtime treatment that utilizes Er:YAG laser technology to deliver two modes of energy to the vaginal area. The first mode is ablative and stimulates collagen remodeling and the second mode is coagulative and induces hemostasis. As a result, patients experience improved sexual function and overall vaginal health with minimal downtime. Juliet addresses burning, itching, dryness and painful intercourse in the vaginal wall typically associated with diminished estrogen production resulting in symptoms associated with Genitourinary Syndrome of Menopause. This product has a disposable tip, which must be changed for every procedure. As a result, the replacements of the tips results in recurring revenue.

Secret RFIn January 2018, we introduced a new fractional radio frequency (“RF”) microneedling device that delivers heat into the deeper layers of the skin using controlled RF energy. The targeted energy revitalizes, rebuilds and firms up tissue, effectively remodeling collagen, improving mild wrinkles and diminishing scars while leaving the outer layer of skin intact, minimizing downtime. Each time a procedure is performed, it requires the physician to use a new hand piece tip. The sale of the replacement results in recurring revenue.

truSculpt –In May 2017 we introduced an advanced version of our truSculpt platform, the truSculpt 3D, for the non-surgical body sculpting market. It includes a consumable hand piece that needs to be "refilled" after a set number of treatments are performed, resulting in recurring revenue. This product is a high-powered RF system designed for deep tissue heating to treat all body areas and comes with two hand pieces versus a 40cm2 hand piece for larger body parts and a 16cm2 hand piece for smaller body parts. The truSculpt 3D delivers targeted energy at 2 MHz, which results in the uniform heating of the subcutaneous adipose tissue. It was primarily sold in the U.S. and Canada in 2017 and is planned to be sold to a broader international customer base in 2018. The original truSculpt platform was launched in August 2012 and delivered treatments at 1 MHz. In December 2016, the truSculpt platform received a 510(k) clearance from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) to marketit for the temporary reduction in circumference of the abdomen.

enlighten – In December 2014, we introduced our enlighten laser platform with a dual wavelength (1064 nanometer, or “nm” + 532 nm) and in December 2016, we introduced a three wavelength model (1064 nm + 532 nm + 670 nm), enlighten III. The enlighten system is a dual pulse duration (750 picosecond, or “ps,” and 2 nanosecond, or “ns”) laser system and is cleared for multi-colored tattoo removal and for the treatment of benign pigmented lesions.

excel HR – In June 2014, we introduced our excel HR platform, a premium hair removal solution for all skin types, combining Cutera’s proven long-pulse 1064 nm Nd:YAG laser and a high-power 755 nm Alexandrite laser with sapphire contact cooling.

 

4

Table

Juliet – In December 2017, the Company introduced the Juliet laser for women’s intimate health. Juliet is a versatile multi-application platform utilizing an Er:YAG laser with the 2940 nm wavelength. This Erbium wavelength produces noticeable results due to its high peak absorption in water. Additionally, Juliet’s Erbium technology allows for a controlled thermal delivery to tissue, keeping the procedure safe for patients while minimizing downtime. Juliet delivers two passes of Contents

energy to the target area during treatment. The first pass uses ablation to vaporize the tissue and create micro-channels of injury. The second pass uses coagulation to deliver a thermal injury to the area, which further stimulates the body's normal wound healing process, revitalizing, and remodeling damaged tissue and introducing the formation of new blood vessels. Juliet also  has a disposable tip, which must be changed for every procedure. As a result, the replacements of the tips results in recurring revenue.

 

Secret RF In January 2018, the Company introduced a new fractional radio frequency (“RF”) microneedling device that delivers heat into the deeper layers of the skin using controlled RF energy. The targeted energy revitalizes, rebuilds and firms up tissue, effectively remodeling collagen, improving mild wrinkles and diminishing scars while leaving the outer layer of skin intact, minimizing downtime. Each time a procedure is performed, it requires the physician to use a new hand piece tip. The sale of the replacement tip results in recurring revenue.

enlighten – In December 2014, the Company introduced the enlighten laser platform with a dual wavelength (1064 nanometer, or “nm” + 532 nm) and in December 2016, we introduced a three wavelength model (1064 nm + 532 nm + 670 nm), enlighten III. The enlighten system is a dual pulse duration (750 picosecond, or “ps,” and 2 nanosecond, or “ns”) laser system and is cleared for multi-colored tattoo removal and for the treatment of benign pigmented lesions and acne scars. In 2018, the Company introduced an expanded performance enlighten III and in April 2018, the Company introduced enlighten SR, which is a lighter version of enlighten with reduced optical performance. Clinical studies were conducted to support an FDA clearance in October 2018 for treatment of acne scars on patients with Fitzpatrick skin types II-V when used with the Micro Lens Array (MLA) hand piece attachment.

excel HR – In June 2014, the Company introduced the excel HR platform, a premium hair removal solution for all skin types, combining Cutera’s proven long-pulse 1064 nm Nd:YAG laser and a high-power 755 nm Alexandrite laser with sapphire contact cooling.

excel V+ – In March 2019, the Company introduced the excel V+, a new iteration of the excel V vascular platform originally introduced in 2011. The excel V+, a high-performance, vascular and benign pigmented lesion treatment platform designed specifically for the core-market of dermatologists and plastic surgeons. The excel V+ has 50% higher power than its predecessor and provides greater range of parameters for faster more customizable treatments. The excel V and excel V+ are solid-state laser platforms providing a combination of the 532 nm green laser with 1064 nm Nd:YAG technology, to provide a single, compact and efficient system that treats the entire range of cosmetic vascular and benign pigmented lesion conditions.

xeo – In 2003, the Company introduced the xeo platform, which combines intense pulsed light technology with laser applications in a single system. The xeo is a multi-application platform on which a customer can purchase hand piece applications for the removal of unwanted hair, treatment of vascular lesions, and skin revitalization by treating discoloration, fine lines and laxity.

– In February 2011, we introduced our excel V platform, a high-performance, vascular and benign pigmented lesion treatment platform designed specifically for the core-market of dermatologists and plastic surgeons. This solid-state laser platform provides a combination of the 532 nm green laser with Cutera’s® award-winning 1064 nm Nd:YAG technology, to provide a single, compact and efficient system that treats the entire range of cosmetic vascular and benign pigmented lesion conditions.

xeoIn 2003, we introduced the xeo platform, which combines pulsed light technology with laser applications in a single system. The xeo is a multi-application platform on which a customer can purchase hand piece applications for the removal of unwanted hair, treatment of vascular lesions, and skin revitalization by treating discoloration, fine lines and laxity.

In addition to the above mentioned seven primary systems, we continuethe Company continues to generate revenue from ourits legacy products such asGenesisPlus,, CoolGlide, and the distribution of ZO’s skincare products, a third-party sourced system, myQ, forproduct sold in the Japanese market. The Company also generates revenue from the sale of post-warranty services, as well as the sales of Titan hand piece refills.

 

We offer ourThe Company offers its customers the ability to select the systems and applications that best fit their practice and to subsequently upgrade their systems to add new applications. This upgrade path allows our customers to cost-effectively build their aesthetic practices and provides us with a source of incremental revenue.

In addition to systems and upgrades, we generate revenue from the sale of post-warranty services, Titan and truSculpt 3D hand piece refills, and skincare products (Japanese market only). Commencing 2018, sale of replacement tips for Juliet and Secret RFare both expected to result in recurring revenue.

The Structure of Skin and Conditions that Affect Appearance

The skin is the body’s largest organ and is comprised of two layers: the epidermis and dermis. The epidermis is the outer layer, and serves as a protective barrier for the body. It contains cells that produce pigmentation, or skin color. The underlying layer of skin, the dermis, contains hair follicles and large and small blood vessels that are found at various depths below the epidermis. Collagen and elastin, also found within the dermis, provide strength and flexibility to the skin.

Many factors, such as advancing age, smoking, and sun damage, can result in aesthetically unpleasant changes in the appearance of the skin. These changes can include:

Undesirable hair growth;

Enlargement or swelling of blood vessels due to circulatory changes that become visible at the skin’s surface in the form of unsightly veins;

Deterioration of collagen, leading to uneven texture, wrinkles and skin laxity; and

Uneven pigmentation or sun spots due to long-term sun exposure.

In addition to these skin conditions, people seek to remove unwanted tattoos, as well as diminish fat in certain body areas in order to improve their appearance and confidence.

 

The Market for Non-Surgical Aesthetic Procedures

 

The market for non-surgical aesthetic procedures has grown significantly over the past several years. Medical Insight, an independent industry researchAccording to data presented at the IMCAS Global Market Summit in February 2019, the medical aesthetic global market has doubled from  $6.3 billion to $11 billion from 2014 to 2018, and analysis firm, estimates that total sales of products in the global aestheticis projected to reach $15 billion by 2022. The market exceeded $8.4 billion in 2016 and expects total sales to increase 10.5% annually through 2021. For North America, the American Society of Plastic Surgeons estimates that there were over 13.9 million minimally-invasive aesthetic procedures performed in 2016, a 3% increase over 2015growth rate for 2018 was 5.1% and a 180% increase over 2000.6.3% growth is estimated in 2019. Body sculpting is expected to grow at a CAGR of 9.7%.

 

5

Table of Contents

We believe

The Company believes there are several factors contributing to the global growth of aesthetic treatment procedures and aesthetic laser equipment sales,sales, including:

 

Improved Economic Environment and Expanded Physician Base – The improvements in overall global economic conditions since the last recession have created increased demand for aesthetic procedures, which in turn has resulted in an expanding practitioner base to satisfy the demand.

Improved Economic Environment and Expanded Physician Base – The improvements in overall global economic conditions since the last recession have created increased demand for aesthetic procedures, which in turn has resulted in an expanding practitioner base to satisfy the demand.

Aging Demographics of Industrialized Countries – The aging population of industrialized countries, the amount of discretionary income available to the “baby boomer” demographic segment ─ ages 52 to 70 in 2017 ─ and their desire to retain a youthful appearance, contribute to the increased demand for aesthetic procedures.

5

Table of Contents
Industrialized Countries – The aging population of industrialized countries, the amount of discretionary income available to the “baby boomer” demographic segment ─ ages 54 to 72 in 2018 ─ and their desire to retain a youthful appearance, contribute to the increased demand for aesthetic procedures.

Broader Range of Safe and Effective Treatments – Technical developments, as well as an increase in treatable conditions due to new product introductions, lead to safe, effective, easy-to-use and low-cost treatments with fewer side effects, resulting in broader adoption of aesthetic procedures by practitioners. In addition, technical advancements enable practitioners to offer a broader range of treatments. These technical developments reduce treatment and recovery times, which in turn lead to greater patient demand.

Broader Base of Customers – Managed care and government payor reimbursement restrictions motivate physicians to establish, or seek to expand, their elective aesthetic practices with procedures that are paid for directly by patients. As a result, in addition to core practitioners such as dermatologists and plastic surgeons, many other practitioners, such as gynecologists, family practitioners, primary care physicians, physicians performing aesthetic treatments in non-medical offices, and other qualified practitioners (“non-core practitioners”) expand their practices and offer aesthetic procedures.

Reductions in Cost per Procedure – Due in part to increased competition in the aesthetic market, the cost per procedure has been reduced in the past few years. This attracts a broader base of customers and patients seeking aesthetic procedures.

Wide Acceptance of Aesthetic Procedures and Increased Focus on Body Image and Appearance – According to the American Society for Aesthetic Plastic Surgery survey in 2016, both surgical and non-surgical procedures increased compared to 1997. Surgical procedures increased by 99%, while non-surgical procedures increased by 650% over this 20-year period.

Broader Range of Safe and Effective Treatments – Technical developments, as well as an increase in treatable conditions due to new product introductions, lead to safe, effective, easy-to-use and low-cost treatments with fewer side effects, resulting in broader adoption of aesthetic procedures by practitioners. In addition, technical advancements enable practitioners to offer a broader range of treatments. These technical developments reduce treatment and recovery times, which in turn lead to greater patient demand.

Broader Base of Customers – Managed care and government payor reimbursement restrictions motivate physicians to establish, or seek to expand, their elective aesthetic practices with procedures that are paid for directly by patients. As a result, in addition to core practitioners such as dermatologists and plastic surgeons, many other practitioners, such as gynecologists, family practitioners, primary care physicians, physicians performing aesthetic treatments in non-medical offices, and other qualified practitioners (“non-core practitioners”) expand their practices and offer aesthetic procedures.

Reductions in Cost per Procedure – Due in part to increased competition in the aesthetic market, the cost per procedure has been reduced in the past few years. This attracts a broader base of customers and patients seeking aesthetic procedures.

Wide Acceptance of Aesthetic Procedures and Increased Focus on Body Image and Appearance – According to the American Society for Aesthetic Plastic Surgery survey in 2016, both surgical and non-surgical procedures increased compared to 1997. Surgical procedures increased by 99%, while non-surgical procedures increased by 650% during the period. Broader social acceptance of aesthetic treatments, as well as increased popularity of social media platforms, also contribute to the growth in aesthetic procedures.

 

Non-Surgical Aesthetic Procedures for Improving the Body and/or Skin’s Appearance and Their Limitations

 

Many alternative therapies are available for improving a person’sperson’s appearance by treating specific structures within the skin. These procedures utilize injections or abrasive agents to reach different depths of the dermis and the epidermis. In addition, non-invasive and minimally invasive treatments have been developed that employ laser and other energy-based technologies to achieve similar therapeutic results. Some of these common therapiesaesthetic procedures and their limitations are described below.

 

Non-Invasive Body Contouring - Our radio-frequency technology based truSculpt system is designedTreatments for the non-invasive body contouring market. In performingsculpting can be done utilizing a variety of technologies including radio frequency, laser, cooling and ultrasound. Procedures address reduction of unwanted fat on the procedure, energy is appliedabdomen, flanks, arms, thighs, submentum and back, and can require one or more treatments. Systems with the ability to the body to achieve body sculpting and circumferentialinduce non-invasive lipolysis (breakdown of fat) offer a more permanent solution with an average fat reduction through heating of the subcutaneous fat. In December 2016 we received 510(k) clearance from the FDA to market truSculpt for the temporary reduction in circumference of the abdomen. Drawbacksgreater than 20%. Side effects to this approach may include indurationsnodules that typically resolve over time,, and the risk of burning the treatment area.

 

Tattoo removalThe most effective way to remove tattoos on the body is to utilize laser systems that deliver very short pulse durations with high peak power in order to break up the ink particles that comprise tattoos. According to a Tattoo Incidence Study published in ORC International in June 2015, up to 27% of Americans have one or more tattoos, and 1 in 4 tattoo bearing American adults have “tattoo regret”. Despite the effectiveness of lasers for tattoo removal, common complaints concerning laser tattoo removal include a low rate of complete clearance (sometimes no better than 50% after several treatments) as well as the high number of treatments for satisfactory clearance (often 10 or more treatments spaced four to eight weeks apart). However, the latest generation of tattoo removal lasers produce picosecond pulse durations, (pulses in the trillionths(a trillionth of a second) and thereby, can meaningfully improve tattoo clearance and reduce the total number of treatments.

Hair RemovalTechniques for hair removal include waxing, depilatories, tweezing, shaving, electrolysis, laser as well as other energy-based hair removal modalities. The only techniques that provide a long-lasting solution are electrolysis, laser, and other energy-based technology such as an Intense Pulsed Light (“IPL”). Electrolysis is usually painful, time-consuming and expensive for large areas, but is the most common method for removing light-colored hair. During electrolysis, an electrologist inserts a needle directly into a hair follicle and activates an electric current in the needle. Since electrolysis only treats one hair follicle at a time, the treatment of an area as small as an upper lip may require numerous visits and many hours of treatment. In addition, electrolysis can cause blemishes and infection related to needle use. In comparison, lasers can quickly treat large areas with a high degree of safety and efficacy.

Skin RejuvenationRevitalizationSkin rejuvenationrevitalization treatments include a broad range of popular alternatives, including Botox and collagen injections, chemical peels, microdermabrasions,peel, microdermabrasion, radio frequency treatmentstreatment and laserslaser and other energy-based treatments. With these treatments, patients hope to improve overall skin tone and texture, reduce pore size, tighten skin and remove other signs of aging, including mottled pigmentation, diffuse redness and wrinkles. All of these procedures are temporary solutions and must be repeated within several weeks or months to sustain their effect, thereby increasing the cost and inconvenience to patients. For example, the body absorbs Botox and collagen, and patients require supplemental injections every three to six months to maintain the benefits of these treatments.

6

Table of Contents

 

Other skin rejuvenationrevitalization treatments, such as chemical peels and microdermabrasion, can have undesirable side effects. Chemical peels use acidic or caustic solutions to peel away the epidermis, and microdermabrasion generally utilizes sand crystals to resurface the skin. These techniques can lead to stinging, redness, irritation and scabbing. In addition, more serious complications, such as changes in skin color, can result from deeper chemical peels. The American Society of Plastic Surgeons estimates that approximately 4.6 million injections of Botox and 2.7 million injections of collagen and other soft-tissue fillers were administered in 2016.

6

Table of Contents

 

Microneedling– (also known as collagen induction therapy) is a minimally invasive rejuvenationrevitalization treatment that involves using fine needles to create hundreds of tiny, invisible puncture wounds in the top layer of the skin, which stimulates the body's natural wound healing processes, resulting in cell turnover and increased collagen and elastin production. Our recently introduced Secret RF product is a RF fractional microneedling system that helps deliver tailored energy to improve fine lines, wrinkles, and scars from the inside out.

 

Women’sWomen’s Intimate Health Our Juliet laser platform is an Erbium-YAG laser that emits light atLasers and RF technology have emerged as a wavelength of 2940 nm and is usedtreatment for issues unique to address gynecologicwomen's health in postmenopausal women and treat symptoms associated withsuch as vulvar vaginal atrophy and genitourinary symptoms of menopause. The condition causes vaginal relaxation syndrome. The applicationdryness, inflammation and irritation, which can lead to painful or frequent urination. Traditional treatments use estrogen therapy to combat vulvar vaginal atrophy and genitourinary symptoms of menopause to restore vaginal health, but not all women suffering from the laser stimulates collagen and revitalizessymptoms are candidates. Lasers have been shown to ablate the vaginal tissue. generating a healing response that may lead to system improvement.

Leg and Facial VeinsCurrent aesthetic treatment methods for leg and facial veins include sclerotherapy,, as well as laser and other energy-based treatments. With these treatments, patients seek to eliminate visible veins, and improve overall skin appearance. Sclerotherapy requires a skilled practitioner to inject a saline or detergent-based solution into the target vein, which breaks down the vessel causing it to collapse and be absorbed into the body. The need to correctly position the needle on the inside of the vein makes it difficult to treat smaller veins, which limits the treatment of facial vessels and small leg veins. The American Society of Plastic Surgeons estimates that approximately 270,000 sclerotherapy procedures were performed in 2016.

 

Laser and other energy-based non-surgical treatments for hair removal, veins, skin rejuvenationrevitalization and body contouring are discussed in the following section and in the section entitled “Our Applications and Procedures” below.

 

Laser and Other Energy-Based Aesthetic Treatments

Laser and other energy-based aesthetic treatments can achieve therapeutictherapeutic results by affecting structures within the skin. The development of safe and effective aesthetic treatments has resulted in a well-established market for these procedures.

 

Practitioners can use laser and other energy-based technologies to selectively target hair follicles, veins or collagen in the dermis, as well as cells responsible for pigmentation in the epidermis, without damaging surrounding tissue. Practitioners can also use these technologies to safely remove portions of the epidermis and deliver heat to the dermis as a means of generating new collagen growth. Ablative skin resurfacing improves the appearance of the skin by removing the outer layers of the skin. Ablative skin resurfacing procedures are considered invasive or minimally invasive, depending on how much of the epidermis is removed during a treatment. Non-ablative skin resurfacing improves the appearance of the skin by treating the underlying structure of the skin.

 

Safe and effective laser and energy-based treatments require an appropriateappropriate combination of the following four parameters:

 

Energy Level – the amount of light or radio frequency emitted to heat a target;

Pulse Duration – the time interval over which the energy is delivered;

Spot Size or Electrode Size – the diameter of the energy beam, which affects treatment depth and area; and

Wavelength or Frequency – the position in the electromagnetic spectrum which impacts the absorption and the effective depth of the energy delivered.

● Energy Level – the amount of light or radio frequency emitted to heat a target;

● Pulse Duration – the time interval over which the energy is delivered;

● Spot Size or Electrode Size – the diameter of the energy beam, which affects treatment depth and area; and

● Wavelength or Frequency – the position in the electromagnetic spectrum which impacts the absorption and the effective depth of the energy delivered.

For example, in the case ofof hair removal, by utilizing the correct combination of these parameters, a practitioner can use a laser or other light source to selectively target melanin within the hair follicle to absorb the laser energy and destroy the follicle, without damaging other delicate structures in the surrounding tissue.

 

Technology and Design of Ourthe Company’s Systems

 

Our The Company’s enlighten, excel HR, excel V,Juliet, Secret RF,, truSculp truSculpt, t, and xeoplatforms provide the long-lasting benefits of laser and other energy-based aesthetic treatments. Our technology allows for a wide variety of applications in a single system. Key features of our solutions include:

 

Multiple Applications Available in a Single System – Many of our platforms feature multiple-applications that enable practitioners to perform a variety of aesthetic procedures using a single device. These procedures include hair removal, vascular treatments and skin revitalization ─ including the treatment of discoloration, fine lines, and uneven texture. Because practitioners can use our systems for multiple indications, the investment in a unit is spread across a greater number of patients and procedures, and the acquisition cost may be more rapidly recovered.

Multiple Applications Available in a Single System – Many of our platforms feature multiple-applications that enable practitioners to perform a variety of aesthetic procedures using a single device. These procedures include hair removal, vascular treatments and skin rejuvenation ─ including the treatment of discoloration, fine lines, and uneven texture. Because practitioners can use our systems for multiple indications, the investment in a unit is spread across a greater number of patients and procedures, and the acquisition cost may be more rapidly recovered.

 

7

Table of Contents

 

Technology and Design Leadership – Our innovative laser technology combines multiple wavelengths, adjustable energy levels, variable spot sizes and a wide range of pulse durations, allowing practitioners to customize treatments for each patient and condition. Our proprietary pulsed light hand pieces for the treatment of discoloration, hair removal and vascular treatments optimize the wavelength used for treatments and incorporate a monitoring system to increase safety. Our Titan hand pieces utilize a novel light source not previously used for aesthetic treatments. Our Pearl and Pearl Fractional hand pieces, with proprietary YSGG technology, represent the first application of the 2790 nm wavelength for minimally invasive cosmetic dermatology.

Technology and Design Leadership – Our innovative laser technology combines long wavelength, adjustable energy levels, variable spot sizes and a wide range of pulse durations, allowing practitioners to customize treatments for each patient and condition. Our proprietary pulsed light hand pieces for the treatment of discoloration, hair removal and vascular treatments optimize the wavelength used for treatments and incorporate a monitoring system to increase safety. Our Titan hand pieces utilize a novel light source not previously used for aesthetic treatments. Our Pearl and Pearl Fractional hand pieces, with proprietary YSGG technology, represent the first application of the 2790 nm wavelength for minimally invasive cosmetic dermatology.

Upgradeable Platform – Some of our products allow our customers to upgrade their system to our newest technologies or add new applications to their system, each of which provide us with a source of incremental revenue. We believe that product upgradeability allows our customers to take advantage of our latest product offerings and provide additional treatment options to their patients, thereby expanding the opportunities for their aesthetic practices.

Treatments for Broad Range of Skin Types and Conditions – Our products remove hair safely and effectively on patients of all skin types, including harder-to-treat patients with dark or tanned skin. In addition, the wide parameter range of our systems allows practitioners to effectively treat patients with both fine and coarse hair. Practitioners may use our products to treat spider veins on the leg; to treat facial veins; and perform skin rejuvenation procedures for discoloration, texture, fine lines, and wrinkles on any type of skin. The ability to customize treatment parameters based on skin type enables practitioners to offer safe and effective therapies to a broad base of their patients.

Ease of Use – We design our products to be easy to use. Our proprietary hand pieces are lightweight and ergonomic, minimize user fatigue, and facilitate clear views of the treatment area, reducing the possibility of unintended damage and increasing the speed of application. Our control console contains an intuitive user interface with simple, independently adjustable controls from which to select a wide range of treatment parameters to suit each patient’s profile. The clinical navigation user interface on the xeo platform provides recommended clinical treatment parameter ranges based on patient criteria entered. Our Pearl and Pearl Fractional hand pieces include a scanner with multiple scan patterns to allow simple and fast treatments of the face. Risks involved in the use of our products include risks common to other laser and other energy-based aesthetic procedures, including the risk of burns, blisters and skin discoloration.

 

● Upgradeable Platform – Some of our products allow our customers to upgrade their system to our newest technologies or add new applications to their system, each of which provide us with a source of incremental revenue. The Company believes that product upgradeability allows our customers to take advantage of our latest product offerings and provide additional treatment options to their patients, thereby expanding the opportunities for their aesthetic practices.

● Treatments for Broad Range of Skin Types and Conditions – For hair removal, our products are safe and effective on patients of all skin types, including harder-to-treat patients with dark or tanned skin. In addition, the wide parameter range of our systems allows practitioners to effectively treat patients with both fine and coarse hair. Practitioners may use our products to treat spider veins on the leg; to treat facial veins; and perform skin revitalization procedures for discoloration, texture, fine lines, and wrinkles on any type of skin. The ability to customize treatment parameters based on skin type enables practitioners to offer safe and effective therapies to a broad base of their patients.

● Ease of Use – The Company designs its products to be easy to use. Our proprietary hand pieces are lightweight and ergonomic, minimize user fatigue, and facilitate clear views of the treatment area, reducing the possibility of unintended damage and increasing the speed of application. Our control console contains an intuitive user interface with simple, independently adjustable controls from which to select a wide range of treatment parameters to suit each patient’s profile. For instance, the clinical navigation user interface on the xeo platform provides recommended clinical treatment parameter ranges based on patient criteria entered. Our Pearl and Pearl Fractional hand pieces include a scanner with multiple scan patterns to allow simple and fast treatments of the face. Finally, our truSculpt iD embodies the best of many of the above features. Unlike other body sculpting treatments on the market that require certain body types, or pinchable fat, truSculpt iD is "body agnostic" with the ability to customize treatments to the patient's needs and body type. In addition, our proprietary algorithms and navigation enable the practitioner to treat a 300cm2 area in only 15 minutes.

Business Strategy

 

OurThe Company’s goal is to maintain and expand ourits position as a leading worldwide provider of light and energy-based aesthetic devices and complementary aesthetic products by executing the following strategies:

 

Continue to Expand our Product Offering – Though the Company believes that its current portfolio of products is comprehensive, our research and development group has a pipeline of potential products under development. The Company launched excel V in 2011, truSculpt in 2012, ProWave LX in 2013, and excel HR and enlighten in 2014. In addition, the Company continues to expand offerings on the Company’s current platforms with further enhancement such as the enlighten III launched in 2016, enlighten SR launched in April 2018, truSculpt 3D launched in 2017 and truSculpt iD launched in July 2018. The Company also introduced Juliet, a product for women’s health, in December 2017, and Secret RF, a fractional RF microneedling device for skin revitalization, in January 2018. Just recently, in March 2019, the Company introduced the excel V+, an enhanced iteration of our excel V vascular platform originally launched in 2011. These products allow the Company to leverage existing customer call points, and create new customer call points.

● Increase Revenue and Improve Productivity – The Company believes that the market for aesthetic systems will continue to offer growth opportunities. The Company continues to build brand recognition, add additional products to our international distribution channel, and focus on enhancing the Company’s global distribution network, all of which the Company expects will contribute to increased revenue.

● Increase Focus on Practitioners with Established Medical Offices – The Company believes there is growth opportunity in targeting our products to a broad customer base. The Company also believes that its customers’ success is largely dependent upon having an existing medical practice, in which the Company’s systems provide incremental revenue sources to augment their existing practice revenue.

● Leverage our Installed Base – With the introduction of enlighten, excel V, excel HR and truSculpt, the Company is able to effectively offer additional platforms into the existing installed base. In addition, each of these platforms allows for potential future upgrades that offer additional capabilities. The Company believes this program aligns our interest in generating revenue with our customers’ interest in improving the return on their investment by expanding the range of treatments that can be performed in their practice.

● Generate Revenue from Services and Refillable, Consumable, Hand Pieces – The Company’s Titan, truSculpt 3D, truSculpt iDand pulsed-light hand pieces are refillable products, while our Juliet and Secret RF tips are consumable products. Each provides us with the opportunity to participate in the procedure based revenue from our existing customers. The Company offers post-warranty services to its customers either through extended service contracts to cover preventive maintenance or through direct billing for parts and labor. These post-warranty services serve as additional sources of revenue.

Continue to Expand our Product Offering – Though we believe that our current portfolio of products is comprehensive, our research and development group has a pipeline of potential products under development. We launched GenesisPlus in 2010, excel V in 2011, truSculpt in 2012, ProWave LX in 2013, and excel HR and enlighten in 2014. In addition, we continue to expand offerings on our current platforms with further enhancement such as the enlighten III launched in 2016 and truSculpt 3D launched in 2017. In December 2017 we made initial sales of our Juliet system and in January 2018 we introduced the Secret RF system. Both of these systems are third-party sourced, with exclusive distribution rights for Juliet in North America, and the United States for Secret RF. These products allow us to leverage our existing customer call points, and provide us with new customer call points.

Increase Revenue and Improve Productivity – We believe that the market for aesthetic systems will continue to offer growth opportunities. We continue to build brand recognition, add additional products to our international distribution channel, and focus on enhancing our global distribution network, all of which we expect will contribute to increased revenue.

Increase Focus on Practitioners with Established Medical Offices – We believe there is growth opportunity in targeting our products to a broad customer base. We also believe that our customers’ success is largely dependent upon having an existing medical practice, in which our systems provide incremental revenue sources to augment their existing practice revenue.

Leverage our Installed Base – With the introduction ofenlighten,excel V, excel HR andtruSculpt, we are able to effectively offer additional platforms into our existing installed base. In addition, each of these platforms allows for potential future upgrades that offer additional capabilities. We believe this program aligns our interest in generating revenue with our customers’ interest in improving the return on their investment by expanding the range of treatments that can be performed in their practice.

Generate Revenue from Services and Refillable, Consumable, Hand Pieces – Our Titan, truSculpt 3D and pulsed-light hand pieces are refillable products, while our Juliet and Secret RF tips are consumable products. Each provides us with the opportunity to participate in the procedure based revenue from our existing customers. We offer post-warranty services to our customers either through extended service contracts to cover preventive maintenance or through direct billing for parts and labor. These post-warranty services serve as additional sources of revenue.

 

8

Table of Contents

 

Products

 

OurThe Company’s excel V, excel HR, enlighten, Juliet, Secret RF,, truSculpt, xeo, CoolGlide, and GenesisPlusmyQ ,and myQplatforms allow for the delivery of multiple laser and energy-based aesthetic applications from a single system. With ourxeoplatform, practitioners can purchase customized systems with a variety of our multi-technology applications.applications. Each of the Company’s products consists of a control console and one or more hand pieces, depending on the model.

 

The following table lists our currently offered products. Each checked box represents the applications included in the product in the years noted.

 

Applications:

     

Hair

Removal:

 

Vascular

Lesions:

 

Skin RejuvenationRevitalization

 

Noninvasive

Body

Contouring*:

Women’s

Health

System

Platforms:Platforms

 

Products:Products

 

Year:Year

 

Energy

Source:Source

 

Hair

Removal

 

Vascular

Lesions

 

BPL’s

Dyschromia

& Melasma:Melasma

 

Texture,

Lines and

Wrinkles:Wrinkles

 

Skin

Laxity:Acne Scars

 

Tattoo

Removal:Removal

 

Lipolysis*

Gynecology

CoolGlide

 

CV

 

2000

 

(a)

 

x

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Excel

 

2001

 

(a)

 

x

 

x

          

 

 

Vantage

 

2002

 

(a)

 

x

 

x

   

x

      

xeo

 

Nd:YAG

 

2003

 

(a)

 

x

 

x

   

x

      
 

 

ProWave 770

 

2005

 

(b)

 

x

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AcuTip 500

 

2005

 

(b)

 

 

 

x

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Titan V/XL

 

2006

 

(c)

 

 

 

    

  

 

x

 

 

 

 

 

 

LimeLight

 

2006

 

(b)

 

 

 

x

 

x

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pearl

 

2007

 

(d)

 

 

 

  

x

 

x

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pearl Fractional

 

2008

 

(d)

 

 

 

  

x

 

x

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ProWave LX

 

2013

 

(b)

 

x

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

excel V

 

2011

 

(e)

 

x

 

x

 

x

 

x

      

myQ 

 

2011

 

(e)

     

x

     

x

  

truSculpt 

 

2012

 

(f)

             

x

excel HR 

 

2014

 

(g)

 

x

 

x

 

x

        

enlighten(dual wavelength)

 

2014

 

(h)

     

x

     

x

  

enlighten III (MLA)

 

2016

 

(i)

     

x

   

x

 

x

  

truSculpt 3D

 

2017

 

(f)

             

x

Juliet (Women’s Health)

 

2018

 

(j)

     

x

 

x

 

x

    

x

Secret RF

 

2018

 

(k)

       

x

    

truSculpt iD

2018

(f)

x*

  

 

Energy Sources:

(a) 1064 nm Nd:YAG laser;

(b) Visible and near-infrared Intense Pulsed Light;

(c) Infrared Intense Pulsed Light;

(d) 2790 nm Er:YSGG laser;

(e) Combined frequency-doubled 532 nm and 1064 nm Nd:YAG laser;

(f) Radio frequency at 1 & 2 MHz – mono-polar mono-polar

(g) Combined 755 nm Alexandrite laser and 1064 nm Nd:YAG laser;

(h) Dual wavelength 532 nm and 1064 nm Nd:YAG picosecond laser;

(i) Three wavelength 532 nm, 670 nm, and 1064 nm Nd:YAG picosecond laserlaser;;

(j) 2940 nm Er:YAG laser; laser; and

(k) Radio frequency at 2 MHz bi-monopolar-polar..

 

* OurThe Company’s CE Mark allows usit to market truSculpt in the European Union, Australia and certain other countries outside the U.S. for fat reduction, body shaping and body contouring. In the U.S. we havethe Company has 510(k) clearanceclearance for the temporary reduction in circumference of the abdomen, non-invasive lipolysis (breakdown of fat) of the abdoment  and elevating tissue temperature for the treatment of selected medical conditions such as relief of pain, muscle spasms, increase in local circulation, and the temporary improvement in the appearance of cellulite.

 

Each of our products consists of a control console and one or more hand pieces, depending on the model.

9

Table of Contents

Control Console

Our control console includes an intuitive user interface, control system software and high voltage electronics. All CoolGlide systems, GenesisPlus, excel V and some models of the xeo platform include our laser module which consists of electronics, a visible aiming beam, a focusing lens, and an Nd:YAG and/or flashlamp laser that functions at wavelengths that permit penetration over a wide range of depths and is effective across all skin types. Our excel HR system also includes an Nd:YAG laser as well as a 755nm alexandrite laser to allow treatment on a variety of skin types. The interface allows the practitioner to set the appropriate laser or flashlamp parameters for each procedure through a user-friendly format. The control system software ensures that the operator’s instructions are properly communicated from the graphic user interface to the other components within the system. Our high voltage electronics produce over 20,000 watts of peak laser power, which permits therapeutic effects at short pulse durations. The control system software is designed to ensure that the operator’s instructions are properly communicated from the graphical user interface to the other components within the system and includes real-time calibration to control the output energy as the pulse is delivered during the treatment. The enlighten consoles contain an innovative Nd:YAG laser engine that produces high-energy, picosecond and nanosecond laser pulses for up to three laser wavelengths. This allows the user to quickly change laser treatment parameters during treatment through a touchscreen interface without changing external hardware such as hand pieces. Our truSculpt control console includes a high-powered, mono-polar RF generator at 1 and 2 MHz capable of delivering up to 300 watts of power. The Secret RF control console includes an RF card and is capable of delivering up to 75 watts of energy. The truSculpt and Secret RF systems dynamically adjusts current, voltage and power during treatment as needed to reach and maintain the appropriate treatment levels Our Juliet system consists on an Er:YAG laser at 2940nm with an intuitive user interface and software control for ease of use.

Hand Pieces

enlighten Hand PieceThe enlighten hand piece delivers 532 nm, 670 nm (in enlighten III only), and 1064 nm laser energy to treat benign pigmented lesions and remove multi-color tattoos. enlighten’s single hand piece consists of an energy-delivery component housing a motorized focus lens assembly connected to an articulated arm. The hand piece features spot size adjustability from 2 to 8mm, adjustable in 1 mm increments. As with all Cutera laser and light-based systems, the power calibration is automatic and built into the laser system, rather than requiring manual power calibration through a separate calibration port for the hand piece.

excel HR Hand PieceThe dual wavelength excel HR system introduced in June 2014 delivers 1064 nm and 755 nm laser energy to the treatment area for hair removal. excel HR’s single hand piece consists of an energy-delivery component housing an optical fiber and lens. The hand piece features a sapphire window and peripheral cooling plate with temperature monitoring. The sapphire window extracts up to 35 watts of heat with user selectable settings ranging from 4 to 20 degrees centigrade and provides cooling of the skin before, during, and immediately after each laser pulse. This “pre, parallel, and post” cooling provides an anesthetic benefit that makes treatments more comfortable than systems without contact cooling, and also increases the safety profile of treatments by reducing the chances of hypo- and hyper-pigmentation, as well as burns to the skin. The hand piece has a wide spot-size range between 3 to 18 mm (5 to 18 mm, alexandrite mode).

truSculpt Hand PiecesThe truSculpt, originally introduced in August 2012, and truSculpt 3D, introduced in May 2017, are used for the non-invasive heating of subcutaneous tissue as well as the temporary reduction in circumference. We sell two different truSculpt hand pieces: 40 cm 2 for larger body parts and the 16cm 2 for smaller parts of the body. Each of the truSculpt hand pieces are light weight and ergonomically designed for operator comfort, which allows for uniform distribution of heat delivered by the hand pieces. In addition, the hand pieces have a built-in, real time, temperature sensing system to monitor the temperature during the treatment. The truSculpt 3D hand pieces require a periodic “refilling” process, which provides us with a source of recurring revenue.

excel V Hand PieceThe excel V system introduced in February 2011 delivers 1064 nm and 532 nm laser energy to the skin for the treatment of vascular and benign pigmented lesion. The excel Vsystem supports two hand pieces, both consisting of an energy-delivery component housing an optical fiber and lens. One hand piece includes a sapphire window cooling plate with temperature monitoring. This hand piece offers a spot size range from 2 to 12 mm in 0.1 mm increments, and is capable of delivering either the 1064 nm or 532 nm laser energy. The second hand piece does not have a cooling plate and includes a non-contact temperature sensor to monitor the treatment area temperature. In addition, this second hand piece includes dual aiming beams that facilitate consistent treatments by maintaining the correct distance of the hand piece to the skin to ensure that the fixed 8 mm spot size is maintained.

1064 nm Nd:YAG Hand PieceOur 1064nm Nd:YAG hand piece delivers laser energy to the treatment area for hair removal, leg and facial vein treatment, and skin rejuvenation procedures to treat skin texture and fine lines. The 1064nm Nd:YAG hand piece consists of an energy-delivery component, consisting of an optical fiber and lens, and a copper cooling plate with embedded temperature monitoring. The hand piece weighs approximately 14 ounces, which is light enough to be held with one hand. The lightweight nature and ergonomic design of the hand piece allows the device to be operated without user fatigue. The design permits the practitioner an unobstructed view of the treatment area, which reduces the possibility of unintended damage to the skin and can increase the speed of treatment. The 1064nm Nd:YAG hand piece also incorporates our cooling system, providing integrated pre- and post-treatment cooling of the treatment area through a temperature-controlled copper plate to protect the outer layer of the skin.

GenesisPlus Hand Piece – Our GenesisPlus system, launched in 2010, delivers 1064 nm laser energy to the treatment area for the temporary increase of clear nail in patients with onychomycosis and for the treatment of fine wrinkles, diffuse redness and rosacea. This lightweight 1064nm Nd:YAG hand piece consists of an energy-delivery component, housing an optical fiber and lens. The hand piece includes a non-contact temperature sensor to monitor the treatment area temperature. In addition, the hand piece includes dual aiming beams that facilitate consistent treatments by maintaining the correct distance of the hand piece to the skin. This hand piece offers a single 5 mm spot size.

10

Table of Contents

Pulsed Light Hand PieceThe ProWave 770, ProWave LX, AcuTip 500, and LimeLight hand pieces are designed to produce a pulse of light over a wavelength spectrum to treat discoloration such as age and sun spots and other dyschromia. The hand pieces can also be used for hair removal, and treatment of superficial facial vessels. The hand pieces each consist of a custom flashlamp, proprietary wavelength filter, closed-loop power control and embedded temperature monitor, and weigh approximately 13 ounces. The filter in the AcuTip 500 eliminates long and short wavelengths, transmitting only the therapeutic range required for safe and effective treatment. The filter in ProWave 770, ProWave LX, and LimeLight eliminates short wavelengths, allowing longer wavelengths to be transmitted to the treatment area. In addition, the wavelength spectrum of the ProWave 770 and the LimeLight can be shifted based on the setting of the control console. Our power control includes a monitoring system to ensure that the desired energy level is delivered. The hand pieces protect the epidermis by regulating the temperature of the hand piece window through the embedded temperature monitor. These hand pieces are available on the xeo platform.

Titan Hand PieceThe Titan hand pieces are designed to produce a sustained pulse of light over a wavelength spectrum tailored to induce heating in the dermis. We are aware that some practitioners use the Titan hand piece to treat skin laxity (although the hand piece is cleared in the U.S. by the FDA only for deep dermal heating). The hand piece consists of a custom light source, proprietary wavelength filter, closed-loop power control, sapphire cooling window and embedded temperature monitor, and weighs approximately three pounds. The temperature of the epidermis is controlled by using a sapphire window to provide cooling before, during and after the delivery of energy to the treatment site. The Titan hand piece requires a periodic “refilling” process, which includes the replacement of the optical source, after a set number of pulses have been used. This provides us with a source of recurring revenue.

Pearl Hand PieceThe Pearl hand piece, introduced in 2007, is designed to treat fine lines, uneven texture and dyschromia through the application of proprietary YSGG laser technology. This hand piece can safely remove a small portion of the epidermis, while coagulating the remaining epidermis, leading to new collagen growth. The Pearl hand piece consists of a custom monolithic laser source, scanner and power monitoring electronics. The scanner includes multiple scan patterns to allow simple and fast treatments of the face. The hand piece includes an attachment for a smoke evacuator, allowing the practitioner to use one hand during treatment.

Pearl Fractional Hand PieceThe Pearl Fractional hand piece, introduced in 2008, also uses proprietary YSGG technology and is designed to treat wrinkles and deep dermal imperfections (although it is cleared in the U.S. by the FDA only for skin resurfacing and coagulation). This hand piece penetrates the deep dermis producing a series of micro-columns across the skin, which can result in the removal of damaged tissue and the production of new collagen. The Pearl Fractional hand piece consists of a custom monolithic laser source, scanner and power monitoring electronics. The scanner includes multiple scan patterns to allow simple and fast treatments of the face. The hand piece includes an attachment for a smoke evacuator, allowing the practitioner to use one hand during treatment.

My Juliet and Microspot Hand Pieces – The My Juliet and Microspot hand pieces are part of the Juliet system for vaginal wellness. The Juliet is an Er:YAG laser, with a 2940 nm wavelength. The MyJuliet hand piece is a single use disposable hand piece designed to treat the vaginal cavity by delivering laser energy to the tissues. The hand piece is rotated, first delivering an ablative pulse and followed by a thermal pulse inducing collagen and vascularization in the area. The Microspot hand piece delivers fractionated energy to treat the vaginal and vulvar areas to induce skin resurfacing and improve skin quality, tone and texture. As both hand pieces are for a single use application, they provide us with a source of recurring revenue.

Secret RF Hand Pieces– TheSecret RFfractional RF microneedling system has two distinct hand pieces and treatment tips. The 64-pin hand piece is utilized for the body, while the 25-pin hand piece is ideal for treating the face. Both hand pieces support microneedles that are insulated or semi-insulated and inserted into the skin, delivering energy subdermally to the selected depth (0.5-3mm). Delivering the energy subdermally spares the epidermis, minimizing patient downtime and provides the ability to customize treatment based on skin types. Both hand pieces are for a single use application, providing a source of recurring revenue.

Upgrade

 

OurThe Company’s enlighten,truSculpt, andxeoproducts,, are designed to allow customers to cost-effectively upgrade to our newest technologies or add applications to their system, each of which provide us with a source of additional revenue.

9

Table of Contents

 

Service

 

We offerThe Company offers post-warranty services to our customers through extended service contracts, that cover preventive maintenance and/or replacement parts, and labor, or by direct billing for detachable hand piece replacements parts (except for Titan, truSculpt 3D and labor.truSculpt iD ) and service labor for the repair and maintenance of products that are out of warranty, all of which are classified as “Service” revenue. These post-warranty services serve as additional sources of recurring revenue from our installed product base.

 

11

Table of Contents

Hand Piece Refills

 

We treat our customer’sThe Company treats its customers' purchase of replacementTitan, truSculpt 3D and truSculpt iD , as well as single use disposable tips applicable to TitanJuliet and truSculptSecret RF 3Dhand pieces as “refill”“Consumables” revenue, which provides us with a source of recurring revenue from existing customers. Our recently launched Juliet and Secret RF products have single use disposable tips which need to be replaced after every treatment. Sale of these consumable tips further enhance our recurring revenue stream. Hand piece refills of our legacy truSculptproduct are includedin the standard warranty and service contract offerings for this product.

 

Skincare

 

We distribute ZO Skin Health, Inc.’s (“ZO”) physician-dispensed, topicalThe Company distributes third party manufactured skincare products to physicians("Skincare” revenue in the Japanese market.market).

 

Our Applications and Procedures

 

Our products are designed to allow the practitioner to select an appropriate combination of energy level, spot size and pulse duration for each treatment. The ability to manipulate the combinations of these parameters allows our customers to treattreat the broadest range of conditions available with a single energy-based system.

Non-Invasive Body Contouring – OurtruSculpt technology allows practitioners to apply a hand piece directly to the skin and deliver high-powered RF energy that results in the deep and uniform heating of the subcutaneous fat tissue at sustained therapeutic temperatures. This heating can cause selective destruction of fat cells, which are eliminated from the treatment area through the body’s natural wound healing processes. The treatment takes approximately 4515 minutes and two or more treatments may be required to obtain the desired aesthetic results. Our CE Mark allows us to market the truSculpt in the European Union (“EU”), Australia and certain other countries outside the U.S. for fat reduction, body shaping, body contouring and circumferential reduction. In the U.S.,truSculpt has 510(k) clearance for topical heating for the temporary reduction in circumferencepurpose of the abdomen, and elevating tissue temperature for the treatment of selected medical conditions, such as relief of pain and muscle spasms and increase in local circulation,circulation. Additionally, the 2 MHz setting for the 40 cm2 hand piece is indicated for reduction in circumference of the abdomen and non-invasive lipolysis (breakdown of fat) of the abdomen. The truSculpt massage device is intended to provide a temporary improvementreduction in the appearance of cellulite.

 

Tattoo Removal Ourenlightensystems, delivering picosecond and nanosecond pulse duration, and ourmyQQ-switched laser are used for tattoo removal, the treatment of benign pigmented lesions, and a laser skin toning procedure that we referthe Company refers to as PicoGenesis.

Hair Removal We have two platforms, excel HROur laser technology allows our customers to treat and xeo, which address hair removal for all skin types andas well as hair thicknesses. Ourxeo platform allows practitioners to select between the 1064 nm mode for darker, course hair, and the ProWave LX hand piece designed to address finer, vellus hair.  Contact cooling is present on both hand pieces for epidermal protection. excel HR employs both a 1064 nm Nd:YAG andas well as a 755 nm Alexandrite lasers permits energy to safely penetrate through the epidermis of any skin type and into the dermis where thefor hair follicle is located. Using the universal graphic user interface on our control console, the practitioner sets parameters to deliver therapeutic energy with a large spot size and variable pulse durations, allowing the practitioner to treat fine or coarse hair. Our 1064nm Nd:YAG and 755 nm Alexandrite hand pieces on excel HR allow our customers to treat all skin types, while our ProWave 770 and ProWave LX hand pieces onremoval. Like the xeo, with pulsed light technology, treat the majority of skin types quickly and effectively.

For1064 nm wavelength addresses darker, course hair removal treatments,while the treatment site on755 nm wavelength is used for finer, lighter hair. Both wavelengths are transmitted through the skin is first cleaned and shaved. The practitioner then applies a thin layer of gel to improve contact and aid gliding of thesame CoolView hand piece acrosswith spot sizes up to 20 mm for the skin. In755 nm wavelength and up to 18 mm for the case1064 nm wavelength. The CoolView hand piece employs sapphire as a means of these hand pieces, delivery of light which is converted to heat destroys the hair follicles and prevents hair re-growth. This procedure is then repeated at the next treatment site on the body, and can be done in a gliding motion to increase treatment speed. Patients receive three to six treatments on average. Each treatment can take between five minutes to one hour depending on the size of the area and the condition being treated. On average, therecontact cooling – epidermal protection. Both platforms are six to eight weeks between treatments.cleared for treating all skin types.

 

Vascular LesionsLesions –Our laser technology allows Both our customers to treat the widestxeo as well as excel V platforms are capable of treating a wide range of aesthetic vein conditions, including spider and reticular veins, and small facial veins. Our xeo 1064nmemploys the LimeLight hand piece for addressing small veins as well as vascular lesions while the Nd:YAG hand piece withis appropriate for deeper, larger vessels. LimeLight is a fixed spot size IPL while the Nd:YAG has adjustable spot sizes of 3, 5, 7 or 10 millimeters and theup to 10mm. excel V is a dual wavelength laser - 1064 nm and 532 nm hand piece with adjustable spot sizes ranging from 2 mm to 12 mm, each allow the practitioner to control treatment depth to target different sized veins. Selection of the appropriate energy level and pulse duration ensures effective treatment of the intended target.mm. The laser hand piece is532 nm wavelength can be used to cooltreat over 20 conditions ranging from small veins and vessels to a variety of vascular lesions while the treatment areaNd:YAG is appropriate for deeper, larger vessels. For both before and after the laser pulse has been applied. With the excel V hand piece the cooling can be performed before, during and after delivery of the laser pulse. The delivered energy damages the vein and, over time, it is absorbed by the body. Patientsthese devices, patients receive on average between one and six treatments, with six weeks or longer between treatments.

10

Table of Contents

 

Skin RejuvenationRevitalization – Our xeoOur, excel V, excel HR and enlighten platforms, utilizing an Nd:YAG laser, picosecond laser and other energy-based technologies allow our customers to perform non-invasive and minimally-invasive treatments that reduce redness, dyschromia, fine lines, and wrinkles, improve skin texture, and treat other aesthetic conditions.

Our recently launched Juliet laser is used to address gynecologic health in postmenopausal women and treat symptoms associated with vaginal atrophy and vaginal relaxation syndrome. The application of the laser stimulates collagen and revitalizes the vaginal tissue. The MyJuliet hand piece is rotated, first delivering an ablative pulse and followed by a thermal pulse inducing collagen and vascularization in the area. The Microspot hand piece delivers fractionated energy to treat the vaginal and vulvar area to induce skin resurfacing and improving skin quality, tone and texture.

12

Table of Contents

Texture, Lines and WrinklesWhen using a 1064nm1064 nm Nd:YAG laser to improve skin texture and treat fine lines, cooling is not applied and the hand piece is held directly above the skin. A large number of pulses are directed at the treatment site, repeatedly covering an area, such as the cheek. By delivering many pulses of laser light to a treatment area, a gentle heating of the dermis occurs and collagen growth is stimulated to rejuvenate the skin and reduce wrinkles. Patients typically receive four to six treatments for this procedure. The treatment typically takes less than a half hour with a spacing of two to four weeks between treatments.

 

Texture, Lines and Wrinkles – The xeo platform can address fine lines and wrinkles using the Pearl and Pearl Fractional hand pieces.  When treating fine lines, texture and fine lineswrinkles with aPearl hand piece, the hand piece is held at a controlled distance from the skin and the scanner delivers a preset pattern of spots to the treatment area. Cooling is not applied to the epidermis during the treatment. The energy delivered by the hand piece ablates a portion of the epidermis while leaving a coagulated portion that will gently peel off over the course of a few days. Heat is also delivered into the dermis, which can result in the production of new collagen. Treatment of the full face can usually be performed in 15 to 30 minutes. Patients receive on average between one and three treatments at monthly intervals.

When treating wrinkles and deep dermal imperfections with a Pearl Fractional hand piece, the hand piece is held at a controlled distance from the skin and the scanner delivers a preset pattern of spots to the treatment area. Cooling is not applied to the epidermis during the treatment. The energy delivered by the hand piece penetrates the deep dermis producing a series of micro-columns across the skin, which can result in the removal of damaged tissue and the production of new collagen. Treatment of the full face can usually be performed in less than an hour. Patients receive on average between one and three treatments at monthly intervals.

Our CE Mark allows us to market Pearl Fractional in the European Union, Australia and certain other countries outside the U.S. for the treatment of wrinkles and deep dermal imperfections. However, in the U.S. we have a 510(k) clearance only for skin resurfacing and coagulation.

 

Our recently launched Juliet laser is a versatile multi-application platform utilizing an Er:YAG laser with the 2940 nm wavelength. This Erbium wavelength produces noticeable results with fewer side effects, due to its high peak absorption in water. Additionally, Juliet’s Erbium technology allows for a controlled thermal delivery to tissue. The Microspot hand piece delivers fractionated energy to induce skin resurfacing and improved skin quality, tone and texture. 

Additionally, our recently launched Secret RF platform is a Radio Frequency microneedling device that employs fractionated RF energy (2 MHz) delivered at different pre-programmed depths in the dermis to produce new collagen. The Secret RF product iscomes with four treatment tips: a fractional RF microneedling system that utilizes microneedles to deliver heat into the deeper layers of the25-pin tip, both insulated and semi-insulated, and a 64-pin tip, both insulated and semi-insulated. The treatment has minimal side effects, negligible downtime and results in improved skin using controlled RF energy. The targeted energy revitalizes, rebuildstone and firms up tissue, effectively remodeling collagen, improving mild wrinkles and diminishing scars while leaving the outer layer of skin intact, minimizing downtime.texture as well as improvement in acne scars.

 

DyschromiaOur pulsed-light technologies allow our customers to safely and effectively treat red and brown dyschromia (skin discoloration), benign pigmented lesions, and rosacea. The practitioner delivers a narrow spectrum of light to the surface of the skin through our LLimeLight imeLighthand pieces. These hand pieces include one of our proprietary wavelength filters, which reduce the energy level required for therapeutic effect and minimize the risk of skin injury.

 

The 532 nm wavelength green laser option of theexcel Vandenlightensystems, as well as the 755 nm infrared wavelength of theexcel HR,can be used to treat benign pigmented lesions in substantially the same way as described above with the pulsed light devices.way.

 

In treating benign pigmented lesions, the hand piece is placed directly on the skin and then the pulse is triggered. The cells forming the pigmented lesion absorb the light energy, darken and then flake off over the course of two to three weeks. Several treatments may be required to completely remove the lesion. The treatment takes a few minutes per area treated and there are typically three to four weeks between treatments.

 

Practitioners can also treat dyschromia and other skin conditions with ourPearlhand piece. During these treatments, the heat delivered by thePearlhand piece will remove the outer layer of the epidermis while coagulating a portion of the epidermis. That coagulated portion will gently peel off over the course of a few days, revealing a new layer of skin underneath. Treatment of the full face can usually be performed in 15 to 30 minutes. Patients receive on average between one and three treatments at monthly intervals.

Skin QualityOurTitantechnology allows our customers to use deep dermal heating to tighten lax skin. The practitioner delivers a spectrum of light to the skin through ourTitanhand piece. This hand piece includes our proprietary light source and wavelength filter which tailors the delivered spectrum of light to provide heating at the desired depth in the skin.

 

In treating compromised skin, the hand piece is placed directly on the skin andand then the light pulse is triggered. A sustained pulse causes significant heating in the dermis. This heating can cause immediate collagen contraction while also stimulating long-term collagen regrowth. Several treatments may be required to obtain the desired degree of tightening of the skin. The treatment of a full face can take over an hour and there are typically four weeks between treatments.

11

Table of Contents

 

Our CE Mark allows us to market theTitanin the European Union,EU, Australia and certain other countries outside the U.S. for the treatment of wrinkles through skin tightening. However, in the U.S. we have a 510(k) clearance for only deep dermal heating.

 

13

Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

 

In the U.S. we marketthe Company markets and sell our sells its products through a direct sales organization. WeThe Company internally manage ourmanages its U.S. and Canadian sales organization as one North American sales region. As of December 31, 2017, we2018, the Company had 5868 territories and a direct sales force of 68 employees. In addition, the Company created a new commercial organization in 2018 dedicated to supporting consumable products for procedures performed in physicians’ practices. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had nine employees related to consumable sales support.

 

International sales are made both through a worldwide distributor network in over 40 countries, as well as a direct international sales force. As of December 31, 2017, we2018, the Company had a direct sales force in Australia, Belgium, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, Spain, Switzerland and the United Kingdom with a total of 3441 direct sales employees. Our international revenue as a percentage of total revenue represented 38% in 2017, 45% in 2016, and 48% in 2015.

 

WeThe Company also sellsells certain items like Hand Piece Refillshand piece refills, cycle refills, consumable tips and marketing brochures through our web site www.cutera.com.www.cutera.com.

 

Customers generally demand quality, performance, ease of use, and high productivity in relation to the cost of ownership. We respondThe Company responds to these customer demands by introducing new products focused on these requirements in the markets we serve.it serves. Specifically, we believe that we introducethe Company believes it introduces new products and applications that are innovative, address the specific aesthetic procedures in demand, and are upgradeable on ourits customers’ existing systems. In addition, we providethe Company provides attractive upgrade pricing to new product families. To increase market penetration, wethe Company also marketmarkets to non-core practitioners in addition to our core specialties of plastic surgeons and dermatologists.

 

We seekThe Company seeks to establish strong ongoing relationships with ourits customers through the upgradeability of ourthe Company’s products, salessales of extended service contracts, the refilling ofhand pieces and replacement of disposable tips, ongoing training and support, and distributing skincare products in Japan. WeThe Company primarily target ourtargets its marketing efforts to practitioners through office visits, workshops, trade shows, webinars and trade journals. WeThe Company also marketmarkets to potential patients through brochures, workshops and ourits website. In addition, we offerthe Company offers clinical forums with recognized expert panelists to promote advanced treatment techniques using our products to further enhance customer loyalty and uncover new sales opportunities.

 

Competition

 

OurThe industry the Company operates in is subject to intense competition. OurThe Company’s products compete against conventional non-energy-based treatments, such as electrolysis, Botox and collagencollagen injections, chemical peels, microdermabrasion and sclerotherapy. OurThe products also compete against laser and other energy-based products offered by other public companies, such as Hologic (acquired Cynosure in March 2017), El.En S.p.A, XIO Group (acquired Lumenis in September 2015), Allergan (acquired Zeltiq in April 2017), Valeant (acquired Solta in January 2014)Bausch Health (Valeant), Vieve, as well as private companies, including Sisram, Syneron Candela(acquired (acquired in 2017 by an affiliate of private equity funds advised by Apax Partners), Sciton, InMode, BTL Industries and several others.

 

Competition among providers of laser and other energy-based devices for the aesthetic market is characterized by extensive research and development efforts, and innovative technology. While we attemptthe Company attempts to protect ourits products through patents and other intellectual property rights, there are few barriers to entry that would prevent new entrants or existing competitors from developing products that would compete directly with ours. There are many companies, both public and private, that are developing innovative devices that use both energy-based and alternative technologies. Some of these competitors have greater resources than we dothe Company does or product applications for certain sub-markets in which we dothe Company does not participate. Additional competitors may enter the market, and we arethe Company is likely to compete with new companies in the future. To compete effectively, we havethe Company has to demonstrate that our products are attractive alternatives to other devices and treatments by differentiating our products on the basis of performance, brand name, service and price. We haveThe Company has encountered, and expectexpects to continue to encounter, potential customers who, due to existing relationships with our competitors, are committed to, or prefer, the products offered by these competitors. Competitive pressures may result in price reductions and reduced margins for our products.

 

Research and Development

 

OurThe Company focuses its research and development group develops newefforts on innovation and improvement for products and applications services that address unmet or underserved market needs. align with its mission: the Company consistently strives to understand its customers’ expectations for total excellence. The Company accomplishes this by its commitment to continuous improvement in design, manufacturing and service, which the Company believes provides for superior products and services to ensure on going customer satisfaction, trust and loyalty. The Company seeks to comply with all applicable domestic and international regulations to maintain the highest quality.

12

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2017, our2018, the Company’s research and development activities were conducted by a staff of 2838 employees with a broad base of experience in lasers, optoelectronics, software, and other related disciplines. We developThe Company develops working relationships with outside contract engineering and design consultants, giving our team additional technical and creative breadth. We workThe Company works closely with thought leaders and customers, to understand unmet needs and emerging applications in aesthetic medicine. Research and development expenses were approximately $12.9 million in 2017, $11.2 million in 2016, and $10.7 million in 2015.

 

Acquisitions, Investments, and InvestmentsDistribution Agreements

 

OurThe Company’s strategy of providing a broad range of therapeutic capabilities requires a wide variety of technologies, products and capabilities. The rapid pace of technological development in the aesthetic device industry and the specialized expertise required in different areas make it difficult for usthe Company to develop a broad portfolio of technological solutions. In addition to internally generated growth through research and development efforts, we havethe Company has considered, and expectexpects to continue to consider, acquisitions, investments and alliancesdistribution agreements to provide access to new products and technologies in both new and existing markets.

 

14

Table of Contents

We expectThe Company expects to further our strategic objectives and strengthen ourits existing businesses by making future acquisitions, investments, or investmentsentering into new distribution agreements in areas that we believe wethe Company believes it can acquire or stimulate the development of new technologies and products. Mergers andand acquisitions of medical technology companies, as well as distribution relationships are inherently risky and no assurance can be given that any acquisition will be successful or will not materially adversely affect ourthe Company’s consolidated operations, financial condition and/or cash flows.

 

Service andand Support

 

OurThe Company’s products are engineered to enable quick and efficient service and support. There are several separate components of our products, each of which can easily be removed and replaced. We believeThe Company believes that quick and effective delivery of service is important to ourits customers. As of December 31, 2017, we2018, the Company had 5665 people in our global service department. Internationally, we providethe Company provides direct service support through ourin Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, andSpain, Switzerland offices. We work with third-party service providers in Spain and the U.K,United Kingdom. Services and alsosupport outside of these direct markets are made through a worldwide distributor network of distributors in over 40 countries.

 

We provide a standard one-year warranty coverage for all of our systems. We provide initial warranties on our productsThe Company offers post-warranty services to cover parts and service and offerits customers through extended service planscontracts that vary by the typecover replacement parts and labor for a term of productone, two, or three years. The Company also offers services on a time-and-materials basis for detachable hand piece replacements, parts and the level of service desired. From time to time, we also have promotions whereby we include a post-warranty service contract with the sale of our products.labor. Customers are notified before their initial warranty expires and are able to purchase extended service plans covering replacement parts and labor.

 

In countries where we arethe Company is represented by distributor partners, customers are serviced through the distributor. Distributors areare generally provided 14 to 16 months warranty coverage for parts only, with labor customarily provided to the end customer by the distributor.

In the event a customer does not purchase an extended service plan, we offer to service the customer’s system and charge the customer for time and materials. 

Our The Company’s Titan, truSculpt 3D and truSculpt 3DiD hand pieces generally include a warranty for a set number of shots, instead of for a period of time.

 

Manufacturing

 

We manufacture ourThe Company manufactures its products with components and subassembliessubassemblies supplied by vendors. We assemblevendors, and testassembles and tests each of ourits products at ourthe Brisbane, California facility. Quality control, cost reduction and inventory management are top priorities of ourthe manufacturing operations.

 

We purchaseThe Company purchases certain components, subassemblies and subassembliesassembled systems from a limited number of suppliers. We haveThe Company has flexibility with ourits suppliers to adjust the number of components and subassemblies as well as the delivery schedules. The forecasts we use are based on historical demands and sales projections. Lead times for components and subassemblies may vary significantly depending on the size of the order, time required to fabricate and test the components or subassemblies, specific supplier requirements and current market demand for the same or similar components and subassemblies. We reduce theThe potential for disruption of supply disruptionis reduced by maintaining sufficient inventories and identifying additional suppliers. The time required to qualify new suppliers for some components, or to redesign them, could cause delays in our manufacturing. To date, we havethe Company has not experienced significant delays in obtaining any of ourits components or subassemblies. The Company uses small quantities of common cleaning products in its manufacturing operations, which are lawfully disposed of through a normal waste management program. The Company does not forecast any material costs due to compliance with environmental laws or regulations.

 

We areThe Company is required to manufacture our products in compliance with the FDA’sFDA’s Quality System Regulation (or “QSR”(“QSR”). The QSR covers the methods and documentation of the design, testing, control, manufacturing, labeling, quality assurance, packaging, storage and shipping of our products. The FDA enforces the QSR through periodic unannounced inspections. WeThe Company had an FDA full quality system audit in March 2017. There were no significant findings or observations as a result of this audit. Failureaudit, however our failure to maintain compliance with the QSR requirements could result in the shutdown of our manufacturing operations and the recall of our products, which would have a material adverse effect on our business. In the event that one of our suppliers fails to maintain compliance with ourspecified quality requirements, wethe Company may have to qualify a new supplier and could experience manufacturing delays as a result. We haveThe Company has opted to maintain quality assurance and quality management certifications to enable us to market our products in the U.S., the member states of the European Union (“EU”),EU, the European Free Trade Association and countries which have entered into Mutual Recognition Agreements with the EU. In January 2018, wethe Company conducted our recertification audit to the requirements of ISO 13485:2003 under the Medical Device Single Audit Program (“MDSAP”) for the 5 regulatory jurisdictions signatory to MDSAP (FDA - US, Health Canada - Canada, Therapeutic Goods Administration (“TGA”) - Australia, Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency (“PMDA”) - Japan, and Agência Nacional de Vigilancia Sanitária (“ANVISA”) - Brazil); and for the EU under Europäische Norm (“EN”) International Standards Organization (“ISO”) 13485:2012 and Medical Device Directive (MDD”) 93/42/EEC. WeThe Company passed the recertification audit establishing compliance with ISO 13485:2003 under MDSAP; EN ISO 13458:2012; and MDD 93/42/EEC. The MDSAP and EU certification can be used to establish compliance with Good Manufacturing Practices (“GMP”), QSR, and Quality Management System (“QMS”) requirements for all six regulatory jurisdictions, replacing routine audits from each regulatory jurisdiction. Our manufacturing facility is ISO 13485 certified.

 

1513

Table of Contents

 

Patents and Proprietary Technology

 

We relyThe Company relies on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, and non-disclosure, confidentiality and invention assignment agreements to protect our intellectual property rights. As of February 28, 2018, we2019, the Company had 3332 issued U.S. patents and 5 pending U.S. patent applications. In the U.S. and several foreign countries, we register ourThe Company name and several of our product names as trademarks, including Cutera, Acutip 500, CoolGlide, excel, enlighten, Juliet, Limelight, myQ, Pearl, ProWave 770, ProWave LX,Secret RF, Solera (discontinued as of January 2018), Titan,truSculpt, and xeo. We may have common law rights in other product names, including excel V, Pearl Fractional, Solera, Titan and excel HR. We intendintends to file for additional patents and trademarks to continue to strengthen our intellectual property rights. Patents typically have a 20-year term from the application filing date. There can be no assurance that pending patent applications will result in the issuance of patents, that patents issued to or licensed by the Company will not be challenged or circumvented by competitors, or that these patents will be found to be valid or sufficiently broad to protect our technology or to provide the Company with a competitive advantage.

 

We licensedThe Company has also obtained certain patents from Palomar (acquired by Cynosure in 2013)trademarks and paid ongoing royalties based on salestrade names for our products and maintain certain details about our processes, products and strategies as trade secrets. In the U.S. and several foreign countries, the Company registers its Company name and several of applicable hair removal products. The royalty rate on these products ranged from 3.75% to 7.50% of revenue from sales of products that incorporate the licensed patents. The remaining U.S. patents expired in February 2015 and the remaining international patents expired in February 2016. As a result, all our revenue from February 2016 onwards is not subject to these royalties. Our revenue from systems that do not include hair removal capabilities (suchits product names as trademarks, including Cutera, AcuTip, CoolGlide, CoolGlide excel V, excel, enlighten, Juliet, LimeLight, GenesisPlus, myQ, Pearl, ProWave 770 , ProWave LX, Secret RF, Solera(discontinued as of January 2018), Titan, truSculpt and xeo. The Company may have common law rights in other product names, including excel V, Pearl Fractional, Solera, Titan and xeoexcel HR. ), as well as revenues from service contractsThe Company intends to file for additional patents and skincare products, were not subjecttrademarks to these royalties.continue to strengthen our intellectual property rights.

  

We relyThe Company relies on non-disclosure and non-competition agreements with employees, technical consultants and other parties to protect, in part, trade secrets and other proprietary technology. WeThe Company also requirerequires them to agree to disclose and assign to us all inventions conceived in connection with the relationship. There can be no assurance that these agreements will not be breached, that wethe Company will have adequate remedies for any breach, that others will not independently develop equivalent proprietary information or that third parties will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets and proprietary knowledge.

 

For additional information, please refer to Item 1A. Risk Factors of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, underunder the section entitled “Risk Factors - Intellectual property rights may not provide adequate protection for some or all of our products, which may permit third parties to compete against us more effectively, and [w]ewe may be involved in future costly intellectual property litigation, which could impact our future business and financial performance.”

 

Government Regulation

 

United States

OurThe Company’s products are medical devices subject to regulation by numerous government agencies, including the FDA and counterpart agencies outside the United States.U.S. To varying degrees, each of these agencies require us to comply with laws and regulations governing the research, development, testing, manufacturing, labeling, pre-market clearance or approval, marketing, distribution, advertising, promotion, record keeping, reporting, tracking, and importing and exporting of medical devices. In the Unites States,U.S., FDA regulations govern the following activities that we the Company performs and will continue to perform to ensure that medical products distributed domestically or exported internationally are safe and effective for their intended uses:

product design and development;

product testing;

product manufacturing;

product safety;

product labeling;

product storage;

record keeping;

pre-market clearance or approval;

advertising and promotion;

production;

product sales and distribution; and

complaint handling.

● product design and development;

● product testing;

● product manufacturing;

● product safety;

● product labeling;

● product storage;

● record keeping;

● pre-market clearance or approval;

● advertising and promotion;

● production;

● product sales and distribution; and

● complaint handling.

14

Table of Contents

 

FDA’sFDA’s Pre-market Clearance and Approval Requirements

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we wishthe Company wishes to commercially distribute in the U.S. will require either prior 510(k) clearance, de novo or pre-market approval from the FDA. The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes. Devices deemed to pose lower risks are placed in either class I or II, which requires the manufacturer to submit to the FDA a pre-market notification requesting permission to commercially distribute the device. This process is generally known as 510(k) clearance. Some low risk devices are exempted from this requirement. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices, or devices deemed not substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device, are placed in class III, requiring more rigorous pre-market approval. All of our current products are class II devices.

16

Table of Contents

510(k) Clearance Pathway

When a 510(k) clearance is required, wethe Company must submit a pre-market notification demonstrating that our proposed device is substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device or a device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 for which the FDA has not yet called for the submission of Pre-Market Approval, or PMA,"PMA", applications. By regulation, the FDA is required to clear or deny a 510(k), pre-market notification within 90 days of submission of the application. As a practical matter, clearance often takes significantly longer. The FDA may require further information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence. Laser devices used for aesthetic procedures, such as hair removal, have generally qualified for clearance under 510(k) procedures.

 

The following table details the indications for which wethe Company received a 510(k) clearance for our products and when these clearances were received.

 

FDA Marketing Clearances:

  

Date Received:

Laser-based products:

  

  

-

treatment of vascular lesions

  

June 1999

-

hair removal

  

March 2000

-

permanent hair reduction

  

January 2001

-

treatment of benign pigmented lesions and pseudo folliculitis barbae, commonly referred to as razor bumps, and for the reduction of red pigmentation in scars

  

June 2002

-

treatment of wrinkles

  

October 2002

-

treatment to increase clear nail in patients with onychomycosis

April 2011

-

expanded spot size to 5 mm for clear nail in patients with onychomycosis

May 2013

-

addition of Alexandrite 755 nm laser wavelength for hair removal, permanent hair reduction and the treatment of vascular and benign pigmented lesions

 

December 2013

-

enlighten picosecond and nanosecond 532/1064 nm for the treatment of benign pigmented lesions

 

August 2014

-

enlighten picosecond and nanosecond 532/1064 nm for multi-colored tattoo removal  

 

November 2014

-

enlighten III picosecond and nanosecond 670 nm wavelength approvedcleared for benign pigmented lesions

 

November 2016

-

enlighten picosecond and nanosecond 532/1064 nm higher performance specifications for multi-colored tattoo removal and the treatment of benign pigmented lesions

 

April 2017 

-

enlighten III picosecond and nanosecond 532/670/1064 nm for multi-colored tattoo removal, adding 670 nm for the treatment of green and blue tattoo inks, and the treatment of benign pigmented lesions with higher performance specifications

 

October 2017

- enlighten Micro Lens Array (MLA) for treatment of acne scars

December 2018

Pulsed-light technologies:

  

  

-

treatment of pigmented lesions

  

March 2003

-

hair removal and vascular treatments

  

March 2005

  

 

Infrared Titan technology for deep dermal heating for the temporary relief of minor muscle and joint pain and for the temporary increase in local circulation where applied

  

February 2004

  

 

Solera tabletop console:

  

 

-

for use with the Titan hand piece

  

October 2004

-

for use with our pulsed-light hand pieces

  

January 2005

  

 

Pearl product for the treatment of wrinkles

  

March 2007

  

 

Pearl Fractional product for skin resurfacing and coagulation

  

August 2008

 

 

 

truSculpt radio frequency product for deep tissue heating for the temporary relief of minor muscle and joint pain and for a temporary improvement in the appearance of cellulitecellulite. Additionally, it is cleared for reduction in circumference of the abdomen and non-invasive lipolysis of the abdomen.

 

 

-

16cm2 16cm2 to 25cm2 hand pieces for smaller body parts

 

April 2008

-

16cm2 16cm2 to 40cm2 hand pieces for larger body parts

 

November 2012

-

Product labeling and technology updates for existing clearances

 

September 2014

-

Temporary reduction in circumference of the abdomen

 

December 2016

-

truSculpt 2.0: Hands-free treatment powering sequentially six 40 cm2 puck-style applicators

 

August 2017 

-truSculpt iD: for non-surgical fat-reduction and circumferential reduction procedures

June 2018 

1715

Table of Contents

Pre-Market Approval (“PMA”) Pathway

A PMA must be submitted to the FDA if the device cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process. A PMA must be supported by extensive data, including but not limited to, technical, preclinical, clinical trials, manufacturing and labeling to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device. No device that we havethe Company developed to date has requiredrequires pre-market approval, although development of future devices or indicationsclearances may require pre-market approval.

Product Modifications

We have modified aspects of our products since receiving regulatory clearance, but we believe that new 510(k) clearances are not required for these modifications. AfterPursuant to FDA regulations, after a device receives 510(k) clearance or a PMA, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, will requirerequires a new clearance or approval. The FDA requires each manufacturermanufacturers to make this determination initially, but the FDA can review any such decision and canmay disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. To date, the Company has modified aspects of our products after receiving regulatory clearance, and determined that new 510(k) clearances are not required for these modifications. If the FDA disagrees with our determination not to seek a new 510(k) clearance or PMA, the FDA may retroactively require usthe Company to seek 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval. The FDA could also require usthe Company to cease marketing and distribution and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval is obtained. Also, in these circumstances, wethe Company may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

Clinical Trials

When FDA approval of a class I, class II or class III device requires human clinical trials, and if the device presents a significant“significant risk,” as defined by the FDA, to human health, the device sponsor is required to file an Investigational Device Exemption, or IDE, application with the FDA and obtain IDE approval prior to commencing the human clinical trial. If the device is considered a “non-significant” risk, IDE submission to the FDA is not required. Instead, only approval from the Institutional Review Board “IRB”(“IRB”), overseeing the clinical trial is required. Human clinical studies are generally required in connection with approval of class III devices and may be required for class I and II devices. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number of patients. Clinical trials for a significant risk device may begin once the application is reviewed and cleared by the FDA and the appropriate institutional review boards at the clinical trial sites. Future clinical trials of our products may require that we submitthe Company submits and obtainobtains clearance of an IDE from the FDA prior to commencing clinical trials. The FDA, and the IRB at each institution at which a clinical trial is being performed, may suspend a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk.

Pervasive and Continuing Regulation

 

After a device is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include:

 

Quality system regulations, which require manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process;

Labeling regulations and FDA prohibitions against the promotion of products for un-cleared, unapproved or “off-label” uses;

Medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur; and

Post-market surveillance regulations, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device. 

● Quality system regulations, which require manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process;

● Labeling regulations and FDA prohibitions against the promotion of products for un-cleared, unapproved or “off-label” uses;

● Medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur; and

● Post-market surveillance regulations, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device.

16

Table of Contents

 

The FDA has broad post-market and regulatory enforcement powers. We areThe Company is subject to unannounced inspections by the FDA and the Food and Drug Branch of the California Department of Health Services (or “CDHS”), to determine our compliance with the QSR and other regulations, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors. In the past, our prior facility has been inspected, and observations were noted. There were no findings that involved a material violation of regulatory requirements. Our responses to these observations have been accepted by the FDA and CDHS, and we believethe Company believes that we areit is in substantial compliance with the QSR. Our current manufacturing facility has been inspected by the FDA and the CDHS. The FDA and the CDHS noted observations, but there were no findings that involved a material violation of regulatory requirements. Our responses to those observations have been accepted by the FDA and CDHS.

 

We areThe Company is also regulated under the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act, which requires laser products to comply with performance standards, including design and operation requirements, and manufacturers to certify in product labeling and in reports to the FDA that their products comply with all such standards. The law also requires laser manufacturers to file new product and annual reports, maintain manufacturing, testing and sales records, and report product defects. Various warning labels must be affixed and certain protective devices installed, depending on the class of the product.

18

Table of Contents

 

Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may include any of the following sanctions:

 

Warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

● Repair, replacement, recall or seizure of our products;

● Operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

● Refusing our requests for 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval of new products, new intended uses, or modifications to existing products;

● Withdrawing 510(k) clearance or pre-market approvals that have already been granted; and

● Criminal prosecution and penalties.

Warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

Repair, replacement, recall or seizure of our products;

Operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

Refusing our requests for 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval of new products, new intended uses, or modifications to existing products;

Withdrawing 510(k) clearance or pre-market approvals that have already been granted; and

Criminal prosecution and penalties.

 

The FDA also has the authority to require usthe Company to repair, replace or refund the cost of any medical device that we haveit has manufactured or distributed. If any of these events were to occur, they could have a material adverse effect on ourthe Company’s business.

 

We areThe Company is also subject to a wide range of federal, state and local laws and regulations, including those related to the environment, health and safety, land use and quality assurance. We believeThe Company believes that compliance with these laws and regulations as currently in effect will not have a material adverse effect on our capital expenditures, earnings and competitive and financial position.

International

International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign governmental regulations, which vary substantially from country to country. The timetime required to obtain clearance or approval by a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA clearance or approval, and the clearance or approval requirements may be different from those in the United States.U.S.

 

In Japan, for instance, physicians can import medical devices that are not approved for sale in Japan, under their medical license if imported from a country where the productCompany is legally marketed and sold. We frequently sell and ship products into Japan under this regulatory allowance. If the regulations in Japan change and physicians are no longer able to import devices that are not approved for sale by the Japanese regulatory authority into Japan under their medical licenses, our business in Japan could be materially impacted. In Japan, we are actively seeking approvals for certain products to supplement our existing approvals for enlighten,, xeo, Solera excel V, excel HR, LimeLight, ProWave, Solera, Titan, truSculpt iD and Titanxeo.

 

In the European Economic Area, or EEA, (which is composed of the 28 Member States of the EU plus Norway, Liechtenstein and Iceland), a single regulatory approval process exists, and conformity with the legal requirements is represented by the CE mark. While it remains somewhat unresolved, the cabinet of the United Kingdom agrees that the UK should maintain conformity with the CE mark process following Brexit. Other countries, such as Switzerland, have entered into Mutual Recognition Agreements and allow the marketing of medical devices that meet EU requirements. The EU has adopted numerous directives and European Standardization Committees have promulgated voluntary standards regulating the design, manufacture, clinical trials, labeling and adverse event reporting for medical devices. Devices that comply with the requirements of a relevant directive will be entitled to bear CE conformity marking, indicating that the device conforms withto the essential requirements of the applicable directives and, accordingly, can be commercially distributed throughout the EEA and countries which have entered into a Mutual Recognition Agreement. The method of assessing conformity varies depending on the type and class of the product, but normally involves a combination of self-assessment by the manufacturer and a third-party assessment by a Notified Body, an independent and neutral institution appointed by a country to conduct the conformity assessment. This third-party assessment may consist of an audit of the manufacturer’s quality system and specific testing of the manufacturer’s device. An assessment by a Notified Body in one member state of the EEA, or one country which has entered into a Mutual Recognition Agreement is required in order for a manufacturer to commercially distribute the product throughout these countries. ISO 9001 and ISO 13845 certification are voluntary harmonized standards. Compliance establishes the presumption of conformity with the essential requirements for a CE Marking. In February 2000, our facility was awarded the ISO 9001 and EN 46001 certification. In March 2003, wethe Company received our ISO 9001 updated certification (ISO 9001:2000) as well as our certification for ISO 13485:1996 which replaced our EN 46001 certification. In March 2004, wethe Company received our ISO 13485:2003 certification and in March 2006, March 2009, and January 2012 we passed ISO 13485 recertification audits. In January 2015, wethe Company passed a recertification audit establishing compliance with the requirements of EN ISO 13485:2012, CAN/CSA ISO 13485:2003, and MDD 93/42/EEC. In January 2018, wethe Company conducted our recertification audit to the requirements of ISO 13485:2003 under the Medical Device Single Audit Program (MDSAP) for the 5 regulatory jurisdictions signatory to MDSAP (FDA - US, Health Canada - Canada, TGA - Australia, PMDA - Japan, and ANVISA - Brazil); and for the EU under EN ISO 13485:2012 and MDD 93/42/EEC. WeThe Company passed the recertification audit establishing compliance with ISO 13485:2003 under MDSAP; EN ISO 13458:2012; and MDD 93/42/EEC. In January 2019, the Company passed the upgrade audit establishing compliance with ISO 13485:2016 and the surveillance audit under MDSAP. The MDSAP and EU certification can be used to establish compliance with GMP/QSR/QMS requirements for all six regulatory jurisdictions, replacing routine audits from each regulatory jurisdiction. For cause audits can still occur.

1917

Table of Contents

 

Applicability of Anti-CorruptionAnti-Corruption Laws and Regulations

OurThe Company’s worldwide business is subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (the FCPA”“FCPA”), the United Kingdom Bribery Act of 2010 (the “UK Bribery Act”) and other anti-corruption laws and regulations applicable in the jurisdictions where we operate.the Company operates. The FCPA can be used to prosecute companies in the United StatesU.S. for arrangements with physicians, or other parties outside the United States,U.S., if the physician or party is a government official of another country and the arrangement violates the law of that country. The UK Bribery Act prohibits both domestic and international bribery, as well as bribery across both public and private sectors. There are similar laws and regulations applicable to Cutera outside the United States,U.S., all of which are subject to evolving interpretations. For additional information, please refer to Item 1A. Risk Factors of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, under the sections entitled “Risk“Risk Factors - Our– the Company’s failure to comply with rules relating to bribery, foreign corrupt practices, and privacy and security laws may subject usthe Company to penalties and adversely impact our reputation and business operations.”

Patient Privacy and Security Laws

Various laws worldwide protect the confidentiality of certain patient health and other consumer information, including patient medical records, and restrict the use and disclosure of patient health information by healthcare providers. Privacy standards in Europe and Asia are becoming increasingly strict, enforcement action and financial penalties related to privacy in the EU are growing, and new laws and restrictions are being passed. The management of cross-border transfers of information among and outside of EU member countries is becoming more complex, which may complicate our clinical research and commercial activities, as well as product offerings that involve transmission or use of data. The Company will continue its efforts to comply with those requirements and to adapt our business processes to those standards.

In the U.S., the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), as amended by the Health Information Technology and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH”) and their respective implementing regulations, including the final omnibus rule published on January 25, 2013, imposes specified requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information. Among other things, HITECH makes HIPAA’s privacy and security standards directly applicable to “business associates,” defined as independent contractors or agents of covered entities that create, receive, maintain or transmit protected health information in connection with providing a service for or on behalf of a covered entity. HITECH also increased the civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed against covered entities, business associates and possibly other persons, and gave state attorneys new general authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorney’s fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. In addition, state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways, thus complicating compliance efforts. The Company potentially operates as a business associate to covered entities in a limited number of instances. In those cases, the patient data that the Company receives may include protected health information, as defined under HIPAA. Enforcement actions can be costly and interrupt regular operations of its business. While the Company has not been named in any such actions, if a substantial breach or loss of data from our records were to occur, the Company could become a target of such litigation.

In the EU, Regulation 2016/679 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data (“General Data Protection Regulation” or “GDPR”) came into effect on May 25, 2018. The GDPR replaces Directive 95/46/EC (“Data Protection Directive”). While many of the principles of the GDPR reflect those of the Data Protection Directive, for example in relation to the requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information, there are a number of changes. In particular: (1) pro-active compliance measures are introduced, such as the requirement to carry out a Privacy Impact Assessment and to appoint a Data Protection Officer where health data is processed on a “large scale;” and (2) the administrative fines that can be levied are significantly increased, the maximum being the higher of €20 million, or 4%, of the total worldwide annual turnover of the group in the previous financial year. While we believe we are compliant with GDPR, the recent implementation of regulation, coupled with the early limited enforcement action make it difficult to assess.

 

Environmental Health and Safety Laws

We areThe Company is also subject to various environmental health and safety laws and regulations worldwide. Like other medical device companies, our manufacturing and other operations involve the use and transportation of substances regulated under environmentalenvironmental health and safety laws including those related to the transportation of hazardous materials. To the best of our knowledge at this time, we dothe Company does not expect that compliance with environmental protection laws will have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

18

Table of Contents

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2017, we2018, the Company had 367402 employees, compared to 297367 employees as of December 31, 2016.2017. Of the 367402 employees at December 31, 2017, 1492018, 161 were in sales and marketing, 101 89 in manufacturing operations, 5677 in technical service, 2838 in research and development and 3337 in general and administrative. We believeThe Company believes that ourits future success will depend in part on our continued ability to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel. None of our employees are represented by a labor union, and we believe ourthe Company believes its employee relations are good.

 

Available Information

 

We are subject toThe Company makes its periodic and current reports, including the reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Consequently, we are required to file reports and information with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, including reports on the following forms: annual reportCompany's Annual Reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reportsQuarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, current reportsCurrent Reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports, filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.1934, as well as its charters for the Company's Audit and Compensation Committees and its Code of Ethics, available free of charge, on the Company’s website as soon as practicable after such material is electronically filed or furnished with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The Company’s website address is www.cutera.com and the reports are filed under “SEC Filings,” on the Company-Investor Relations portion of our website. These reports and other information concerning the Company may be accessed through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Such filings, as well as our charters for our Audit, Compensation, and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees and our Code of Ethics are available on our website at www.cutera.com. In the event that we grant a waiver under our Code of Ethics to any of our officers and directors, we will publish it on our website. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute part of this report and inclusions of our website address in this report are inactive textual references only.www.sec.gov.

20

Table of Contents

 

ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

 

We operateThe Company operates in a rapidlyrapidly changing economic and technological environment that presents numerous risks, many of which are driven by factors that wethe Company cannot control or predict. OurThe Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations may be impacted by a number of factors. In addition to the factors discussed elsewhere in this report, the following risks and uncertainties could materially harm our business, financial condition or results of operations, including causing our actual results to differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statements. The following list of significant risk factors is not all-inclusive or necessarily in order of importance. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us,the Company, or that wethe Company currently deem immaterial, also may materially adversely affect us in future periods. You should carefully consider these risks and uncertainties before investing in our securities.

Our

The Company’s annual and quarterly operating results may fluctuate in the future, which may cause our the Company’s share price to decline.

 

OurThe Company’s net sales, expenses and operating results may vary significantly from year to year and quarter to quarter for several reasons, including, without limitation:

 

the ability of our sales force to effectively market and promote our products, and the extent to which those products gain market acceptance;

the existence and timing of any product approvals or changes;

the rate and size of expenditures incurred on our clinical, manufacturing, sales, marketing and product development efforts;

our ability to obtain and retain personnel;

the availability of key components, materials and contract services, which depends on our ability to forecast sales, among other things;

investigations of our business and business-related activities by regulatory or other governmental authorities;

variations in timing and quantity of product orders;

temporary manufacturing interruptions or disruptions;

the timing and success of new product and new market introductions, as well as delays in obtaining domestic or foreign regulatory approvals for such introductions;

increased competition, patent expirations or new technologies or treatments;

product recalls or safety alerts;

litigation, including product liability, patent, employment, securities class action, stockholder derivative, general commercial and other lawsuits;

continued volatility in the global market and worldwide economic conditions, including, but not limited to, the impact of events such as Brexit;

changes in tax laws, including changes due to Brexit, or exposure to additional income tax liabilities;

the financial health of our customers and their ability to purchase our products in the current economic environment; and

other unusual or non-operating expenses, such as expenses related to mergers or acquisitions, may cause operating result variations.

● the ability of the Company’s sales force to effectively market and promote the Company’s products, and the extent to which those products gain market acceptance;

● the inability to meet the Company's debt repayment obligations under the Loan and Security Agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (the“Revised Revolving Line of Credit”) due to insufficient cash;

● the possibility that cybersecurity breaches, data breaches, and other disruptions could compromise our information or result in the unauthorized disclosure of confidential information;

● the existence and timing of any product approvals or changes;

● the rate and size of expenditures incurred on the Company’s clinical, manufacturing, sales, marketing and product development efforts;

● the Company’s ability to attract and retain personnel;

● the availability of key components, materials and contract services, which depends on the Company’s ability to forecast sales, among other things;

● investigations of the Company’s business and business-related activities by regulatory or other governmental authorities;

● variations in timing and quantity of product orders;

● temporary manufacturing interruptions or disruptions;

● the timing and success of new product and new market introductions, as well as delays in obtaining domestic or foreign regulatory approvals for such introductions;

● increased competition, patent expirations or new technologies or treatments;

● impact of the FDA communication letter regarding “vaginal rejuvenation” procedures using energy-based devices on sales of the Company's products;

● product recalls or safety alerts;

● litigation, including product liability, patent, employment, securities class action, stockholder derivative, general commercial and other lawsuits;

● volatility in the global market and worldwide economic conditions;

● changes in tax laws, including changes domestically and internationally, or exposure to additional income tax liabilities;

● the impact of the new EU privacy regulations (GDPR) on the Company’s resources;

● the financial health of our customers and their ability to purchase our products in the current economic environment; and

● other unusual or non-operating expenses, such as expenses related to mergers or acquisitions, may cause operating results to vary.

19

Table of Contents

 

As a result of any of these factors, ourthe Company’s consolidated results of operations may fluctuate significantly, which may in turnturn cause ourits share price to fluctuate.

If defects are discovered in the Company’s products, the Company may incur additional unforeseen costs, customers may not purchasethe Company’s product and the Company’s reputation may suffer.

The Company’s success depends on the quality and reliability of its products. While the Company’s subject components are sourced and products manufactured to stringent quality specifications and processes, the Company’s products incorporate different components including optical components, and other medical device software, any of which may contain errors or exhibit failures, especially when products are first introduced. In addition, new products or enhancements may contain undetected errors or performance problems that, despite testing, are discovered only after commercial shipment. Because our products are designed to be used to perform complex surgical procedures, due to the serious and costly consequences of product failure, the Company and its customers have an increased sensitivity to such defects. In the past, the Company has voluntarily recalled certain products. Although our products are subject to stringent quality processes and controls, the Company cannot provide assurance that its products will not experience component aging, errors, or performance problems. If the Company experiences product flaws or performance problems, any or all of the following could occur:

 

If we do not continue● delays in product shipments;

● loss of revenue;

● delay in market acceptance;

● diversion of our resources;

● damage to develop,our reputation;

● product recalls;

● regulatory actions;

● increased service or acquire, and commercialize new products and identify new markets for our products and technology, we may not remain competitive, and our revenues and operating results could suffer.warranty costs; or

● product liability claims.

 

The aesthetic laser and light-based treatment system industry is subject to continuous technological development andCosts associated with product innovation. If we do not continue to innovate and develop new products and applications,flaws or performance problems could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position will likely deteriorate as other companies successfully design and commercialize new products and applications. Accordingly, our success depends in part on developingbusiness, financial condition, results of operations, or acquiring new and innovative applications of laser and other light-based technology and identifying new markets for and applications of existing products and technology. If we are unable to develop and commercialize new products, identify and acquire complementary businesses, products or technologies, and identify new markets for our products and technology, our product and technology offerings could become obsolete and our revenues and operating results could be adversely affected.cash flows.

 

To successfully expand our product offerings, we must, among other things:

develop or acquire new technologies that either add to or significantly improve our current products;

convince our target practitioner customers that our new products or product upgrades would be attractive revenue-generating additions to their practices;

sell our products to non-traditional customers, including primary care physicians, gynecologists and other specialists;

identify new markets and emerging technological trends in our target markets and react effectively to technological changes; and

preserve goodwill and brand value with customers.

 

2120

Table of Contents

 

Revenue growth in our business is driven by several factors and one such factor is new product introductions. Our ability to sustain profitability depends on our ability to introduce new products that are adopted by our customers and on the extent to which we can increase revenue and control our costs to be able to leverage our expenses. In addition, we need to be able to counter any unforeseen difficulties, complications, product delays or other unknown factors that may require additional expenditures. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with our growth prospects, product development, sales and marketing and other efforts, unforeseen litigation expenses, etc., we are unable to predict the extent of our future profitability or losses.

The success and continuing development of our products depends,products depends, in part, upon maintaining strong relationships with physicians and other healthcare professionals.

If we failthe Company fails to maintain our working relationships with physicians and other ancillary healthcare and aesthetic professionals, ourthe Company’s products may not be developeddeveloped and marketed in line with the needs and expectations of the professionals who use and support our products. Physicians assist us as researchers, marketing consultants, product consultants, and public speakers, and we relythe Company relies on these professionals to provide us with considerable knowledge and experience. If we arethe Company is unable to maintain these strong relationships, the development and marketing of our products could suffer, which could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

We rely

The Company relies heavily on ourits sales professionalsprofessionals to market and sell ourits products worldwide. If we arethe Company is unable to hire, effectively train, manage, improve the productivity of, and retain our sales professionals, ourthe Company’s business will bebe harmed, which would impair ourits future revenue and profitability.

OurThe Company’s success largely depends on our ability to hire, train, manage, train, and improve the productivity levels of ourthe Company’s sales professionals worldwide. Because of ourthe Company’s focus on non-core practitioners in the past,past, several of ourits sales professionals do not have established relationships with the core market, consisting of dermatologists and plastic surgeons, or where those relationships exist, they are not veryappropriately strong.

 

We have experienced direct sales employee and sales management turnover in North America, Japan, and Europe. Competition for sales professionals who are familiar with, and trained to sell in, the aesthetic equipment market continues to be strong.robust. As a result, we have lost some ofthe Company occasionally loses our sales people to our competitors. OurThe Company’s industry is characterized by a few established companies that compete vigorously for talented sales professionals. Further, as the economy in North America has rebounded from the recent recession, someSome of thoseits sales professionals have left our companyleave the Company for jobs that they perceive to be better opportunities, both within and outside of the aesthetic industry. For instance, in the second half of 2018, the Company experienced significant turnover of our sales professionals, including several people in key sales leadership positions. Most of these sales professionals went to work for a competitor. We believe the loss of these sales professionals negatively impacted our sales performance in the second half of 2018. The Company believes it has adequate measures in place to protect our proprietary and confidential information when employees leave our Company, however the ability to enforce these measures varies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and we must make a case-by-case decision regarding legal enforcement action. For instance, covenants not-to-compete are not allowed in many states, and if allowed, difficult to enforce in many jurisdictions. Furthermore, such legal enforcement actions are expensive and we cannot give any assurance that these enforcement actions will be successful.

However, we havethe Company also hired a record number ofcontinues to hire and train new sales people, including several from our competitors. Several of ourthe Company’s sales employees and sales management have beenare recently hired or recently transferred into different roles, and it will take time for them to be fully trained to improve their productivity. In addition, due to the competition for sales professionals in our industry, we have recruitedthe Company also recruits sales professionals from outside the industry. Sales professionals from outside the industry typically take longer to train and to become familiar with our products and the procedures in which they are used. As a result of a lack of industry knowledge, these sales professionals may take longer to become productive members of our sales force.

 

We train ourThe Company trains its existing and recently recruited sales professionals to better understand our existing and new product technologies and how they can be positioned againstagainst our competitors’ products. These initiatives are intended to improve the productivity of our sales professionals and our revenue and profitability. It takes time for the sales professionals to become productive following their training and there can be no assurance that the recentlynewly recruited sales professionals will be adequately trained in a timely manner, or that ourthe Company direct sales productivity will improve, or that wethe Company will not experience significant levels of attrition in the future.

 

Measures we implementthe Company implements in an effort to recruit, retain, train and manage our sales professionals, strengthen their relationships with core market physicians, and improve their productivity may not be successful and may instead contribute to instability in ourits operations, additional departures from our sales organization, or further reduce our revenue and harm our business. If we arethe Company is not able to improve the productivity and retention of our North American and international sales professionals, then ourthe Company’s total revenue, profitability and stock price may be adversely impacted.

 

The aesthetic equipment market is characterized by rapid innovation. To compete effectively, wethe Company must develop and/or acquire new products, seek regulatory clearance, market them successfully, and identify new markets for our technology.

 

We haveThe aesthetic light and energy-based treatment system industry is subject to continuous technological development and product innovation. If the Company does not continue to innovate and develop new products and applications, our competitive position will likely deteriorate as other companies successfully design and commercialize new products and applications or enhancements to our current products. The Company created products to apply our technology to body contouring, hair removal, treatment of veins, tattoo removal, and skin rejuvenation,revitalization, including the treatment of diffuse redness, skin laxity, fine lines, wrinkles, skin texture, pore sizesize and benign pigmented lesions, etc. For example, the Company introduced Juliet, a product for women’s intimate health, in the fourth quarter of 2016, we addedDecember 2017, Secret RF, a required third wavelength (670 nm) to our enlighten platform to improve clearing of green, blue and purple tattoo inks and launched the product asfractional RF microneedling device for skin revitalization, in January 2018, enlighten IIISR . We also lunched in April 2018, and truSculpt 3D, Secret and Juliet iD in 2017.ToJuly 2018. To grow in the future, wethe Company must continue to develop and/or acquire new and innovative aesthetic products and applications, identify new markets, and successfully launch the newly acquired or developed product offerings.

To successfully expand the Company’s product offerings, the Company must, among other things:

● develop or otherwise acquire new products that either add to or significantly improve our current product offerings;

● obtain regulatory clearance for these new products;

● convince our existing and prospective customers that our product offerings are an attractive revenue-generating addition to their practice;

● sell our product offerings to a broad customer base;

● identify new markets and alternative applications for our technology;

● protect our existing and future products with defensible intellectual property; and

● satisfy and maintain all regulatory requirements for commercialization.

 

2221

Table of Contents

To successfully expand our product offerings, we must, among other things:

develop or otherwise acquire new products that either add to or significantly improve our current product offerings;

convince our existing and prospective customers that our product offerings are an attractive revenue-generating addition to their practice;

sell our product offerings to a broad customer base;

identify new markets and alternative applications for our technology;

protect our existing and future products with defensible intellectual property; and

satisfy and maintain all regulatory requirements for commercialization.

 

Historically, product introductions have been a significant component of ourthe Company’s financial performance. To be successful in the aesthetics industry, we needthe Company believes it needs to continue to innovate. OurThe Company’s business strategy has therefore beenis based, in part, on ourits expectation that wethe Company will continue to increase ouror enhance its product offerings. We needThe Company needs to continue to devote substantial research and development resources to make new product introductions, which can be costly and time consuming to ourits organization.

 

WeThe Company also believebelieves that, to increase revenue from sales of new products, we needthe Company needs to continue to develop ourits clinical support, furtherfurther expand and nurture relationships with industry thought leaders, and increase market awareness of the benefits of ourits new products. However, even with a significant investment in research and development, wethe Company may be unable to continue to develop, acquire or effectively launch and market new products and technologies regularly, or at all. If we failthe Company fails to successfully commercialize new products ouror enhancements, its business may be harmed.

 

While we attemptthe Company attempts to protect our products through patents and other intellectual property,property, there are few barriers to entry that would prevent new entrants or existing competitors from developing products that compete directly with ours. We expectThe Company expects that any competitive advantage wethe Company may enjoy from current and future innovations may diminish over time as companies successfully respond to our, or create their own, innovations. Consequently, we believethe Company believes that weit will have to continuously innovate and improve our products and technology to compete successfully. If we arethe Company is unable to innovate successfully, ourits products could become obsolete and ourits revenue could decline as ourits customers and prospects purchase ourits competitors’ products.

 

DemandDemand for our products in any of ourthe Company’s markets could be weakened by several factors, including:

inability to develop and market our products to the core market specialties of dermatologists and plastic surgeons;

● poor financial performance of market segments that attempt to introduce aesthetic procedures to their businesses;

● the inability to differentiate our products from those of our competitors;

● competitive threat from new innovations, product introductions capturing mind and wallet share

● reduced patient demand for elective aesthetic procedures;

● failure to build and maintain relationships with opinion leaders within the various market segments; and

● the lack of credit financing, or an increase in the cost of borrowing, for some of our potential customers.

inability to develop and market our products to the core market specialties of dermatologists and plastic surgeons;

poor financial performance of market segments that attempt to introduce aesthetic procedures to their businesses;

the inability to differentiate our products from those of our competitors;

reduced patient demand for elective aesthetic procedures;

failure to build and maintain relationships with opinion leaders within the various market segments; and

the lack of credit financing, or an increase in the cost of borrowing, for some of our potential customers.

 

If we dothe Company does not achieve anticipated demand for our products, there could be a material adverse effect on ourits total revenue, profitability, employee retention and stock price.

 

We dependThe search for a permanent President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), may cause uncertainty regarding the future of the Company’s business, impact employee hiring and retention, increase the volatility in our stock price, and adversely impact the Company’s revenue, operating results, and financial condition.

On January 4, 2019, James A. Reinstein resigned as President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Company’s board of directors (“Board”). Since then the Company’s current Chief Operating Officer, R. Jason Richey has been acting as Chief Operating Officer and Interim CEO.

The Board is conducting a search for a new President and CEO. The Board’s search for a President and CEO, and any related speculation and uncertainty regarding our future business strategy and direction in connection with the search and the appointment of a President and CEO, may cause or result in:

Disruption of our business or distraction of our employees and management;

Difficulty recruiting, hiring, motivating and retaining talented and skilled personnel, including a permanent President and CEO;

Departures of other members of management;

Increased stock price volatility; and

Difficulty in establishing, maintaining or negotiating business or strategic relationships or transactions.

If the Company is unable to mitigate these or other potential risks related to the uncertainty caused by the Board’s search for and appointment of a President and CEO, it may disrupt the Company’s business or adversely impact its revenue, operating results, and financial condition. Further, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to attract a qualified permanent President and CEO who has the qualifications to lead the Company or that the Company can hire a President and CEO on acceptable terms.

22

Table of Contents

The Company depends on skilled and experienced personnel to operate ourits global business effectively. Changes to management or the inability to recruit, hire, train and retain qualified personnel, could harm ourthe Company’s ability to successfully manage, develop and expand ourits business, which would impair ourthe Company’s future revenue and profitability.

 

Our success largely dependsThe Company is highly dependent on the skills, experience and effortsprincipal members of our officersmanagement, sales personnel and otherscientific personnel. For example, in the second half of 2018, the Company experienced significant turnover of our sales professionals, including several people in key employees.sales leadership positions. Most of these sales professionals went to work for a competitor. We believe the loss of these sales professionals negatively impacted our sales performance in the second half of 2018. Additionally, the Company’s product development plans depend, in part, on the Company’s ability to attract and retain engineers with experience in medical devices. Attracting and retaining qualified personnel will be critical to our success, and competition for qualified personnel is intense. The Company may not be able to attract and retain personnel on acceptable terms given the competition for such personnel among technology and healthcare companies and universities. The loss of any of our executive officers could weaken our management expertise and harm our business, and we may not be able to find adequate replacements on a timely basis,these persons or at all. Except for Change of Control and Severance Agreements for our executive officers and a few key employees, we do not have employment contracts with any of our officers or other key employees. Any of our officers and other key employees may terminate their employment at any time and their knowledge of our business and industry would be difficult to replace. For instance, we announced on February 9, 2018, that Miguel Pardos resigned his position as Executive Vice President, International Sales of Cutera, effective on February 28, 2018, to pursue other opportunities. Cutera reassigned Mr. Pardos’ duties among existing members of the International team and we do not expect any adverse effects from his departure. We do not have a succession plan in place for each of our officers and key employees. In addition, we do not maintain “key person” life insurance policies covering any of our employees.

23

Table of Contents

We recently hired a new Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”). Prior to the confirmation, she performed the duties of the Chief Financial Officer on an interim consulting basis beginning July 12, 2017. Her prior experience included Chief Financial Officer in the medical device and our aesthetics industry specifically, and other Companies in the life science industry. However, recently hired executives may view the business differently than prior members of management, and over time may make changes to the existing personnel and their responsibilities, our strategic focus, operations or business plans. We can give no assurances that we will be able to properly manage any such shift in focus, or that any changes to our business, would ultimately prove successful. In addition, leadership transitions and management changes can be inherently difficult to manage and may cause uncertainty or a disruption to our business or may increase the likelihood of turnover in key officers and employees. Our success depends in part on having a successful leadership team. If we cannot effectively manage the leadership transitions and management changes, it could make it more difficult to successfully operate our business and pursue our business goals. We cannot ensure that we will be able to retain the services of any members of our executive officers or other key employees. If we do not succeed in attracting well-qualified employees, retaining and motivating existing employees or integrating new executives and employees, our business could be materially and adversely affected.

Our ability to retain our skilled labor force and our success in attracting and hiring new skilled employees are critical factors in determining whether we will be successful in the future. We may not be able to meet our future hiring needs or retain existing personnel. The staff we hire to perform administrative functions may become stretched due to our increased growth and they may not be able to perform their jobs effectively or efficiently as a result.

We may face particularly significant challenges and risks in hiring, training, managing and retaining engineering and sales and marketing employees. FailureCompany’s inability to attract, train and retain qualified personnel particularly technicalcould harm our business and sales and marketing personnel, would materially harm our ability to compete effectively and grow our business.become profitable.

 

Security breaches and other disruptions could compromise our information and impact our business, financial condition or results of operationsoperations..

 

We relyThe Company relies on networks, information management software and other technology, or information systems, including the Internet and third-party hosted services, to support a variety of business processes and activities, including procurement and supply chain, manufacturing,manufacturing, distribution, invoicing, order processing and collection of payments. We useThe Company uses information systems to process financial information and results of operations for internal reporting purposes and to comply with regulatory financial reporting, legal and tax requirements. In addition, we dependthe Company depends on information systems for digital marketing activities and electronic communications among our locations around the world and between company personnel as well as customers and suppliers. Because information systems are critical to many of our operating activities, our business processes may be impacted by system shutdowns or service disruptions. These disruptions may be caused by failures during routine operations such as system upgrades or user errors, as well as network or hardware failures, malicious or disruptive software, computer hackers, geopolitical events, natural disasters, failures or impairments of telecommunications networks, or other catastrophic events. These events could result in unauthorized disclosure of material confidential information. If our information systems suffer severe damage, disruption or shutdown and ourthe Company business continuity plans do not effectively resolve the issues in a timely manner, we could experience delays in reporting our financial results and we may lose revenue and profits as a result of our inability to timely manufacture, distribute, invoice and collect payments. Misuse, leakage or falsification of information could result in a violation of data privacy laws and regulations and damage our reputation and credibility, and could expose us to liability. WeThe Company may also be required to spend significant financial and other resources to remedy the damage caused by a security breach or to repair or replace networks and information systems. Like most major corporations, ourthe Company’s information systems are a target of attacks. As of December 2017,2018, we have not had any disruptions to our information systems that have materially affected our business, financial condition or results of operations. However, there can be no assurance that such disruptions will not have a material adverse effect on us in the future.

 

Changes in accounting standards and estimates could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.

Generally accepted accounting principles and the related authoritative guidance for many aspects of our business, including revenue recognition, inventories, warranties, leases, income taxes and stock-based compensation, are complex and involve subjective judgments. Changes in these rules or changes in the underlying estimates, assumptions or judgments by our management could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and may retroactively affect previously reported results. For example, recently issued authoritative guidance for lease accounting will result in a significant increase to long-term assets and liabilities given we have a significant number of leases.

The Company's ability to access credit on favorable terms, if necessary, for the funding of our operations and capital projects may be limited due to changes in credit markets.

The Company recently revised its Revolving Credit Facility with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. The Original Revolving Line of Credit contained financial and other covenants as well as the maintenance of a leverage ratio not to exceed 2.5 to 1.0 and a TTM adjusted EBITDA of not less than $10 million. During the third quarter of 2018, the Company determined that it was in violation of certain financial covenants in the Original Revolving Line of Credit. Upon receipt of this notice, we entered into discussions with Wells Fargo to amend and revise certain terms of the Original Revolving Line of Credit.  Following the end of the Company’s third quarter, on or about November 2, 2018, it  entered into a First Amendment and Waiver to the Loan and Security Agreement with Wells Fargo (the “First Amended Revolving Line of Credit”). The First Amended Revolving Line of Credit provided for an original principal amount of $15 million, with the ability to request an additional $10 million and a waiver of any existing defaults under the Original Revolving Line of Credit as long as the Company is in compliance with the terms of the First Amended Revolving Line of Credit, including revised financial and other covenants as well.

Subsequent to December 2018, the Company again determined that it was in violation of certain financial covenants in the First Amended Revolving Line of Credit. We again entered into discussions with Wells Fargo to amend and revise certain terms of the First Amended Revolving Line of Credit. On or about, March 11, 2019 the Company  entered into a Second Amendment and Waiver to the Loan and Security Agreement with Wells Fargo (the “Second Amended Revolving Line of Credit”). The Second Amended Revolving Line of Credit requires the Company to maintain a minimum cash balance of $15 million at Wells Fargo, but removes all other covenants so long as no money is drawn on the line of credit. At such time as the Company elects to draw on the Second Amended Revolving Line of Credit, however, the Company must be in compliance with the various financial covenants or it will not be able to access the credit.

Additionally, although the Company does not currently carry any debt, in the past, the credit markets and the financial services industry have experienced disruption characterized by the bankruptcy, failure, collapse or sale of various financial institutions, increased volatility in securities prices, diminished liquidity and credit availability and intervention from the U.S. and other governments. Continued concerns about the systemic impact of potential long-term or widespread downturn, energy costs, geopolitical issues, the availability and cost of credit, the global commercial and residential real estate markets and related mortgage markets and reduced consumer confidence have contributed to increased market volatility. The cost and availability of credit has been and may continue to be adversely affected by these conditions. The Company cannot be certain that funding for our capital needs will be available from our existing financial institutions and the credit markets if needed, and if available, to the extent required and on acceptable terms. The Revolving Credit Facility terminates on May 30, 2021 and if the Company cannot renew or refinance this facility or obtain funding when needed, in each case on acceptable terms, such conditions may have an adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations.

The Company’s ability to report timely and accurate information could be negatively impacted by its plan to implement a new accounting and enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system.

The Company is in the process of implementing a new accounting and ERP system. The Company has not previously had a comprehensive ERP system and to date has relied on a myriad of non-integrated systems, as well as manual processes. A system implementation of this magnitude entails a significant degree of inherent risk. The key elements of this implementation include the conversion of data from existing systems to the new system and the design of the new system to process and report financial and other transactions in an accurate and complete manner. If these, or other aspects of the implementation are not executed successfully, then its ability to report timely and accurate information could be negatively impacted. Failure to report required information in a timely or accurate fashion could result in financial penalties, fines and other administrative actions. Such events could have a material adverse effect on our total enterprise value and stock price.

23

Table of Contents

Additionally, the process of implementing a new ERP system is capital intensive and includes the inherent risk of incurring significant additional costs should the time and resource requirements of the implementation be greater than what the Company currently anticipates.

Macroeconomic political and market conditions, and catastrophic events may adversely affect our business, results of operations,operations, financial condition and stock price.

 

Our business is influenced by a range of factors that are beyond our control, including:

 

general macro-economic and business conditions in our key markets of North America, Japan, Asia (excluding Japan), the Middle East, Europe and Australia;

the lack of credit financing, or an increase in the cost of borrowing, for some of our potential customers due to increasing interest rates;

the overall demand for our products by the core market specialties of dermatologists and plastic surgeons;

the timing and success of new product introductions by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive landscape of the market for non-surgical aesthetic procedures, including consolidation among our competitors;

the level of awareness of aesthetic procedures and the market adoption of our products;

changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;

governmental budgetary constraints or shifts in government spending priorities;

general political developments, both domestic and in our foreign markets, including economic and political uncertainty caused by the recent election of a new U.S. president;

natural disasters; 

24

Table of Contents
North America, Japan, Asia (excluding Japan), the Middle East, Europe and Australia;

● the lack of credit financing, or an increase in the cost of borrowing, for some of our potential customers due to increasing interest rates and lending requirements;

the overall demand for our products by the core market specialties of dermatologists and plastic surgeons;

● the timing and success of new product introductions by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive landscape of the market for non-surgical aesthetic procedures, including consolidation among our competitors;

● the level of awareness of aesthetic procedures and the market adoption of our products;

● changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;

● governmental budgetary constraints or shifts in government spending priorities;

● general political developments, both domestic and in our foreign markets, including economic and political uncertainty caused by elections;

● natural disasters;

● tax law changes

● currency exchange rate fluctuations; and

● any trade restrictions or higher import taxes that may be imposed by foreign countries against products sold internationally by U.S. companies

tax law changes

currency exchange rate fluctuations; and

any trade restrictions or higher import taxes that may be imposed by foreign countries against products sold internationally by U.S. companies.

 

Macroeconomic developments, like global recessions and financial crises could negatively affect our business, operating results or financial condition which, in turn, could adversely affect our stock price. A general weakening of, and related declining corporate confidence in, the global economy or the curtailment in government or corporate spending could cause current or potential customers to reduce their budgets or be unable to fund product or upgrade application purchases, which could cause customers to delay, decrease or cancel purchases of our products and services or cause customers not to pay us or to delay paying us for previously purchased products and services.

 

In addition, political unrest in regions like the Middle East, terrorist attacks around the globe and the potential for other hostilities in various parts of the world,world, potential public health crises and natural disasters continue to contribute to a climate of economic and political uncertainty that could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition, including our revenue growth and profitability.

 

Macroeconomic declines, negative political developments, adverse market conditions and catastrophic events may cause a decline in our revenue, negatively affect our operating results, adversely affect our cash flow and could result in a decline in ourour stock price.

The price of ourthe Company’s common stock has increaseddecreased by approximately 2460% % in for the sixtwelve months ended March 1,December 31, 2018 and may fluctuate substantially due to several factors, some of which areare discussed below. Further, we havethe Company has a relatively limited number of shares of common stock outstanding, a large portion of which is held by a small number of investors, which could result in the increase in volatility of ourits stock price.

The price of ourthe Company’s common stock has increaseddecreased by approximately 24% in 60% for the sixtwelve months ended March 1,December 31, 2018 due in part to our recent improvedthe deceleration in total revenue growth and profitability performance, the purchase of two of our competitors (Cynosure and Zeltiq) in February 2017, the financial guidance we communicated to the investor community in February 2018, repurchases of our stock, the overall rise in the stock market following the passage of the new tax bill in December 2017 and other factors. As of December 31, 2017, approximately 49% of our outstanding shares of common stock were held by 10 institutional investors. As a result of our relatively small public float, our common stock may be less liquid than the stock of companies with broader public ownership. Among other things, trading of a relatively small volume of our common stock may have a greater impact on the trading price for our shares than would be the case if our public float were larger. The public market price of our common stock has in the past fluctuated substantially and, due to the current concentration of stockholders, may continue to do so in the future.

24

 

The market price for our common stock could also be affected by a number of other factors, including:

 

litigation surrounding executive compensation has increased. If we are involved in a lawsuit related to compensation matters or any other matters not covered by our D&O insurance, there could be material expenses involved, fines, or remedial actions which could negatively affect our stock price;

the general market conditions unrelated to our operating performance;

sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our executive officers, directors and our large institutional investors;

quarterly variations in our, or our competitors’, results of operations;

actual or anticipated changes or fluctuations in our results of operations;

actual or anticipated changes in analysts’ estimates, investors’ perceptions, recommendations by securities analysts or our failure to achieve analysts’ estimates;

the announcement of new products, service enhancements, distributor relationships or acquisitions by us or our competitors;

the announcement of the departure of a key employee or executive officer by us or our competitors;

regulatory developments or delays concerning our, or our competitors’ products; and

● the general market conditions unrelated to our operating performance;

● sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our executive officers, directors and our large institutional investors;

● quarterly variations in our, or our competitors’, results of operations;

● actual or anticipated changes or fluctuations in our results of operations;

● actual or anticipated changes in analysts’ estimates, investors’ perceptions, recommendations by securities analysts or our failure to achieve analysts’ estimates;

● the announcement of new products, service enhancements, distributor relationships or acquisitions by us or our competitors;

● the announcement of the departure of a key employee or executive officer by us or our competitors;

● regulatory developments or delays concerning our, or our competitors’ products; and

the initiation of any other litigation by us or against us.

 

Actual or perceived instability and / or volatility in our stock price could reduce demand from potential buyers of our stock, thereby causing our stock price to either remain depressed or to decline further.

In addition, if the market for medical-device company stocks or the stock market in general experiencesexperiences a loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, results of operations or financial condition. The trading price of our common stock might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies in our industry even if these events do not directly affect us. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Any future securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources from our business. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

25

 

WeThe Company may fail to meet ourits publicly announced guidance or other expectations about ourits business and future operating results, which could cause cause ourits stock price to decline.

WeThe Company started providing, and may continue to provide, financial guidance about ourits business and future operating results. In developing this guidance, ourthe Company’s management must make certain assumptions and judgments about ourits future operating performance, including but not limited to projected hiring of sales professionals, continued growth of revenue in the aesthetic device market, continue to increase ouror decrease of its market share, reduce costs of production of ourits recently introduced products, and continued stability of the macro-economic environment in our key markets. Furthermore, analysts and investors may develop and publish their own projections of our business, which may form a consensus about our future performance. OurThe Company’s business results may vary significantly from such guidance or that consensus due to a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control, and which could adversely affect ourits operations and operating results. Furthermore, if we makethe Company makes downward revisions of our previously announced guidance, or if our publicly announced guidance of future operating results fails to meet expectations of securities analysts, investors or other interested parties, the price of our common stock wouldcould decline.

To successfully market and sell our products internationally, wethe Company must address many issues that are unique to ourthe Company's international business. Furthermore, internationalinternational expansion is a key component of our growth strategy, although our international operations and foreign transactions expose us to additionaladditional operational challenges that wethe Company might not otherwise face.

We areThe Company is focused on international expansion as a key component of our growth strategy and have identified specific areas of opportunity in various international markets. International revenue is a material component of our business strategy, and represented 37% of our total revenue in 2018 compared to 38% of our total revenue in 2017 compared to 45% of our total revenue in 2016. In addition, while our international revenue in 2016 increased by 8% compared to 2015, it was negatively impacted by the appreciation of the U.S. Dollar versus the major currencies in which we transact. We depend2017. The Company depends on third-party distributors and a direct sales force to sell ourits products internationally, and if they underperform, wethe Company may be unable to increase or maintain ourits level of international revenue. For example, our direct business in Japan slightly declined in 2017 compared to 2016, due in part to the negative impact of foreign exchange and employee turnover, which negatively impacted our revenue from international operations.

 

We haveThe Company has experienced significant turnover of our international sales team in the past. For instance, wethe Company announced on February 9, 2018, that Miguel Pardos resigned his position as Executive Vice President, International Sales of Cutera, effective on February 28, 2018. Cutera reassigned Mr. Pardos’ duties among existing members of the International team and we doteam. Though the departure did not expect anyhave an adverse effects from his departure.effect on the Company's international sales, it added additional pressure on the existing members. While we continuethe Company continues to have a direct sales and service organization in Australia, Japan, France, Belgium, Spain, Germany, Switzerland and the United Kingdom, a significant portion of ourits international revenue is generated through ourits network of distributors. Though we continuethe Company continues to evaluate and replace non-performing distributors, and havehas recently brought greater focus on collaborating with ourits distributor partners, there can be no assurance given that these initiatives will result in improved international revenue or profitability in the future.

25

 

To grow ourthe Company’s business, weit will need to improve productivity in current sales territories and expand into new territories. However, direct sales productivity may not improveimprove and distributors may not accept our business or commit the necessary resources to market and sell our products to the level of our expectations. If we arethe Company is not able to increase or maintain international revenue growth, our total revenue, profitability and stock price may be adversely impacted.

 

We believe, as we continue to manageEconomic and other risks associated with international sales and operations could adversely affect the Company’s business.

In 2018, 37% of our total revenue was from customers outside of North America. The Company expects its sales from international operations and develop opportunitiesexport sales to continue to be a significant portion of our revenue. The Company has placed a particular emphasis on increasing its growth and presence in additional international territories, ourmarkets. The Company’s international revenue will beoperations and sales are subject, in varying degrees, to a number of risks including:inherent in doing business outside the U.S. These risks include:

 

fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates;

difficulties

● changes in trade protection measures, including embargoes, tariffs and other trade barriers, and import and export regulations and licensing requirements;

● instability and uncertainties arising from the global geopolitical environment, such as economic nationalism, populism, protectionism and anti-global sentiment;

● changes in tax laws and potential negative consequences from the interpretation, application and enforcement by governmental tax authorities of tax laws and policies;

● unanticipated changes in other laws and regulations or in how such provisions are interpreted or administered;

● reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries and practical difficulties of enforcing intellectual property and contract rights abroad

● possibility of unfavorable circumstances arising from host country laws or regulations, including those related to infrastructure and data transmission, security and privacy;

● currency exchange rate fluctuations and restrictions on currency repatriation;

difficulties and expenses related to implementing internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures;

● disruption of sales from labor and political disturbances;

● regional safety and security considerations;

● increased costs and risks in developing, staffing and simultaneously managing global sales operations in multiple locations as a result of, among other things, distance, language and cultural differences;

increased management, travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with having multiple international operations;

political and economic uncertainty around the world, such as the recent presidential elections in France and Germany, the October 2017 referendum in Spain in which Catalonia voted to separate from Spain, and the United Kingdom’s referendum in June 2016 in which voters approved an exit from the European Union (“EU”), commonly referred to as “Brexit”;

difficulties and expenses related to implementing internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures;

26

Table of Contents

compliance with multiple and changing foreign laws and regulations, including foreign certification and regulatory requirements and the risks and costs of non-compliance with such laws and regulations;

lengthy payment cycles and difficulty in collecting accounts receivable;

compliance with laws and regulations for foreign operations, including the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the United Kingdom Bribery Act, import and export control laws, tariffs, trade barriers, economic sanctions and other regulatory or contractual limitations on our ability to sell our offerings in certain foreign markets, and the risks and costs of non-compliance;

customs clearance and shipping delays, and export/import controls and tariff regulations;

lack of awareness of our brand in international markets;

operation in parts of the world where strict compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices;

preference for locally-produced products, as well as protectionist laws and business practices that favor local companies; and

reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries and practical difficulties of enforcing intellectual property and contract rights abroad.

If one or more of these risks were realized, it could require us to dedicate significant resources to remedy the situation; and if we were unsuccessful at finding a solution, we may not be able to sell our products in a particular market and, as a result our revenue may decline.of distance as well as language and cultural differences;

● increased management, travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with having multiple international operations;

● lengthy payment cycles and difficulty in collecting accounts receivable;

● preference for locally-produced products, as well as protectionist laws and business practices that favor local companies; and

● outbreak or escalation of insurrection, armed conflict, terrorism or war

 

OurChanges in the geopolitical or economic environments in the countries in which the Company operates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. For example, changes in U.S. policy regarding international trade, including import and export regulation and international trade agreements, could also negatively impact our business. In 2018, the U.S. imposed tariffs on certain goods imported from China and certain other countries, which has resulted in retaliatory tariffs by China and other countries. Additional tariffs imposed by the U.S. on a broader range of imports, or further retaliatory trade measures taken by China or other countries in response, could adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

The Company’s global operations are required to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended ("FCPA"(“FCPA”), Chinese anti-corruption,anti-corruption laws, U.K. Bribery Law, and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions, and with U.S. and foreign export control, trade embargo and customs laws. If we failthe Company fails to comply with any of these laws, wethe Company could suffer civil and criminal sanctions.

 

Further,Additionally, the June 2016 referendumCompany continues to monitor Brexit and its potential impacts on our results of operations and financial condition. Volatility in foreign currencies is expected to continue as the United Kingdom ("UK") in which voters approved a withdrawal from the EU, commonly referred to as “Brexit,” has created uncertainty. Subsequent to the referendum, in March 2017, the UK formally initiatedexecutes its withdrawal from the EU by triggering Article 50 of the Treaty of Lisbon. As a result of the triggering of Article 50, the process of negotiating the terms of the UK’s exit from the EU. If the United Kingdom's membership in the EU terminates without an agreement (referred to as a “hard Brexit”), there could be increased costs from re-imposition of tariffs on trade between the United Kingdom and EU, increased transportation costs, shipping delays because of the need for customs inspections and procedures and shortages of certain goods. The United Kingdom will also need to negotiate its own tax and trade treaties with countries all over the world, which is expectedcould take years to take two years, has commenced. Although it is unknown what those terms will be, we may face new regulatory costscomplete and challenges that may havecould result in a material adverse effect on usimpact to our consolidated revenue, earnings and our operations. For example, any new regulations could add time and expensecash flow.

In addition to the conductgeneral risks that the Company faces outside the U.S., our operations in emerging markets could involve additional uncertainties for us, including risks that governments may impose withholding or other taxes on remittances and other payments to us, or the amount of any such taxes may increase; governments may seek to nationalize our assets; or governments may impose or increase investment barriers or other restrictions affecting our business. In addition, emerging markets pose other uncertainties, including the difficulty of enforcing agreements, challenges collecting receivables, protection of our business, as well asintellectual property and other assets, pressure on the process by whichpricing of our products receive regulatory approval inand services, higher business conduct risks, ability to hire and retain qualified talent and risks of political instability. The Company cannot predict the UK, the EUimpact such events might have on our business, financial condition and elsewhere. Given the lackresults of comparable precedent, it is unclear what economic, financial, trade and legal implications the withdrawal of the UK from the EU would have and how such withdrawal may affect us.operations.

 

In addition, compliance with laws and regulations applicable to our international operations increases our cost of doing business in foreign jurisdictions. WeThe Company may be unable to keep current with changes in foreign government requirements and laws as theythey change from time to time. Failure to comply with these regulations could have adverse effects on our business. In many foreign countries it is common for others to engage in business practices that are prohibited by our internal policies and procedures or United StatesU.S. regulations applicable to us. In addition, although we havethe Company has implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws and policies, there can be no assurance that all of our employees, contractors, distributors and agents will comply with these laws and policies. Violations of laws or key control policies by our employees, contractors, distributors or agents could result in delays in revenue recognition, financial reporting misstatements, fines, penalties, or the prohibition of the importation or exportation of our offerings and could have a material adverse effect on our business operations and financial results.

26

Table of Contents

 

To successfully market and sell third party products internationally, wethe Company must address many issues that are unique to the related distribution arrangements which could reduce our available cash reserves and negatively impact our profitability.

 

We haveThe Company has entered into distribution arrangements pursuant to which we utilize ourthe Company utilizes its sales force and distributors to sellsell products manufactured by other companies. In Japan, we havethe Company has a non-exclusive right to distribute a Q-switched laser product manufactured by a third party OEM. WeThe Company also havehas an exclusive agreement with ZO to distribute certain of their proprietary skincare products in Japan. Each of these agreements requires us to purchase annual minimum dollar amounts of their products. Additionally, the Company has entered into distribution arrangements with other companies to promote and sell the Secret RF and Juliet products.

27

Table of Contents

 

Each of these distribution agreements presents its own unique risks and challenges. For example, to sell skincare products we needthe Company needs to investinvest in creating a sales structure that is experienced in the sale of such products and not in capital equipment. We needThe Company needs to commit resources to train our sales force, obtain regulatory licenses, in Japan and develop new marketing materials to promote the sale of skincarethese products. In addition, the minimum commitments and other costs of distributing products manufactured by these companies may exceed the incremental revenue that we derivethe Company derives from the sale of their products, thereby negatively impacting our profitability and reducing our available cash reserves.

 

If we dothe Company does not make the minimum purchases required in the distribution contracts, or if the third party manufacturer revokes our distribution rights, wethe Company could lose the distribution rights of the products, to physicians in Japan, which would adversely affect ourthe Company’s future revenue, results of operations, cash flows and ourits stock price.

27

Table of Contents

 

WeThe Company offers credit terms to some qualified customers and also to leasing companies to finance the purchase of our its products. In thethe event that any of these customers default onon the amounts payable to us, ourits earnings may be adversely affected.

 

WeThe Company generally offeroffers credit terms of 30 to 90 days to qualified customers. In addition, from time to time, we offerit offers certain key international distributors, with whom we havethe Company has had an extended period of relationship and payment history, payment terms that are significantly longer than the regular 30 to 90 day terms. This allows such international distributor partners to have ourits products in stock and provide ourits products to customers on a timely basis. As of December 31, 2017,2018, one international distributor partner accounted for 12%3.4% of our outstanding accounts receivable balance.

 

While we believe we havethe Company believes it has an adequate basis to ensure that we collect ourit collects its accounts receivable, wethe Company cannot provide any assurance that the financial position of customers to whom we haveit has provided payment terms will not change adversely before we receivethe Company receives payment. In the event that there is a default by any of the customers to whom we havethe Company has provided credit terms, wethe Company may recognize a bad debt charge in our general and administrative expenses. If this bad debt charge is material, it could negatively affect our future results of operations, cash flows and ourits stock price.

Additionally,, in the event of deterioration of general business conditions or the availability of credit, the financial strength and stability of our customers and potential customers may deteriorate over time, which may cause them to cancel or delay their purchase of ourits products. In addition, wethe Company may be subject to increased risk of non-payment of ourits accounts receivables. WeThe Company may also be adversely affected by bankruptcies or other business failures of our customers and potential customers. A significant delay in the collection of funds or a reduction of funds collected may impact our liquidity or result in bad debts.

We are subject to fluctuations in the exchange rate of the U.S. Dollar and foreign currencies.

Foreign currency fluctuations could result in volatility of our revenue. We do not actively hedge our exposure to currency rate fluctuations. While we transact business primarily in U.S. Dollars, and a significant proportion of our revenue is denominated in U.S. Dollars, a portion of our costs and revenue is denominated in other currencies, such as the Euro, Japanese Yen, Australian Dollar, Canadian Dollar, British Pound and Swiss Francs. As a result, changes in the exchange rates of these currencies to the U.S. Dollar will affect our results from operations. For example, in 2017 the U.S. Dollar devalued against the Euro and Australian dollar by approximately 12% and 8% respectively, which had a significant positive foreign exchange impact on our revenue − both from a re-measurement gain upon the conversion of our Euro and Australian dollar denominated revenue as well as the additional positive revenue impact due to the effective price decrease for the local customers importing our U.S. Dollar denominated systems into Europe and Australia. The U.S. Dollar also devalued against the Japanese Yen in 2016 which had a negative impact on our international revenue in 2016. Future foreign currency fluctuations could adversely impact and increase the volatility of our revenue, profitability and stock price.

 

OurThe Company’s ability to effectively compete and generate additional revenue from new and existing products depends upon our the Company’sability to distinguish our companythe Company and ourits products from our the competitors and their products, and to develop and effectively market new and existing products. Our successThe Company’s success is dependent on many factors, including the following:

speed of new and innovative product development;

effective strategy and execution of new product launches;

identification and development of clinical support for new indications of our existing products;

product performance;

product pricing;

quality of customer support;

development of successful distribution channels, both domestically and internationally; and

● speed of new and innovative product development;

● effective strategy and execution of new product launches;

● identification and development of clinical support for new indications of our existing products;

● product performance;

● product pricing;

● quality of customer support;

● development of successful distribution channels, both domestically and internationally; and

intellectual property protection.

 

To compete effectively, we havethe Company has to demonstrate that ourits new and existing products are attractive alternatives to other devices and treatments, by differentiating our products on the basis of such factors as innovation, performance, brand name, service, and price. This is difficult to do, especially in a crowded aesthetic market. Some of ourthe Company’s competitors have newer or different products and more established customer relationships than we do,the Company does, which could inhibit our market penetration efforts. For example, we havethe Company has encountered, and expect to continue to encounter, situations where, due to pre-existing relationships, potential customers decided to purchase additional products from our competitors. Potential customers also may need to recoup the cost of products that they have already purchased from our competitors and may decide not to purchase our products, or to delay such purchases. If we arethe Company is unable to increase our market penetration or compete effectively, ourits revenue and profitability will be adversely impacted.

28

Table of Contents

 

WeThe Company competes against companiescompanies that offeroffer alternative solutions to ourits products, or have greater resources, a larger installed base of customers and broader product offerings than ours. In addition, increased consolidation in our the Company’s industry may lead to increased competition. If we are the Company is not able to effectively compete with these companies, it may harm ourits business.

 

The medical technology and aesthetic product markets are highly competitive and dynamic and are characterized by rapid and substantial technology development and product innovations. OurThe Company’s products compete against conventional non-energy-based treatments, suchsuch as electrolysis, Botox and collagen injections, chemical peels, microdermabrasion and sclerotherapy. OurThe Company’s products also compete against laser and other energy-based products offered by public companies. Further, other companies could introduce new products that are in direct competition with our products. Competition with these companies could result in reduced selling prices, reduced profit margins and loss of market share, any of which would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

28

Table of Contents

 

Recently, there has been consolidation in the aesthetic industry leading to companies combining their resources, whichwhich increases competition and could result in increased downward pressure on our product prices. For example, Allergan acquired Zeltiq in April 2017, Hologic acquired Cynosure in March 2017, XIO Group acquired Lumenis in September 2015, and Valeant acquired Solta in January 2014. These consolidations have resulted in increased competition and pricing pressure, as thecreated newly-combined entities havewith greater financial resources, deeper sales channels and greater pricing flexibility than we do.the Company. Rumored or actual consolidation of our partners and competitors will likelycould cause uncertainty and disruption to our business and can cause our stock price to fluctuate.

 

The energy-based aesthetic market faces competition from non-energy-based medical products, such as Botox and collagen injections. Other alternatives to the use of our products include electrolysis, a procedure involving the application of electric current to eliminate hair follicles, and chemical peels. WeThe Company may also face competition from manufacturers of pharmaceutical and other products that have not yet been developed.

If there is not sufficient consumer demand for thethe procedures performed with ourthe Company’s products, practitioner demand for ourits products could be inhibited, resulting in unfavorable operating results and reduced growth potential.

Continued expansion of the global market for laser and other-energy-based aesthetic procedures is a material assumption of our business strategy. Most procedures performed using our products are elective procedures not reimbursablereimbursable through government or private health insurance, with the costs borne by the patient. The decision to utilize our products may therefore be influenced by a number of factors, including:

 

consumer disposable income and access to consumer credit, which as a result of an unstable economy, maybe significantly impacted;

● the cost, safety and effectiveness of alternative treatments, including treatments which are not based upon laser or other energy-based technologies and treatments which use pharmaceutical products;

● the success of the Company’s sales and marketing efforts; and

● the education of the Company’s customers and patients on the benefits and uses of the Company’s products, compared to competitors’ products and technologies.

consumer disposable income and access to consumer credit, which as a result of the unstable economy, may have been significantly impacted;

the cost, safety and effectiveness of alternative treatments, including treatments which are not based upon laser or other energy-based technologies and treatments which use pharmaceutical products;

the success of our sales and marketing efforts; and

the education of our customers and patients on the benefits and uses of our products, compared to competitors’ products and technologies.

 

If, as a result of these factors, there is not sufficient demand for the procedures performed with our products, practitioner demand for our products could be reduced, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, revenue and result of operations.

If wethe Company fails to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, it could result in enforcement action by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, federal and state agencies or international regulatory bodies.bodies and our commercial operations would be harmed.

 

The Company’s products are medical devices that are subject to extensive regulation in the U.S. by the FDA for manufacturing, labeling, sale, promotion, distribution and shipping.The FDA, state authorities and international regulatory bodies have broad enforcement powers. If we failthe Company fails to comply with any U.S. law or any of the applicable regulatory requirements of the FDA, or federal or state agencies, or one of the international regulatory bodies, it could result in enforcement action by the agencies, which may include any of the following sanctions:

● warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

repair, replacement, refund, recall or seizure of our products;

operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

● repair, replacement, refund, recall or seizure of our products;

● operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

refusing our requests for 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval of new products, new intended uses, or modifications to existing products;

withdrawing 510(k) clearance or pre-market approvals that have already been granted; and

criminal prosecution.

29

Table of Contents

If we fail to obtain or maintain necessary FDA clearances for our products and indications, if clearances for future products and indications are delayed or not issued, if there are federal or state level regulatory changes or if we are found to have violated applicable FDA marketing rules, our commercial operations would be harmed.

Our products are medical devices that are subject to extensive regulation in the U.S. by the FDA for manufacturing, labeling, sale, promotion, distribution and shipping. Before a new medical device, or a new use of or labeling claim for an existing product, can be marketed in the U.S., it must first receive either 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval from the FDA, unless an exemption applies. Either process can be expensive and lengthy. In the event that we do not obtain FDA clearancesof new products, new intended uses, or approvals for our products, our abilitymodifications to market and sell them in the U.S. and revenue derived from the U.S. market may be adversely affected.existing products;

Medical devices may be marketed in the U.S. only for the indications for which they are approved or cleared by the FDA. If we fail to comply with these regulations, it could result in enforcement action by the FDA which could lead to such consequences as warning letters, adverse publicity, criminal enforcement action and/or third-party civil litigation, each of which could adversely affect us.

We have obtained● withdrawing 510(k) clearance for the indications for which we market our products. However, our clearances can be revoked if safety or effectiveness problems develop. We also are subject to Medical Device Reporting regulations, which require us to report to the FDA if our products cause or contribute to a death or serious injury, or malfunction in a waypre-market approvals that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury. Our products are also subject to state regulations, which, in many instances, change frequently. Changes in state regulations may impede sales. For example, federal regulations allow our products to be sold to, or on the order of, “licensed practitioners,” as determined on a state-by-state basis. As a result, in some states, non-physicians may legally purchase our products. However, a state could change its regulations at any time, thereby prohibiting sales to particular types of end users. We cannot predict the impact or effect of future legislation or regulations at the federal or state levels.have already been granted; and

● criminal prosecution.

 

Federal regulatory reforms and changes occurring at the FDA could adverselyadversely affect ourthe Company’s ability to sell ourits products profitably and financial condition.

 

From time to time, legislation is drafted and introduced in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the clearance or approval,, manufacture and marketing of a device. It is impossible to predict whether legislative changes will be enacted or FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations changed, and what the impact of such changes, if any, may be.

 

In addition, FDA regulations andand guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the agency in ways that may significantly affect ourthe Company’s business and our products. Changes in FDA regulations may lengthen the regulatory approval process for medical devices and require additional clinical data to support regulatory clearance for the sale and marketing of our new products. In addition, it may require additional safety monitoring, labeling changes, restrictions on product distribution or use, or other measures after the introduction of our products to market. Either of these changes lengthen the duration to market, increase our costs of doing business, adversely affect the future permitted uses of approved products, or otherwise adversely affect the market for its products.

For instance, on or about July 30, 2018, the FDA issued a public statement and sent letters to a number of companies in the medical aesthetics industry expressing concerns regarding “vaginal revitalization” procedures using energy-based devices. The Company’s Juliet device is promoted and used by physicians in procedures that are the subject of the FDA’s public warning. However, neither the Company nor its distribution partner were named in the announcement, and neither the Company nor its distribution partner have received a letter from the agency as of the date of this filing. Working with our products.distribution partner and the FDA, the Company is assessing the potential parameters of an additional study regarding our Juliet device to address the concerns highlighted in the FDA’s statement.  However, there can be no assurances that we will reach an agreement with our distribution partner on the execution details of such a study, or that such a study will be successful in addressing the FDA’s safety concerns with our Juliet device.

Notwithstanding, the Company saw a significant slowdown in the sales of Juliet in the third and fourth quarters of 2018. The Company believes this relates to the safety letter, given the timing. The Company supports any action that helps ensure patient safety going forward. The Company has a robust, multi-functional process that reviews its promotional claims and materials to ensure they are truthful, not misleading, fair and balanced, and supported by sound scientific evidence.

 

If wethe Company fails to comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation and laser performance standards, ourthe Company’s manufacturing operationsoperations could be halted, and ourits business would suffer.

 

We areThe Company is currently required to demonstrate and maintain compliance with the FDA’sFDA’s Quality System Regulation (the “QSR”). The QSR is a complex regulatory scheme that covers the methods and documentation of the design, testing, control, manufacturing, labeling, quality assurance, packaging, storage and shipping of our products. Because our products involve the use of lasers, our products also are covered by a performance standard for lasers set forth in FDA regulations. The laser performance standard imposes specific record-keeping, reporting, product testing and product labeling requirements. These requirements include affixing warning labels to laser products, as well as incorporating certain safety features in the design of laser products.

 

The FDA enforces the QSR and laser performance standards through periodic unannounced inspections. We haveThe Company has had multiple quality system audits by the FDA, our Notified Body, and other foreign regulatory agencies, with the most recent inspection by the FDA occurring in March, 2017. There were no significant findings or observations as a result of this audit. Failure to take satisfactory corrective action in response to an adverse QSR inspection or ourits failure to comply with applicable laser performance standards could result in enforcement actions, including a public warning letter, a shutdown of our manufacturing operations, a recall of ourits products, civil or criminal penalties, or other sanctions, such as those described in the preceding paragraph, which would cause ourits sales and business to suffer.

 

30

Table of Contents

We are

The Company is a sponsor of Biomedical Research. As such, we arethe Company is also subject to FDA regulations relating to the design and conduct of clinical trials. WeThe Company are subject to unannounced BIMO audits, with the most recent inspection by FDA occurring over 5 days in August 2016. There were no significant findings and only two observations as a result of this audit. Our responses to these observations were accepted by the FDA. Failure to take satisfactory corrective action in response to an adverse BIMO inspection or our failure to comply with Good Clinical Practices could result in us no longer being able to sponsor Biomedical Research, the reversal of 510(k) clearances previously granted based on the results of clinical trials conducted to gain clinical data to support those 510(k) clearances, or enforcement actions, including a public warning letter, civil or criminal penalties, or other sanctions, such as those described in the preceding paragraph, which would cause our sales and business to suffer.

30

Table of Contents

 

If we modifythe Company modifies one of our FDA-approvedits FDA-cleared devices, weit may need to seek re-approval,a new clearance, which, if not granted, would prevent us fromthe Company from selling ourits modified products or cause usit to redesign ourits products.

 

Any modifications to an FDA-cleared device that would significantly affect its safety or effectiveness or that would constitute a major change in its intendedintended use would require a new 510(k) clearance or possibly a pre-market approval. WeThe Company may not be able to obtain additional 510(k) clearance or pre-marketpremarket approvals for new products or for modifications to, or additional indications for, ourits existing products in a timely fashion, or at all. Delays in obtaining future clearance would adversely affect ourits ability to introduce new or enhanced products in a timely manner, which in turn would harm ourits revenue and future profitability.

 

We haveThe Company has made modifications to our its devices in the past and may make additional modifications in the future that we believeit believes do not or will not require additional clearance or approvals. If the FDA disagrees, and requires new clearances or approvals for the modifications, wethe Company may be required to recall and to stop marketing the modified devices, which could harm ourthe Company’s operating results and require usit to redesign ourits products.

We

The Company may be unable to obtain or maintain international regulatory qualifications or approvals for ourits current or futurefuture products and indications, whichwhich could harm ourits business.

Sales of ourthe Company’s products outside the U.S. are subject to foreign regulatory requirements that vary widely from country to country. In addition, exports of medical devices from the U.S. are regulated by the FDA. Complying with international regulatory requirements can be an expensive and time-consuming process and approval is not certain. The time required for obtaining clearance or approvals, if required by other countries, may be longer than that required for FDA clearance or approvals, and requirements for such clearances or approvals may significantly differ from FDA requirements. WeThe Company may be unable to obtain or maintain regulatory qualifications, clearances or approvals in other countries. WeThe Company may also incur significant costs in attempting to obtain and in maintaining foreign regulatory approvals or qualifications. If wethe Company experience delays in receiving necessary qualifications, clearances or approvals to market ourits products outside the U.S., or if we failthe Company fails to receive those qualifications, clearances or approvals, wethe Company may be unable to market ourits products or enhancements in international markets effectively, or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and growth strategy.

 

Any defectsdefects in the design, material or workmanshipworkmanship of ourits products may not be discovered prior to shipment to customers, whichwhich could materially increase ourits expenses, adversely impactimpact profitability and harm ourits business.

 

The design of ourthe Company’s products is complex. To manufacture them successfully, wethe Company must procure quality components and employ individuals with a significant degree of technical expertise. If ourthe Company’s designs are defective, or the material components used in ourits products are subject to wearing out, or if suppliers fail to deliver components to specification, or if ourits employees fail to properly assemble, test and package ourits products, the reliability and performance of ourits products will be adversely impacted.

 

If ourthe Company’s products contain defects that cannot be repaired easily, inexpensively, or on a timely basis, wethe Company may experience:

 

damage to our brand reputation;

loss of customer orders and delay in order fulfillment;

increased costs due to product repair or replacement;

inability to attract new customers;

diversion of resources from our manufacturing and research and development departments into our service department; and

● damage to our brand reputation;

● loss of customer orders and delay in order fulfillment;

● increased costs due to product repair or replacement;

● inability to attract new customers;

● diversion of resources from our manufacturing and research and development departments into our service department; and

legal action.

 

The occurrence of any one or more of the foregoing could materially increase expenses, adversely impact profitability and harm our business.

31

Table of Contents

 

Product liability suits could be brought against usagainst the Company due to a defective design, material or workmanship or misuse of our its products and could result in expensive and time-consuming litigation, payment of substantial substantial damages and an increase in ourits insurance rates.

 

If ourthe Company’s products are defectively designed, manufactured or labeled, contain defective components or are misused, wethe Company may become subject to substantial and costly litigation by our customers or their patients. Misusing our products or failing to adhere to operatingoperating guidelines could cause significant eye and skin damage, and underlying tissue damage. In addition, if ourits operating guidelines are found to be inadequate, wethe Company may be subject to liability. We haveThe Company has been involved, and may in the future be involved, in litigation related to the use of ourits products. Product liability claims could divert management’s attention from ourits core business, be expensive to defend and result in sizable damage awards against us. Wethe Company. The Company may not have sufficient insurance coverage for all future claims. WeThe Company may not be able to obtain insurance in amounts or scope sufficient to provide usthe Company with adequate coverage against all potential liabilities. Any product liability claims brought against us,the Company, with or without merit, could increase our product liability insurance rates or prevent us from securing continuing coverage, could harm ourits reputation in the industry and could reduce product sales. In addition, wethe Company historically experienced steep increases in ourits product liability insurance premiums as a percentage of revenue. If ourits premiums continue to rise, wethe Company may no longer be able to afford adequate insurance coverage.

31

Table of Contents

WeThe Company is currently are involved in litigation that could adversely affect our the Company’s business and financial results, divert management’smanagement’s attention from our business, and subject usthe Company to significant liabilities.

As described under Note 12-“Note 11- Commitments and Contingencies - Contingencies” in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we arethe Company is involved in various litigation, which may adversely affect ourthe Company’s financial condition and may require us to devote significant resources to our defense of these claims.

 

Such litigation involves certain non-compete provisions of an agreement an employee of ours was a party to while employedemployed by a competitor. The competitor alleges causes of action for breach of contract (against the employee) and intentional interference with contractual relations (Cutera). The Company believes the non-compete provisions are unenforceable. The competitor has also threatened to file a complaint against another current employee based in Arizona. As of March 26, 2018, we are14, 2019, the Company is involved in several lawsuits worldwide, with most of the claims in various federal or state courts throughout the United States.U.S. The complaints generally seek damages and other relief based on theories of breach of express and implied warranties, fraudulent and negligent misrepresentation/concealment, unjust enrichment, and violations of various state consumer protection statutes.

 

Although we areAlthough the Company is defending these matters vigorously, wethe Company cannot predict with certainty the outcome or effect of any claim or other litigation matter, and there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome of any litigation or proceeding. Litigation may have a material adverse effect on usthe Company because of potential adverse outcomes, defense costs, the diversion of our management's resources, availability of insurance coverage and other factors.

If customers are not trained and/or our products are used by non-physicians, it could result in product misuse and adverse treatment outcomes, which could harm our reputation, result in product liability litigation, distract management and result in additional costs, all of which could harm our business.

 

Because we dothe Company does not require training for users of ourits products, and sell ourits products at times to non-physicians, there exists an increased potential for misuse of our products, which could harm our reputation and our business. U.S. federal regulations allow us to sell our products to or on the order of “licensed practitioners.” The definition of “licensed practitioners” varies from state to state. As a result, our products may be purchased or operated by physicians with varying levels of training, and in many states, by non-physicians, including nurse practitioners, chiropractors and technicians. Outside the U.S., many jurisdictions do not require specific qualifications or training for purchasers or operators of ourits products. We doThe Company does not supervise the procedures performed with our products, nor do wedoes the Company require that direct medical supervision occur. Weoccur—that is determined by state law. The Company and ourits distributors generally offer but do not require product training to the purchasers or operators of our products. In addition, wethe Company sometimes sell oursells its systems to companies that rent ourits systems to third parties and that provide a technician to perform the procedures. The lack of training and the purchase and use of ourits products by non-physicians may result in product misuse and adverse treatment outcomes, which could harm our reputation and ourits business, and, in the event these result in product liability litigation, distract management and subject us to liability, including legal expenses.

Adverse conditions in the global banking industry and credit markets may adverselyadversely impact the value of our the Company’s marketable investments or impair ourthe Company’s liquidity.

 

The primary objective of most of our investment activities is to preserve principal. To achieve this objective, we invest our the Company invests its excess cash primarily in money market funds and in highly liquid debt instruments of the U.S. government and its agencies and U.S. municipalities, in commercial paper and high grade corporate debt. As of December 31, 2017,2018, our balance in marketable investments was $21.7$9.5 million. The longer the duration of a security, the more susceptible it is to changes in market interest rates and bond yields. As yields increase, those securities with a lower yield-at-cost show a mark-to-market unrealized loss. For example, assuming a hypothetical increase in interest rates of one percentage point, there would not have any adverse impact the fair value of our total investment portfolio as of December 31, 2017 would have potentially decreased by approximately $120,000, resulting in an unrealized loss that would subsequently adversely impact ourCompany’s earnings. As a result, changes in the market interest rates will affect ourits future net income (loss).

32

Table of Contents

 

OurThe Company’s manufacturing operations are dependent upon third-party suppliers, making usits vulnerable to supply shortages and price fluctuations,fluctuations, which could harm ourits business.

 

Many of the components and materials that comprise ourits products areis currently manufactured by a limited number of suppliers. A supply interruption or an increase in demand beyond our current supplierssuppliers’ capabilities could harm our ability to manufacture our products until a new source of supply is identified and qualified. OurThe Company’s reliance on these suppliers subjects us to a number of risks that could harm ourits business, including:

 

interruption of supply resulting from modifications to or discontinuation of a supplier’s operations;

delays in product shipments resulting from uncorrected defects, reliability issues or a supplier’s variation in a component;

lack of long-term supply arrangements for key components with our suppliers;

inability to obtain adequate supply in a timely manner, or on reasonable terms;

inability to redesign one or more components in our systems in the event that a supplier discontinues manufacturing such components and we are unable to source it from other suppliers on reasonable terms;

difficulty locating and qualifying alternative suppliers for our components in a timely manner;

production delays related to the evaluation and testing of products from alternative suppliers and corresponding regulatory qualifications; and

● interruption of supply resulting from modifications to or discontinuation of a supplier’s operations;

● delays in product shipments resulting from uncorrected defects, reliability issues or a supplier’s variation in a component;

● lack of long-term supply arrangements for key components with our suppliers;

● inability to obtain adequate supply in a timely manner, or on reasonable terms;

● inability to redesign one or more components in our systems in the event that a supplier discontinues manufacturing such components and the Company is unable to source it from other suppliers on reasonable terms;

● difficulty locating and qualifying alternative suppliers for our components in a timely manner;

● production delays related to the evaluation and testing of products from alternative suppliers and corresponding regulatory qualifications; and

delay in supplier deliveries.

 

Any interruption in the supply of components or materials, or ourthe Company’s inability to obtain substitute components or materials from alternate sources at acceptable prices in a timely manner, could impair ourits ability to meet the demand of ourthe Company’s customers, which would have an adverse effect on ourthe Company’s business.

Our annual and quarterly operating results may fluctuate in the future, which may cause our share price to decline.

Our net sales, expenses and operating results may vary significantly from year to year and quarter to quarter for several reasons, including, without limitation:

the ability of our sales force to effectively market and promote our products, and the extent to which those products gain market acceptance;

the existence and timing of any product approvals or changes;

the rate and size of expenditures incurred on our clinical, manufacturing, sales, marketing and product development efforts;

our ability to obtain and retain personnel;

the availability of key components, materials and contract services, which depends on our ability to forecast sales, among other things;

investigations of our business and business-related activities by regulatory or other governmental authorities;

variations in timing and quantity of product orders;

temporary manufacturing interruptions or disruptions;

the timing and success of new product and new market introductions, as well as delays in obtaining domestic or foreign regulatory approvals for such introductions;

increased competition, patent expirations or new technologies or treatments;

product recalls or safety alerts;

litigation, including product liability, patent, employment, securities class action, stockholder derivative, general commercial and other lawsuits;

continued volatility in the global market and worldwide economic conditions, including, but not limited to, the impact of events such as Brexit;

changes in tax laws, including changes due to Brexit, or exposure to additional income tax liabilities;

the financial health of our customers and their ability to purchase our products in the current economic environment;

other unusual or non-operating expenses, such as expenses related to mergers or acquisitions, may cause operating result variations; and

Our ability to correctly estimate or control our future operating expenses, which could lead to cash shortfalls.

As a result of any of these factors, our consolidated results of operations may fluctuate significantly, which may in turn cause our share price to fluctuate.

Risks related to the reduction or interruption in supply and an inability to develop alternative sourcessources for supply may adversely affect ourthe Company’s manufacturing operations and related product sales.

We maintainThe Company maintains manufacturing operations at ourits facility in Brisbane, California, and purchase many of the components and raw materials used in manufacturing these products fromfrom numerous suppliers in various countries. Any problem affecting a supplier (whether due to external or internal causes) could have a negative impact on us.

 

In a few limited cases, specific components and raw materials are purchased from primary or main suppliers (or in some cases, a single supplier) for reasons related to quality assurance, cost-effectiveness ratio and availability. While we workthe Company works closely with ourits suppliers to ensure supply continuity, wethe Company cannot guarantee that ourits efforts will always be successful. Moreover, due to strict standards and regulations governing the manufacture and marketing of ourits products, weit may not be able to quickly locate new supply sources in response to a supply reduction or interruption, with negative effects on ourits ability to manufacture ourits products effectively and in a timely fashion.

33

Table of Contents

 

OurThe Company’s manufacturing is currently conducted at a single site, and the occurrence of a catastrophic disaster or other similar event could cause damage to our its facilities and equipment,equipment, which might require usthe Company to cease or curtail operations.

We areThe Company is vulnerable to damage from various types of disasters, including fires, earthquakes, terrorist acts, floods, power losses, communications failures and similar events. If any such disaster were to occur, wethe Company may not be able to operate our business at our facility in Brisbane, California. Our manufacturing facilities require FDA approval, which could result in significant delays before wethe Company could manufacture products from a replacement facility. The insurance we maintainthe Company maintains may not be adequate to cover our losses resulting from disasters or other business interruptions. Therefore, any such catastrophe could seriously harm our business and consolidated results of operations.

 

Intellectual property rights may not provide adequate protection for some or all of our products, which may permit third parties to compete against us more effectively.

 

We relyThe Company relies on patent, copyright, trade secret and trademark laws and confidentiality agreements to protect our technology and products. At December 31, 2017, we2018, the Company had 3332 issued U.S. patents.patents and 5 pending U.S. patent applications. Some of our components, such as our laser module, electronic control system and high-voltage electronics, are not, and in the future may not be, protected by patents. Additionally, ourthe Company’s patent applications may not issue as patents or, if issued, may not issue in a form that will be advantageous to us. Any patents we obtainthe Company obtains may be challenged, invalidated or legally circumvented by third parties. Consequently, competitors could market products and use manufacturing processes that are substantially similar to, or superior to, ours. WeThe Company may not be able to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge or other trade secrets by consultants, vendors, former employees or current employees, despite the existence generally of confidentiality agreements and other contractual restrictions. Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures of our intellectual property is difficult, and we dothe Company does not know whether the steps we haveit has taken to protect ourthe Company’s intellectual property will be effective. Moreover, the laws of many foreign countries will not protect ourthe Company’s intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S.

 

The absence of complete intellectual property protection exposes us to a greater risk of direct competition. Competitors could purchase one of ourthe Company’s products and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derivethe Company derives from our development efforts, design around our protected technology, or develop their own competitive technologies that fall outside of ourthe Company’s intellectual property rights. If ourthe Company’s intellectual property is not adequately protected against competitors’ products and methods, ourthe Company’s competitive position and ourits business could be adversely affected.

33

Table of Contents

 

We mayThe Company may be involved in future costly intellectual property litigation, which could impact ourits future business and financial performance.

 

OurThe Company’s competitors or other patent holders may assert that ourthe Company’s present or future products and the methods we employthe Company employs are coveredcovered by their patents. In addition, we dothe Company does not know whether ourits competitors own or will obtain patents that they may claim prevent, limit or interfere with our ability to make, use, sell or import our products. Although wethe Company may seek to resolve any potential future claims or actions, weit may not be able to do so on reasonable terms, or at all. If, following a successful third-party action for infringement, wethe Company cannot obtain a license or redesign our products, weit may have to stop manufacturing and selling the applicable products and our business would suffer as a result. In addition, a court could require us to pay substantial damages, and prohibit us from using technologies essential to our products, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

WeThe Company may become involved in litigation not only as a result of alleged infringement of a third party’sparty’s intellectual property rights but also to protect our own intellectual property. For example, we havethe Company has been and may hereafter become, involved in litigation to protect the trademark rights associated with ourits company name or the names of ourits products. Infringement and other intellectual property claims, with or without merit, can be expensive and time-consuming to litigate, and could divert management’s attention from ourits core business.

The expense and potential unavailabilityunavailability of insurance coverage for ourthe Company’s customers could adverselyadversely affect ourits ability to sell ourits products, and therefore adversely affect our financialits financial condition.

 

Some of ourthe Company’s customers and prospective customers have had difficulty procuring or maintaining liability insurance to cover their operation and use of ourits products. Medical malpractice carriers are withdrawing coverage in certain states or substantially increasing premiums. If this trend continues or worsens, ourthe Company’s customers may discontinue using our products and potential customers may opt against purchasing laser-based products due to the cost or inability to procure insurance coverage. The unavailability of insurance coverage for our customers and prospects could adversely affect ourits ability to sell ourits products, and that could harm ourits financial condition.

From time to time wethe Company may become subject to income tax audits or similar proceedings, proceedings, and as a result wethe Company may incur additional costs and expenses or owe additional taxes, interest and penaltiespenalties that may negatively impact ourits operating results.

We areThe Company is subject to income taxes in the United StatesU.S. and certain foreign jurisdictions where we operateit operates through a subsidiary, including Australia, Belgium, Canada, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, Spain, Switzerland, Italy and the United Kingdom. OurThe Company’s determination of ourits tax liability is subject to review by applicable domestic and foreign tax authorities.

 

34

Table of Contents

We areThe Company is currently under tax examination in Germany (“Cutera GmbH”) for tax years ended December 31, 2011 through 2013 and are uncertain of the potential outcome of this examination. WeThe Company underwent audits for our California sales and use tax returns for the period July 2013 through June 2016, and Canadian goods and services tax and harmonized sales tax returns for the period January 2013 to July 2015. Although these audits resulted in immaterial adjustments, the final timing and resolution of any future tax examinations are subject to significant uncertainty and could result in our having to pay amounts to the applicable tax authority in order to resolve examination of our tax positions. An increase or decrease of tax related to tax examination resolution could result in a change in ourthe Company’s income tax accrual and could negatively impact ourits financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

We

The Company may be adversely affected by changes in U.S. tax laws, importation taxes and other changes that may be imposed by the current administration.

We areThe Company is subject to taxes in the U.S. and other jurisdictions. Tax rates in these jurisdictions may be subject to significant change due to economiceconomic and/or political conditions. A number of other factors may also impact our future effective tax rate including:

 

the jurisdictions in which profits are determined to be earned and taxed;

the resolution of issues arising from tax audits with various tax authorities

● the jurisdictions in which profits are determined to be earned and taxed;

● the resolution of issues arising from tax audits with various tax authorities

● changes in valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;

● increases in expenses not deductible for tax purposes, including write-offs of acquired intangibles and impairment of goodwill in connection with acquisitions;

● changes in availability of tax credits, tax holidays, and tax deductions;

● changes in share-based compensation; and

changes in valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;

increases in expenses not deductible for tax purposes, including write-offs of acquired intangibles and impairment of goodwill in connection with acquisitions;

changes in availability of tax credits, tax holidays, and tax deductions;

changes in share-based compensation; and

changes in tax laws or the interpretation of such tax laws and changes in generally accepted accounting principles.

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. federal government enacted the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“2017 Tax Act”). The 2017 Tax Act significantly changed the existing U.S. corporate income tax laws by, among other things, loweringor the corporateinterpretation of such tax rate, implementing a territorial tax system,laws and imposing a one-time deemed repatriation toll tax on cumulative undistributed foreign earnings, for which we have not previously provided U.S. taxes. Given the timing, scope, and magnitudechanges in generally accepted accounting principles.

34

Table of the changes enacted by the 2017 Tax Act, along with on-going implementation efforts, guidance, and other developments from U.S. regulatory and standard-setting bodies, the completion of the accounting for certain tax items included in Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8, that have been reported as provisional, or where no estimate of the impact was provided as a result of us not having the necessary information, may be subject to material change. Any significant changes to our future effective tax rate, including final resolution of provisional amounts relating to effects of the 2017 Tax Act, may result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Contents

 

In the United States,U.S., the PatientPatient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (collectively, the “Affordable Care Act”), for example, has the potential to significantly impact the pharmaceutical and medical device industries. The Affordable Care Act imposed, among other things, an annual excise tax of 2.3% on any entity that manufactures or imports medical devices offered for sale in the United States.U.S. Due to subsequent legislative amendments the excise tax has been suspended for the period January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2019, and, absent further legislative action, will be reinstated starting January 1, 2020, which may result in a material adverse effect on our financial condition or cash flows.

 

Any acquisitions that wethe Company makes could result in operating difficulties, dilution, and other consequences that may adversely impact our business and results of operations.

 

While wethe Company from time to time evaluateevaluates potential acquisitions of businesses, products and technologies, and anticipate continuinganticipates continuing to make these evaluations, we havethe Company has no present understandings, commitments or agreements with respect to any material acquisitions or collaborative projects Weprojects. The Company may not be able to identify appropriate acquisition candidates or strategic partners, or successfully negotiate, finance or integrate any businesses, products or technologies that wethe Company acquire.

 

We haveThe Company has limited experience as a team with acquiring companies and products. Furthermore, the integration of any acquisition and management of any collaborativecollaborative project may divert management’s time and resources from our core business and disrupt ourthe Company’s operations and weit may incur significant legal, accounting and banking fees in connection with such a transaction. Acquisitions could diminish our available cash balances for other uses, result in the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities, or amortization expenses, and restructuring charges. Also, the anticipated benefits or value of ourits acquisitions or investments may not materialize and could result in an impairment of goodwill and/or purchased long-lived assets, similar to the $650,000 charge we recorded in the fourth quarter of 2014 related to an acquisition completed in 2012.assets.

 

35

Table of Contents

OurThe Company failure to address these risks or other problems encountered in connection with our past or future acquisitions and investments could cause us to fail to realize the anticipated benefits of such acquisitions or investments, incur unanticipated liabilities, and harm our business and our financial condition or results.

The Company’s

Our failure to comply with rules relating to bribery, foreign corrupt practices, and privacy and security laws may subject usthe Company to penaltiespenalties and adversely impact ourits reputation and business operations.

 

OurThe Company business is subject to regulation and oversight worldwideworldwide including:

 

the FCPA, which prohibits corporations and individuals from paying, offering to pay or authorizing the payment of anything of value to any foreign government official, government staff member, political party or political candidate in an attempt to obtain or retain business or to otherwise influence a person working in an official capacity;

the UK Bribery Act, which prohibits both domestic and international bribery, as well as bribery across both public and private sectors; and bribery provisions contained in the German Criminal Code, which, pursuant to draft legislation being prepared by the German government, may make the corruption and corruptibility of physicians in private practice and other healthcare professionals a criminal offense;

Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by The Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act , which governs the conduct of certain electronic healthcare transactions and protects the security and privacy of protected health information; and

analogous state and foreign law equivalents of each of the above laws, such as state laws that require device companies to comply with the industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the applicable compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government; and state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.

● the FCPA, which prohibits corporations and individuals from paying, offering to pay or authorizing the payment of anything of value to any foreign government official, government staff member, political party or political candidate in an attempt to obtain or retain business or to otherwise influence a person working in an official capacity;

● the UK Bribery Act, which prohibits both domestic and international bribery, as well as bribery across both public and private sectors; and bribery provisions contained in the German Criminal Code, which, pursuant to draft legislation being prepared by the German government, may make the corruption and corruptibility of physicians in private practice and other healthcare professionals a criminal offense;

● Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by The Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act , which governs the conduct of certain electronic healthcare transactions and protects the security and privacy of protected health information; and

● analogous state and foreign law equivalents of each of the above laws, such as state laws that require device companies to comply with the industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the applicable compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government; and state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.

35

Table of Contents

 

The risk of being found in violation of these laws is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available under such laws, it is possible that some of ourthe Company’s business activities, including our relationships with practitioners and thought leaders worldwide, some of whom recommend, purchase and/or use our devices, as well as ourthe Company’s sales agents and distributors, could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. We areThe Company is also exposed to the risk that our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, consultants, vendors, independent sales agents and distributors may engage in fraudulent or other illegal activity. While we havethe Company has policies and procedures in place prohibiting such activity, misconduct by these parties could include, among other infractions or violations, intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or unauthorized activity that violates FDA regulations, including those laws that require the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to the FDA, manufacturing standards, laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data or other commercial or regulatory laws or requirements. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by our employees and other third parties, and the precautions we takethe Company takes to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting usthe Company from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations.

 

There are similar laws and regulations applicable to us outside the United States,U.S., all of whichwhich are subject to evolving interpretations. Global enforcement of anti-corruption laws, including but not limited to the UK Bribery Act, the Brazil Clean Companies Act, and continued enforcement in the Europe, Middle East and Asia Pacific has increased substantially in recent years, with more frequent voluntary self-disclosures by companies, aggressive investigations and enforcement proceedings by governmental agencies, and assessment of significant fines and penalties against companies and individuals. OurThe Company’s operations create the risk of unauthorized payments or offers of payments by one of ourits employees, consultants, sales agents, or distributors because these parties are not always subject to ourits control. It is ourthe Company’s policy to implement safeguards to discourage these practices; however, ourits existing safeguards and any future improvements may prove to be less than effective, and ourits employees, consultants, sales agents, or distributors may engage in conduct for which wethe Company might be held responsible. Any alleged or actual violations of these regulations may subject us to government scrutiny, severe criminal or civil sanctions and other liabilities, and could negatively affect ourits business, reputation, operating results, and financial condition.

 

While we believe we havethe Company believes it has a strong culture of compliance and adequate systems of control, and we seekit seeks continuously to improve ourits systems of internal controls and to remedy any weaknesses identified, there can be no assurance that the policies and procedures will be followed at all times or will effectively detect and prevent violations of the applicable laws by one or more of ourits employees, consultants, agents or partners and, as a result, wethe Company may be subject to penalties and material adverse consequences on ourits business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

36

Table of Contents

Anti-takeover provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, and Delaware law, contain provisions that could discourage a takeover.

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, and Delaware law, contain provisions that might enable our management to resist a takeover, and might make it more difficult for an investor to acquire a substantial block of our common stock.

These provisions, as well as Change of Control and Severance Agreements entered into with each of our executive officers and certain key employees, might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or a change in our management, even if such a change would be beneficial to our shareholders. The existence of these provisions could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. In addition, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. These provisions may prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us for a certain period of time. Any of these provisions could, under certain circumstances, depress the market price of our common stock.

 

ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

 

We occupyThe Company occupies 66,000 square feet for ourits U.S. Corporate office in Brisbane, California, under a lease which extends through January 31, 2023. The original lease expired on December 31, 2017, and the Company entered into a Second Amendment on July 6, 2017 that extended the term of the lease from December 31, 2017 to January 31, 2023. Pursuant to the terms of the Second Amendment to the Lease Agreement, the Company has the option to extend the term of the lease by an additional 60 months. Additionally, the Company also has a one-time option to terminate the amended lease early effective as of December 31, 2020, in return for payment of a termination fee.

 

In addition, we havethe Company has leased office facilities in certain countries as follows:

 

Country

 

Square Footage

 

Lease termination or Expiration

Japan

 

Approximately 5,896

 

Two leases, one of which was originally scheduled to expire in March 2018, but was extended for another three years from March 2018 to March 2021, and the other which expires in December 2019.

France

 

Approximately 2,239

 

One lease which expires in October 2021 but can be terminated with six months’ notice prior to October 2018.2021.

Spain

 

Approximately 3,584

 

OneOne lease signed effective February 1, 2018, which expires in January 31, 2021.

 

We believeThe Company believes that these facilities are suitable and adequate for ourits current and future needs for at least the next twelve months.

 

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

From time to time, wethe Company may be involved in legal and administrative proceedings and claims of various types. For a description of our material pending legal and regulatory proceedings and settlements as of December 31, 2017,2018, please see Note 1211 to ourthe Company’s consolidated financial statements entitled “Litigation“Commitments and Related Matters,Contingencies,” Item 8, included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURESDISCLOSURES

 

Not applicable.

 

3736

Table of Contents

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’SREGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Stock Exchange Listing

 

OurThe Company’s common stock trades on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol CUTR.“CUTR.” As of March 1, 2018,2019, the closing sale price of ourits common stock was $45.90$17.72 per share.

 

Common Stockholders

 

WeThe Company had 7 5 stockholders of record as of March 1, 2018.2019. Since many stockholders choose to hold their shares under the name of their brokerage firm, we estimatethe Company estimates that the actual number of stockholders was over 5,400.

Price Range of Common Stock

The following table sets forth the quarterly high and low closing sales prices of our common stock for each period indicated and are as reported by NASDAQ:

  

Common Stock

 
  

2017

  

2016

 
  

High

  

Low

  

High

  

Low

 

4th Quarter

 $48.50  $37.35  $17.50  $11.94 

3rd Quarter

  41.35   25.55   12.25   10.52 

2nd Quarter

  26.55   19.20   12.15   10.00 

1st Quarter

  21.90   17.45   12.87   10.43 

Dividend Policy

We have not declared or paid any cash dividends. We intend to retain future earnings primarily to fund the development and growth of our business, and the repurchase of additional shares of our common stock. Therefore we do not anticipate paying cash dividends within the foreseeable future. Any future payment of dividends will be determined by our Board of Directors and will depend on our consolidated financial position and results of operations and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.4,700 shareholders.

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

The following table summarizes the activity related to stockThere were no repurchases for the quarter ended December 31, 2017 (in thousands except per share data):

Fiscal Periods

 

Total Number

of Shares

Purchased1

  

Average Price

Paid

per Share2

  

Total

Number of

Shares

Purchased

as Part of

Publicly

Announced

Plans or

Programs

  

Approximate Dollar Value

of Shares

That May Yet

Be Purchased

Under the

Plans

or Programs

 

October 1-31, 2017

  77  $38.70   77  $18,382 

November 1-30, 2017

  197  $41.61   197  $10,193 

December 1-31, 2017

  230  $44.40   230  $ 

For quarter ended December 31, 2017

  504  $42.43   504  $ 


1 Includes shares purchased as part of a publicly announced repurchase plan.

2 Shares are purchased at market price.

38

Table of Contents

Since the beginning of 2017, we have had an active Stock Repurchase Program. On January 1, 2017, we had $5.1 million available for repurchases and on February 13, 2017 and July 28, 2017, our Board of Directors approved the expansion of our Stock Repurchase Program by an additional $5 million and $25 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we repurchased 1,022,602 shares of our common stock for approximately $35.1 million.under the Company’s Stock Repurchase Program in 2018.

 

Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

WeThe Company did not sell any unregistered securities during the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation PlansPlans

 

The information required by this Item regarding equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in Part III Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

37

Table of Contents

 

Performance Graph

  

The graph set forth below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock between December 31, 2012,2013, and December 31, 2017,2018, with the cumulative total return for (1) our common stock, (2) the NASDAQ Composite index and (3) the NASDAQ Medical Equipment Index over the same period. This graph assumes the investment of $100.00 on December 31, 20122013 in our common stock, the NASDAQ Composite Index, and the NASDAQ Medical Equipment Index,

 

 

The information under Performance“Performance Graph” is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference in any of our filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of this 10-K and irrespective of any general incorporation language in those filings.

 

38

Table of Contents

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying Notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this report. The selected data in this section is not intended to replace the Consolidated Financial Statements.

  Year Ended December 31, 
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data (in thousands, except per share data): 2018  2017  2016  2015  2014 

Net revenue

 $162,720  $151,493  $118,056   94,761  $78,138 

Cost of revenue

  82,338   65,383   49,921   40,478   34,765 

Gross profit

  80,382   86,110   68,135   54,283   43,373 

Operating expenses:

                    

Sales and marketing

  58,420   52,070   41,563   35,942   32,246 

Research and development

  14,359   12,874   11,232   10,733   10,543 

General and administrative

  20,995   14,090   12,943   12,129   11,203 

Lease termination income

  --   (4,000)  --   --   -- 

Total operating expenses

  93,774   75,034   65,738   58,804   53,992 

Income (loss) from operations

  (13,392)  11,076   2,397   (4,521)  (10,619

)

Interest and other income, net

  (123)  884   323   293   226 

Income (loss) before income taxes

  (13,515)  11,960   2,720   (4,228)  (10,393

)

Income tax (benefit) provision

  17,255   (18,033)  143   212   219 

Net income (loss)

 $(30,770) $29,993  $2,557  $(4,440) $(10,612

)

Net income (loss) per share:

                    

Basic

 $(2.23) $2.16  $0.19  $(0.32) $(0.74

)

Diluted

 $(2.23) $2.04  $0.19  $(0.32) $(0.74

)

Weighted-average number of shares used in per share calculations:

                    

Basic

  13,771   13,873   13,225   13,960   14,254 

Diluted

  13,771   14,728   13,753   13,960   14,254 

  

As of December 31,

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (in thousands):

 

2018

  

2017

  

2016

  

2015

  

2014

 

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable investments

 $35,575  $35,912  $54,074  $48,407  $81,146 

Working capital (current assets less current liabilities)

  39,578   45,063   59,460   49,398   81,900 

Total assets

  97,637   111,238   91,854   77,518   108,913 

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

  (24,010)   2,947   (27,046)

 

  (29,672)

 

  (25,232)

 

Total stockholders’ equity

  46,386   64,893   61,010   50,034   80,508 

* Financial results for year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, and 2014 reflect the effects of adopting ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)” and the related amendments (ASC 606), which provided a new basis of accounting for our revenue arrangements during fiscal year 2018. The adoption of ASC 606 limits the comparability of revenue and certain expenses, including revenues and costs and operating expenses, presented in the results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018 when compared to the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, and 2014. For additional information regarding the impact from adoption of this accounting standard, see Note 1, “Revenue Recognition” to the Consolidated Financial Statements set forth in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

39

Table of Contents

 

ITEM 6.ITEM 7.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The table set forth below contains certain consolidated financial data for each of our last five fiscal years. The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing in Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

(in thousands, except per share data):

 

2017

  

2016

  

2015

  

2014

  

2013

 

Net revenue

 $151,493  $118,056  $94,761  $78,138  $74,594 

Cost of revenue

  65,383   49,921   40,478   34,765   32,712 

Gross profit

  86,110   68,135   54,283   43,373   41,882 

Operating expenses:

                    

Sales and marketing

  52,070   41,563   35,942   32,246   27,984 

Research and development

  12,874   11,232   10,733   10,543   9,216 

General and administrative

  14,090   12,943   12,129   11,203   9,938 
           Lease termination income  (4,000)  -   -   -   - 

Total operating expenses

  75,034   65,738   58,804   53,992   47,138 

Income (loss) from operations

  11,076   2,397   (4,521

)

  (10,619

)

  (5,256

)

Interest and other income, net

  884   323   293   226   455 

Income (loss) before income taxes

  11,960   2,720   (4,228

)

  (10,393

)

  (4,801

)

Income tax (benefit) provision

  (18,033)  143   212   219

 

  (54)

Net income (loss)

 $29,993  $2,557  $(4,440

)

 $(10,612

)

 $(4,747

)

Net income (loss) per share:

                    

Basic

 $2.16  $0.19  $(0.32

)

 $(0.74

)

 $(0.33

)

Diluted

 $2.04  $0.19  $(0.32

)

 $(0.74

)

 $(0.33

)

Weighted-average number of shares used in per share calculations:

                    

Basic

  13,873   13,225   13,960   14,254   14,421 

Diluted

  14,728   13,753   13,960   14,254   14,421 

  

As of December 31,

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (in thousands):

 

2017

  

2016

  

2015

  

2014

  

2013

 

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable investments

 $35,912  $54,074  $48,407  $81,146  $83,073 

Working capital (current assets less current liabilities)

  45,063   59,460   49,398   81,900   84,654 

Total assets

  111,238   91,854   77,518   108,913   108,669 

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

  2,947   (27,046

)

  (29,672

)

  (25,232

)

  (14,620

)

Total stockholders’ equity

  64,893   61,010   50,034   80,508   84,265 

40

Table of Contents

ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’SMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and notes thereto for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.2018. This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the following sections, contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Throughout this Report, and particularly in this Item 7, the forward-looking statements are based upon our current expectations, estimates and projections and that reflect our beliefs and assumptions based upon information available to us at the date of this Report. In some cases, you can identify these statements by words such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue,” and other similar terms. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and assumptions that are difficult to predict. OurThe Company’s actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements relating to our future financial performance, the ability to grow our business, increase our revenue, manage expenses, generate additional cash, achieve and maintain profitability, develop and commercialize existing and new products and applications, improve the performance of our worldwide sales and distribution network, and to the outlook regarding long term prospects. We cautionThe Company cautions you not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect management’s analysis only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We undertakeThe Company undertakes no obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this Form 10-K.

Some of the importantimportant factors that could cause ourthe Company’s results to differ materially from those in our forward-looking statements, and a discussion of other risks and uncertainties, are discussed in Item 1A—Risk Factors commencing on page 21. We encourageFactors. The Company encourages you to read that section carefully as well as other risks detailed from time to time in our filings with the SEC.

 

Introduction

 

The Management’sManagement’s Discussion and Analysis, or MD&A, is organized as follows:

 

Executive Summary. This section provides a general description and history of our business, a brief discussion of our product lines and the opportunities, trends, challenges and risks the Company focuses on in the operation of our business.

● Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates. This section describes the key accounting policies that are affected by critical accounting estimates.

● Recent Accounting Guidance. This section describes the issuance and effect of new accounting pronouncements that are or may be applicable to us.

● Results of Operations. This section provides our analysis and outlook for the significant line items on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

● Liquidity and Capital Resources. This section provides an analysis of our liquidity and cash flows, as well as a discussion of our commitments that existed as of December 31, 2018.

Executive Summary. This section provides a general description and history of our business, a brief discussion of our product lines and the opportunities, trends, challenges and risks we focus on in the operation of our business.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates. This section describes the key accounting policies that are affected by critical accounting estimates.

Recent Accounting Guidance. This section describes the issuance and effect of new accounting pronouncements that are or may be applicable to us.

Results of Operations. This section provides our analysis and outlook for the significant line items on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Liquidity and Capital Resources. This section provides an analysis of our liquidity and cash flows, as well as a discussion of our commitments that existed as of December 31, 2017.

 

Executive Summary

 

Company Description

We areThe Company is a leading medical device company specializing in the research, development, manufacture, marketing and servicing of laserlight and other energy-basedenergy based aesthetics systems for practitioners worldwide. In addition to internal development of products, we distributethe Company distributes third party sourced products under our own brand names. We offerThe Company offers easy-to-use products which enable physicians and other qualified practitioners to perform safe and effective aesthetic procedures, including treatment for body contouring, skin resurfacing and rejuvenation,revitalization, tattoo removal, removal of benign pigmented lesions, vascular conditions, hair removal, toenail fungus and vaginalwomen's intimate health. Our platforms are designed to be easily upgraded to add additional applications and hand pieces, which provide flexibility for our customers as they expand their practices. In addition to systems and upgrade revenue, we generatethe Company generates revenue from the sale of post warranty service contracts, providing services for products that are out of warranty, hand piece refills and other per procedure related revenue on select systems, and distribution of third-party manufactured skincare products.

 

41

Table

The Company’s ongoing research and development activities primarily focus on developing new products, as well as improving and enhancing the Company’s portfolio of Contents

existing products. The Company also explores ways to expand the Company’s product offerings through alternative arrangements with other companies, such as distribution arrangements. The Company introduced Juliet, a product for women’s intimate health, in December 2017, Secret RF, a fractional RF microneedling device for skin revitalization, in January 2018, enlighten SR in April 2018, and truSculpt iD in July 2018.

 

OurThe Company’s corporate headquarters and U.S. operations are located in Brisbane, California, from where we conduct ourthe Company conducts manufacturing, warehousing, research and development, regulatory, sales and marketing, service, and administrative activities. We market, sell and service ourThe Company markets, sells and services the Company’s products through direct sales and service employees in the U.S.North America (including Canada), Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, Spain, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. Sales and ServiceServices outside of these direct markets are made through a worldwide distributor network in over 40 countries. As

40

Table of December 31, 2017, we had a North American direct sales force of 68 employees and a direct international sales force of 34 employees. Revenue from markets outside of North America accounted for 38%, 45%, and 48% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Contents

Our ongoing research and development activities are primarily focused on improving and enhancing our portfolio of products. We are exploring ways to expand our product offerings through the launch of new products. We introduced Juliet, a product for women’s health, in December 2017, and Secret RF, a fractional RF microneedling device for skin rejuvenation, in January 2018.

Products Revenueand Services

 

Our ProductsThe Company derives revenue is derived from the sale of Products and Services. Product revenue includes revenue from the sale of systems, hand pieces and upgrade of systems (classified as(collectively “Systems” revenue), sale of replacement hand pieces, (classifiedtruSculpt iD cycle refills, as “Hand Piece Refills”)well as single use disposable tips applicable to Juliet and Secret RF (“Consumables” revenue), and the sale of skincare products (classified as “Skincare”(“Skincare” revenue).

System revenue represents the sale of a system or an upgrade of a system. A system consists of a console that incorporates a universal graphic user interface, a laser and/orand (or) other energy based module, control system software and high voltage electronics;electronics, as well as one or more hand pieces. However, depending on the application, the laser or other energy based module is sometimes contained in the hand piece such as with ourthe Company’s Pearl and Pearl Fractionalapplications instead of within the console.

 

We offer ourThe Company offers customers the ability to select the system that best fits their practice at the time of purchase and then to cost-effectively add applications to their system as their practice grows. This provides customers the flexibility to upgrade their systemssystems whenever they choose and provides us with a source of additional Systems revenue.

For our The Company’s primary system platforms include: Titanexcel, enlighten, Juliet, Secret RF, truSculpt and truSculpt 3D xeohand pieces, after a set number of treatments have been performed, the customer is required to send the hand piece back to the factory for refurbishment, which we refer to as “refilling” the hand piece and is classified as Hand Piece Refills revenue..

 

Skincare revenue relates to the distribution of ZO’sZO’s skincare products in Japan.

 

Service Revenue

 

Service revenue relates to amortization ofincludes prepaid service contracts, training services, enlighten installation, direct billings for detachable hand piece replacements and revenue for parts, customer marketing support and labor on out-of-warranty products.

 

Significant Business Trends.

 

We believeThe Company believes that ourthe ability to grow revenue will be primarily dependent on the following:following:

 

continuing to expand the Company’s product offerings, both through internal development and sourcing from other vendors;

● ongoing investment in the Company’s global sales and marketing infrastructure;

● use of clinical results to support new aesthetic products and applications;

● enhanced luminary development and reference selling efforts (to develop a location where Company’s products can be displayed and used to assist in selling efforts);

● customer demand for the Company’s products;

● weakening against the U.S. dollar of key international currencies in which the Company transacts (e.g. Australian Dollar, Japanese Yen, Euro, Swiss Franc and British Pound);

● consumer demand for the application of the Company’s products;

● marketing to physicians in the core dermatology and plastic surgeon specialties, as well as outside those specialties; and

● generating recurring revenue from the Company’s growing installed base of customers through the sale of system upgrades, services, hand piece refills, truSculpt cycles, skincare products and replacement tips for Juliet and Secret RF products.

Continuing to expand our product offerings ─ both through internal development and sourcing from other vendors;

Ongoing investment in our global sales and marketing infrastructure;

Use of clinical results to support new aesthetic products and applications;

Enhanced luminary development and reference selling efforts (to develop a location where our products can be displayed and used to assist in selling efforts);

Customer demand for our products;

Strengthening against the U.S. dollar of key international currencies in which we transact (Australian Dollar, Japanese Yen, Euro, Swiss Franc and British Pound);

Consumer demand for the application of our products;

Marketing to physicians in the core dermatology and plastic surgeon specialties, as well as outside those specialties; and

Generating recurring revenue from our growing installed base of customers through the sale of system upgrades, services, hand piece refills, skincare products and replacement tips for Juliet and Secret RF products.

 

For a detailed discussion of the significant business trends impacting ourthe Company’s business, please see the section titled “Results of Operations” below.

 

Factors that May Impact Future Performance

OurThe Company’s industry is impacted by numerous competitive, regulatory and other significant factors. OurThe Company’s industry is highly competitive and ourthe Company’s future performance depends on ourthe Company’s ability to compete successfully. Additionally, ourthe Company’s future performance is dependent upon ourthe ability to continue to expand ourthe Company’s product offerings with innovative technologies, obtain regulatory clearances for ourthe Company’s products, protect the proprietary technology of ourthe products and our manufacturing processes, manufacture ourthe products cost-effectively, and successfully market and distribute ourthe products in a profitable manner. If we failthe Company fails to execute on the aforementioned initiatives, ourthe Company’s business would be adversely affected.

On July 30, 2018, the FDA issued a public statement and sent letters to a number of companies in the medical aesthetics industry expressing concerns regarding “vaginal rejuvenation” procedures using energy-based devices. The Company was not named in the announcement, and the Company has not received a letter from the agency, however the Company’s Juliet device is promoted and used by physicians in procedures that are the subject of the FDA’s public statement. The Company is not aware of any adverse events resulting from the use of Juliet , and believes that Juliet’s development and promotion is based on science and clinical evidence. Notwithstanding, the Company experienced a significant slowdown in the sale of Juliet systems in the third and fourth quarters of 2018. The Company believes this relates to the safety letter, given the timing.

41

Table of Contents

The Company supports any action that helps ensure patient safety going forward. The Company has a robust, multi-functional process that reviews its promotional claims and materials to ensure they are truthful, not misleading, fair and balanced, and supported by sound scientific evidence.

A detailed discussion of these and other factors that could impact ourthe Company’s future performance are provided in  (1) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017- Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors.” (2) the Company’s reports and registration statements filed and furnished from time to time with the SEC, and (3) other announcements the Company makes from time to time.

Critical accounting policies, significant judgments and use of estimates

The preparation of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. (“GAAP”) requires the Company to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. These estimates, judgments and assumptions are based on historical experience and on various other factors that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances. The Company periodically reviews its estimates and make adjustments when facts and circumstances dictate. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, its financial condition or results of operations will be affected.

Critical accounting estimates, as defined by the SEC, are those that are most important to the portrayal of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations and require our management’s most difficult and subjective judgments and estimates of matters that are inherently uncertain. The Company’s critical accounting estimates are as follows:

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized upon transfer of control of promised products or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for promised goods or services. The Company’s performance obligations are satisfied either over time or at a point in time.

The Company's system sale arrangements generally contain multiple products and services. For these bundled sale arrangements, the Company accounts for individual products and services as separate performance obligations if they are distinct. The Company’s products and services are distinct if a customer can benefit from the product or service on its own or with other resources that are readily available to the customer, and if the Company’s promise to transfer the products or service to the customer is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract. The Company’s system sale arrangements include a combination of the following performance obligations: the system and software license (considered as one performance obligation), system accessories (hand pieces), training, other accessories, extended service contracts and marketing services.

For the Company’s system sale arrangements that include an extended service contract, the period of service commences at the expiration of the Company’s standard warranty offered at the time of the system sale. The Company considers the extended service contracts terms in the arrangements that are legally enforceable to be performance obligations. Other than extended service contracts and marketing services (which are satisfied over time), the Company generally satisfies all of the performance obligations at a point in time. Systems, system accessories (hand pieces), training, time and materials services are also sold on a stand-alone basis, and related performance obligations are satisfied at a point in time. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the transaction price of the contract to each performance obligation on a relative standalone selling price basis.

Nature of Products and Services

Systems

System revenue represents the sale of a system or an upgrade of an existing system. A system consists of a console that incorporates a universal graphic user interface, a laser or other energy based module, control system software and high voltage electronics, as well as one or more hand pieces. However, depending on the application, the laser or other energy based module is sometimes contained in the hand piece such as with the Company’s Pearl and Pearl Fractional applications instead of within the console.

The Company offers customers the ability to select the system that best fits their practice at the time of purchase and then to cost-effectively add applications to their system as their practice grows. This provides customers the flexibility to upgrade their systems whenever they choose and provides the Company with a source of additional Systems revenue.

The Company concludes that the system or upgrade and the right to use the embedded software represent a single performance obligation as the software license is integral to the functionality of the system or upgrade.

The Company does not identify calibration and installation services for systems other than enlighten as performance obligations because such services are immaterial in the context of the contract. The related costs to complete calibration and installation for systems other than enlighten are immaterial. Calibration and installation services for enlighten systems are identified as separate performance obligations.

 

42

Table of Contents

 

Critical Accounting Policies and EstimatesFor systems sold directly to end-customers that are credit approved, revenue is recognized when the Company transfers control to the end-customer, which occurs when the product is shipped to the customer or when the customer receives the product, depending on the nature of the arrangement. The Company recognizes revenue on a cash basis for system sales to international direct end-customer sales that have not been credit approved, as the performance obligations in the contract are satisfied. For systems sold through credit approved distributors, revenue is recognized at the time of shipment.

 

WeThe Company’s system arrangements generally do not provide a right of return. The Company provides a standard one-year warranty coverage for all systems sold to end-customers to cover parts and service, and extended service plans that vary by the type of product and the level of service desired.

The Company typically receives payment for its system consoles and other accessories within 30 days of shipment. Certain international distributor arrangements allow for longer payment terms.

Skincare products

The Company sells third-party manufactured skincare products in Japan. The third-party skincare products are purchased from the third-party manufacturers and sold to licensed physicians. The Company acts as the principal in this arrangement, as it determines the price to charge customers for the skincare products, and controls the products before they are transferred to the customer. Skincare products are typically sold in contracts in which the skincare products represent the sole performance obligations. The Company recognizes revenue for skincare products at a point in time, generally upon shipment.

Consumables (Other accessories)

The Company treats its customers' purchases of replacement Titan, truSculpt 3D and truSculpt iD hand pieces as Consumable revenue, which provides the Company with a source of recurring revenue from existing customers. The Company’s recently launched Juliet and Secret RF products have adopted various accounting policies to preparesingle use disposable tips which must be replaced after every treatment. Sales of these consumable tips further enhance the consolidated financial statementsCompany’s recurring revenue. Hand piece refills of the Company’s legacy truSculpt product are accounted for in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. ("U.S. GAAP"). Company’s standard warranty and service contract policies.

Extended contract services

The preparationCompany offers post-warranty services to its customers through extended service contracts that cover replacement parts and labor for a term of one, two, or three years. The Company also offers services on a time-and-materials basis for detachable hand piece replacements, parts and labor. These post-warranty services serve as additional sources of recurring revenue from the Company’s installed product base. Service contract revenue is recognized over time, using a time based measure of progress, as the customers benefit from the service throughout the service period. Revenue related to services performed on a time-and-materials basis is recognized when performed.

Training

Sales of systems to customers include training on the system to be provided within 90 to 180 days of purchase. The Company considers training as a separate performance obligation as customers can immediately benefit from the training due to the fact that the customer already has the system. Training is also sold separately from systems. The Company recognizes revenue for training when the training is provided. Training is not required for customers to use the systems.

Customer Marketing Support

In North America, the Company offers marketing and consulting phone support to its customers who purchase its truSculpt 3D and truSculpt iD systems. These customer marketing support services include a practice development model and marketing training, performed remotely with ongoing phone consultations for six months from date of purchase. The Company considers customer marketing support a separate performance obligation, and recognizes revenue over the six-month term of the consolidated financial statements, in conformity with U.S. GAAP, requires us to make significant accounting estimates, judgements and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. See “Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” which describes our significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements.contracts.

 

The methods, estimates and judgments that we use in applying our accounting policies require us to make difficult and subjective judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates regarding matters that are inherently uncertain. Our most critical accounting estimates include:Significant Judgments

Revenue recognition;

Warranty obligations;

Inventory reserves;

Valuation of stock-based compensation;

Income taxes; and

Litigation expenses.

 

Revenue Recognition

We derive revenue fromMore judgments and estimates are required under ASC Topic 606 than were required under the sale of Products, Hand Piece Refills, Skincare products and Service. We earn revenue from the sale of these products to our customers and to distributors. We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, transfer of title to the customer has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. We defer revenue in the event that any of theseprevious revenue recognition criteria is not met.

Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists: We use customer purchase agreements or contracts, or customer purchase orders to determine the existence of an arrangement;

Transfer of title: Our standard terms generally specify that title transfers upon shipment to the customer. We generally use third party shipping documents and/or signed customer acknowledgements to verify that title has transferred. For service revenue, we use the date that services have been rendered;

Sales price is fixed or determinable: We assess whether the sales price is fixed or determinable at the time of the transaction. Sales prices are documented in the customer purchase agreement or purchase order received prior to shipment. Our standard terms do not allowguidance, ASC Topic 605. Revenue recognition under ASC Topic 606 for trial or evaluation periods, rights of return or refund, payments contingent upon the customer obtaining financing or other terms that could impact the customer's obligation; and

Collectability is reasonably assured: We assess whether collection is reasonably assured based on a number of factors, including receipt of cash or credit card payment, customer's past transaction history, credit worthiness, or the receipt of an irrevocable letter of credit.

Multiple-Element Arrangements

For System revenue, all of the tangible products, including the embedded software, are delivered to the customer at the time of sale. In some circumstances, in conjunction with the purchase of a system or upgrade, customers purchase service contracts for one or more years to cover their products. For these transactions, the following multiple-element arrangement exists: a tangible product delivered to the customer at the inception of the revenue arrangement; and a service contract for delivery of services to the customer over a contractually stated period of time defined in the service contract.

For multiple-elementCompany’s arrangements judgments are required as to the allocation of the proceeds received from an arrangement to the multiple elements of the arrangement. For multiple element arrangements we allocate revenue to all deliverables basedmay be dependent on their relative selling prices in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 605-25. Because we have neither vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) nor third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”) for our systems, the allocation of revenue has been based on our best estimate of selling prices (“BESP”). The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service was sold on a stand-alone basis. We determine BESP for our deliverables by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, features and functionality of the system, geographies, type of customer and market conditions.

Revenue under service contracts is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period of the applicable service contract. Service revenue, not under a service contract, is recognized as the services are provided.contract-specific terms.

 

43

Table of Contents

 

Hand Piece RefillsJudgment is required to determine the standalone selling price ("SSP") for each distinct performance obligation. The Company estimates SSPs for each performance obligation as follows:

 

Systems: The SSPs for systems are based on directly observable sales in similar circumstances to similar customers. When customers purchaseSSP is not directly observable, the Company estimates SSP using the expected cost plus margin approach.

Training: SSP is based on observable price when sold on a hand piece refill, we shipstandalone basis.

Extended warranty: SSP is based on observable price when sold on a previously refurbished unitstandalone basis (by customer type).

Customer Marketing Support: SSP is estimated based on cost plus a margin.

The Company will combine two or more contracts entered into at or near the same time with the same customer (or related parties of the customer) and recognizeaccount for the contracts as a single contract. If a group of agreements are so closely related that they are, in effect, part of a single arrangement, such agreements are deemed to be one arrangement for revenue upon shipment. Hand piece refills are soldrecognition purposes. The Company exercises significant judgment to evaluate the relevant facts and circumstances in determining whether the separate agreements should be accounted for our Titan and truSculpt 3D products.separately or as, in substance, a single arrangement. The Company’s judgments about whether a group of contracts comprise a single arrangement can affect the allocation of consideration to the distinct performance obligations, which could have an effect on results of operations for the periods involved.

 

The earlier generationCompany is required to estimate the total consideration expected to be received from contracts with customers. Generally, the Company has not experienced significant returns from or refunds to customers. These estimates require significant judgment and the change in these estimates could have an effect on the Company's results of operations during the periods involved.

Bill and Hold Arrangement

Under the ASC 605 in 2017, the Company segregated certain products for one order at the request of a customer for a limited period of time at a third-party storage facility (“bill -and -hold”). Revenue recognition for the bill-and-hold transaction requires consideration of, among other things, whether the customer has made a written fixed commitment to purchase the product; the existence of a substantial business purpose for the arrangement; the bill-and-hold arrangement is at the request of the truSculpt product includes unlimited hand piece refills as partcustomer; the scheduled delivery date must be reasonable and consistent with the buyer's business purpose; title and risk of ownership must pass to the customer and no additional performance obligations exist by the Company, at the time of the standard warranty contractbill-and-hold the product is complete and ready for which weshipment and the product has been segregated from the Company's inventory. The Company recognized the revenue under the warranty model,of $938,000 for that bill-and-hold transaction in which the2017.

The Company recognized revenue of $0 and $938,000 for the system sale was recognized up-front along with an estimate of the costs which will be incurred under the warranty obligation recordeda bill-and-hold transaction in cost of revenue.2018 and 2017 respectively. There were no such transactions in 2016.

 

Customer Marketing ArrangementsLoyalty Program

 

We haveThe Company launched a customer marketingloyalty program during the third quarter of 2018 for qualified customers located in the U.S. and incentiveCanada. Under the program, called “Cutera Bucks” for our North America customers through which we offer various sales incentivesaccumulate points based on the customers purchasing or purchasing levels. Once a loyalty program member achieves a certain tier level, the member earns a reward. A customer’s account has to be in good standing in order to receive the benefits of the rewards program. Rewards are given on a quarterly basis and discountsmust be used in the following quarter. Customers receive a notification regarding their rewards tier by the fifth (5th) day of the following quarter. All unused rewards are forfeited.

The fair value of the reward earned by loyalty program members is included in accrued liabilities and pay or reimburses customers for qualifying expenses associated with practice set-up, advertising procedures related to the system purchased, and other expenses. We record such incentivesrecorded as a reduction of revenuenet sales at the time when the sale of the systemreward is recorded.earned.

 

Warranty ObligationsDeferred Sales Commissions

 

We provideIncremental costs of obtaining a one-year standard warrantycontract, including sales commissions, are capitalized and amortized on all systems sold directa straight-line basis over the expected customer relationship period if the Company expects to customers. Warranty coverage providedrecover those costs. The Company uses the portfolio method to recognize the amortization expense related to these capitalized costs related to initial contracts and such expense is recognized over a period associated with the revenue of the related portfolio, which is generally two to three years for laborthe Company’s product and parts necessary to repairservice arrangements.

44

Table of Contents

Total capitalized costs as of the systemsyear ended December 31, 2018 were $5.2 million and are included in other long-term assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Amortization of this asset was $1.8 million during the warranty period. Foryear ended December 31, 2018 and is included in sales to distributors, we generally provide a 14 to 16 month warranty for parts only, with labor being provided to the end customer by the distributor.

We provide for the estimated future costs of warranty obligations in cost of revenue when the related revenue is recognized. The accrued warranty costs represent our best estimate at the time of sale, and as reviewed and updated quarterly, of the total costs that we expect to incur during the warranty period to repair or replace product parts that fail. In addition, for the earlier generation of our truSculpt systems sold with unlimited refills as part of the standard warranty, we include the estimated cost to refurbish the projected number of refills that are expected to be replaced during the warranty period. Accrued warranty costs include costs of material, technical support, labor and associated overhead. The amount of accrued estimated warranty costs obligation for our products is primarily based on historical experience as to product failures adjusted for current information on repair costs. Actual warranty costs could differ from the estimated amounts. On a quarterly basis, we review the accrued balances of our warranty obligations and update based on historical warranty cost trends. If we were required to accrue additional warranty costmarketing expense in the future due to actual product failure rates, material usage, service delivery costs or overhead costs differing from our estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty liability would be required, which would negatively impact our operating results. Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

 

Valuation of Inventories

We state ourThe Company states its inventories at the lower of costcost and net realizable value, computed on a standard cost basis, which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis. Net realizable value is the estimated selling pricesprice in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable cost of completion, disposal, and transportation. Standard costs are monitored and updated quarterly or as necessary, to reflect changes in raw material costs, labor to manufacture the product and overhead rates. We provideThe Company provides for excess and obsolete inventories when conditions indicate that the inventory cost is not recoverable due to physical deterioration, usage, obsolescence, reductions in estimated future demand and reductions in selling prices. Inventory provisions are measured as the difference between the cost of inventory and net realizable value to establish a lower cost basis for the inventories. We balanceThe Company balances the need to maintain strategic inventory levels with the risk of obsolescence due to changing technology, timing of new product introductions and customer demand levels. Unfavorable changes in market conditions may result in a need for additional inventory provisions that could adversely impact our gross margins. Conversely, favorable changes in demand could result in higher gross margins when product that had previously been written down is sold.

 

Stock-based Compensation Expense

We accountThe Company accounts for stock-based compensation costs in accordance with the accounting standards for share-based compensation, which require that all share-basedshare based payments to employees and non-employees be recognized in the consolidated statements of operations basedbased on their fair values. We grantThe Company grants stock options, restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and performance stock units (“PSUs”) equity awards.awards and employee stock purchase plan ("ESPP").

Stock Options

We accountThe Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with the fair value recognition provisions of U.S. GAAP. To value options, we use the Black-ScholesCompany uses the Black- Scholes option-pricing model using the single-option approach, which requires the input of highly subjective and complex assumptions. We recognizeThe Company recognizes the expense associated with options using a single award approach over the requisite service period. We accountThe Company accounts for all stock options awarded to non-employeesnonemployees at the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, as calculated using the Black-Scholes model. We subjectThe Company subjects stock options granted to non-employees to periodic revaluation at each reporting date as the underlying equity instruments vest.

44

Table of Contents

 

The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes-option pricing model to determine the fair value of award include the following:

 

Expected term – The expected term represents the weighted-average period that the recipient of the option will retain their vested stock options before exercising them. The expected term is based on the observed and expected time to post-vesting exercise of options by employees. The Company use historical exercise patterns of previously granted options in relation to stock price movements to derive an employee behavioral pattern used to forecast expected exercise patterns. The expected term of groups of employees that have similar historical exercise patterns has been considered separately for valuation purposes.

Expected term – The expected term represents the weighted-average period that the recipient of the option will retain their vested stock options before exercising them. The expected term is based on the observed and expected time to post-vesting exercise of options by employees. We use historical exercise patterns of previously granted options in relation to stock price movements to derive an employee behavioral pattern used to forecast expected exercise patterns. The expected term of groups of employees that have similar historical exercise patterns has been considered separately for valuation purposes.

Volatility – The underlying stock price volatility of our stock. We estimate volatility based on a 50-50 blend of our historical volatility and the implied volatility of freely traded options of our stock in the open market.

Expected risk-free interest rate and dividend rate over the expected term.

 

● Volatility – The underlying stock price volatility of our stock. The Company estimates volatility based on a 50-50 blend of our historical volatility and the implied volatility of freely traded options of our stock in the open market

● Expected risk-free interest rate and dividend rate over the expected term. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the expected term of the stock option.

Restricted Stock Units

We grantThe Company grants RSUs to our directors, officers and management employees and non-employees. The fair value of RSUs is based on the stock price on the grant date using a single-award approach. The RSUs are subject to a service vesting condition and are recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. For RSUs to non-employees, we recognizethe Company recognizes expense on an accelerated attribution method and these equity awards are re-measured at fair value at the end of each reporting period, with the changes in fair value recorded to stock-based compensation expense in the period in which the change occurs. Shares are issued on the vesting dates, net of applicable tax withholding requirements to be paid by us on behalf of the recipient. As a result, the actual number of shares issued will be fewer than the actual number of RSUs outstanding. Furthermore, we recordthe Company records the obligation for withholding amounts to be paid by us as a reduction to additional paid-in capital.

45

Table of Contents

 

Performance Stock Units

Performance stock units are granted to our officers and management employees and non-employees. PSU’sPSU’s with operational measurement goals are measured at the market price of our stock on the date of grant, whereas PSUs with market-based measurement goals are measured using a Monte-Carlo simulation option-pricing model. The Monte-Carlo simulation option-pricing model uses the same input assumptions as the Black-Scholes model; however, it also further incorporates into the fair-value determination the possibility that the market condition may not be satisfied. The final number of shares of common stock issuable at the end of the performance measurement period, subject to the recipient’s continued service through that date, is determined based on the expected degree of achievement of the performance goals. For PSUs to non-employees, we recognizethe Company recognizes expense on an accelerated attribution method and these equity awards are re-measured at fair value at the end of each reporting period, with the changes in fair value recorded to stock-based compensation expense in the period in which the change occurs. Stock-based compensation expense for PSUs is recognized based on the expected degree of achievement of the performance goals over the vesting period. However, stock-based compensation expense for market-based PSU awards are recognized regardless of whether the market condition is satisfied, provided that the requisite service has been provided. On the vesting date of PSU awards, we issuethe Company issues fully-paid up common stock, net of the minimum statutory tax withholding requirements to be paid by us and recordrecords the obligation for withholding amounts as a reduction to additional paid-in capital.

 

Forfeiture Rates

We recognizeThe Company recognizes share-based compensation expense for the portion of the equity award that is expected to vest over the requisite service period and developdevelops an estimate of the number of share-based awards which will ultimately vest, primarily based on historical experience within separate groups of employees. The forfeiture rates used in 20172018 ranged from 0% to 13%17%. The estimated forfeiture rate is reassessed periodically throughout the requisite service period. Such estimates are revised if they differ materially from actual forfeitures. As required, the forfeiture estimates will be adjusted to reflect actual forfeitures when an award vests. For the award types discussed above, if the employee or non-employee terminates employment prior to being vested in an award, then the award is forfeited.

Provision for Income Taxes

We areThe Company is subject to taxes on earnings in both the U.S. and various foreign jurisdictions. As a global taxpayer, significant judgments and estimates are required in evaluating our uncertainuncertain tax positions and determining our provision for income taxes on earnings. We perform a two-step approach to recognizing and measuringThe Company recognizes tax benefits from uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determiningpositions only if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on audit, including resolutionexamination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of related appeals or litigation processes, if any.the position. The second step is to measuretax benefits recognized in the tax benefit asfinancial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest amountbenefit that is morehas a greater than 50% likelylikelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Although we believe we

The Company’s effective tax rates have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions, no assurance can be given thatdiffered from the final tax outcome of these matters will not be different. We adjust these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact the provision for income taxesstatutory rate primarily due to changes in the period in which such determination is made.valuation allowance, foreign operations, research and development tax credits, state taxes, and certain benefits realized related to stock option activity. The provision for income taxes includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes to reserves that are considered appropriate, as well as the related net interest and penalties.

45

Table of Contents

Our income tax expense (benefit) was approximately ($18.0) million, $143,000, and $212,000 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. TheCompany’s current effective tax rate for 2017 was approximately (151%), compared with 5% for 2016, and (5%) for 2015. Our 2017 tax benefit was primarily duedoes not assume U.S. taxes on undistributed profits of foreign subsidiaries. These earnings could become subject to the ($26.3) million release of a significant portion of our valuation allowance against certain U.S deferred tax assets, partially offset by the adjustment of $7.3 million for the impact of the new Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “2017 Tax Act”), $0.7 million of current tax expense for 2017 and $0.3 million of other deferred tax expense.

On December 22, 2017, theincremental foreign withholding or U.S. federal government enacted the 2017 Tax Act. The 2017 Tax Act includes a number of changes in existing tax law impacting businesses, including the transition tax, a one-timeand state taxes, should they either be deemed repatriation of cumulative undistributed foreign earnings and a permanent reduction in the U.S. federal statutory rate from 35% to 21%, effective on January 1, 2018. ASC 740 requires companies to recognize the effect of tax law changes in the period of enactment, accordingly, the effects must be recognized on companies’ calendar year-end financial statements, even though the effective date for most provisions is January 1, 2018. As a result, we re-measured our net U.S. deferred tax assets at the 21% future tax rate and recorded a net decrease of approximately $7.3 million.

At December 31, 2017, according to the 2017 Tax Act for estimating our foreign undistributed earnings, we estimated an aggregate deficit in "accumulated earnings and profits," which is how foreign undistributed earnings are determined for the one-time transition tax and for U.S. income tax purposes. The deficit was primarily a result of 2017 stock option exercises by foreign employees, which exceeded current year and prior year foreign earnings. As a result, the one-time transition tax did not have a significant impact on the Company’s 2017 tax provision and there was no undistributed accumulated earnings and profits as of December 31, 2017.

We have considered the impact of the 2017 Tax Act on the need for valuation allowance assessment. The 2017 Tax Act requires Companies to repatriate their cumulative undistributed foreign earnings backor actually remitted to the U.S. The Company’s ASC 740-30 assertion that it will indefinitely reinvest its undistributed earnings remains unchanged as of December 31, 2017.

In December 2017, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”), which provided a measurement period of up to one year from the enactment date of the 2017 Tax Act for us to complete the accounting for the 2017 Tax Act and its related impacts. The income tax effects of the 2017 Tax Act for which the accounting is incomplete include: the impact of the transition tax, the revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities to reflect the 21% corporate tax rate, and the impact to the aforementioned items on state income taxes. We have made reasonable provisional estimates for each of these items, however, these estimates may be affected by other analyses related to the 2017 Tax Act, including but not limited to, any deferred adjustments related to the filing of our 2017 federal and state income tax returns and further guidance yet to be issued.

Our future effective tax rates could be adversely affected by earnings being lower in countries where we havethe Company has lower statutory rates and being higher in countries where we havethe Company has higher statutory rates, or by changes in tax laws, accounting principles, interpretations thereof, net operating loss carryback, research and development tax credits, and due to changes in the valuation allowance for certainof its U.S. deferred tax assets. In addition, we arethe Company is subject to the examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. WeThe Company regularly assessassesses the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes.

 

We assessUndistributed earnings of the realizabilityCompany’s foreign subsidiaries at December 31, 2018 are considered to be indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no provision for federal and state income taxes has been provided thereon. Due to the Transition Tax and Global Intangible Low-Tax Income (“GILTI”) regimes as enacted by the 2017 Tax Act, those foreign earnings will not be subject to federal income taxes when actually distributed in the form of our neta dividend or otherwise. The Company, however, could still be subject to state income taxes and withholding taxes payable to various foreign countries. The amounts of taxes which the Company could be subject to are not material to the accompanying financial statements.

In December 2017, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“SAB 118”), which allows companies to record provisional amounts during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year of the enactment date. Since the 2017 Tax Act was passed late in the fourth quarter of 2017, and ongoing guidance and accounting interpretation was yet to be issued, the Company’s accounting of the transition tax and deferred tax assets by evaluating all available evidence, both positive and negative, including:

1

 cumulative results of operations in recent years;

2

 sources of recent income (loss);

3

 estimates of future taxable income; and

4

 the length of net operating loss and tax credit carryforward periods.

Such assessment is required on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis. In making such assessment, significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified.

Asre-measurements was incomplete as of December 31, 2017. The Company filed its 2017 and 2016, our deferredFederal corporate income tax assets primarily comprised of U.S. Net Operating Losses (“NOL”), tax credits and other deferred tax assets relating to book-to-tax temporary differences. Fromreturn in the thirdfourth quarter of 2009, we had determined that it was more likely than not that all2018. The Company’s final analysis and impact of the net deferred tax assets2017 Tax Act is reflected in the U.S. jurisdictions would not be realized. Astax provision and related tax disclosures for the year ended December 31, 2018. There was a result, we had recorded and maintained a full valuation allowance against those net deferred tax assetsincrease of approximately $0.3 million to reduce them to theirthe originally estimated net realizable value through September 30, 2017. As of each reporting date, we consider new evidence, both positive and negative, that could impact management’s view with regard to future realization$7.3 million remeasurement of deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2017, in part because we achieved three years of cumulative profits and are projecting future profitability in The Company considers the U.S. jurisdiction, we determined that sufficient positive evidence exists to conclude that it is more likely than not that deferred taxes of approximately $26.3 million are realizable. Therefore, we reduced the valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets for federal and U.S. states, except California and Massachusetts, and recorded a net valuation allowance release of $26.3 million. We continue to maintain a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets relating to the states of California and for the R&D tax credit carry forwards for the state of Massachusetts.

At December 31, 2017, we had approximately $34.7 million and $20.8 million of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, respectively, available to offset future taxable income. The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, if not utilized, will generally begin to expire in 2029 through 2035. At December 31, 2017, we had research and development tax credits available to offset federal, California and Massachusetts tax liabilities in the amount of $6.1 million, $6.6 million and $0.3 million respectively. Federal credits will begintrue-up to expirebe an immaterial change in 2024, and California state tax credits have no expiration and Massachusetts tax credits begin to expireestimate which has been reflected within the measurement period in 2021.accordance with SAB 118.  

  

46

Table of Contents

 

In January 2018, the FASB released guidance on the accounting for tax on the GILTI provisions of the 2017 Tax Act. The utilizationGILTI provisions impose a tax on foreign income in excess of NOL carryforwards and tax credits may bea deemed return on tangible assets of foreign corporations. The guidance indicates that either accounting for deferred taxes related to GILTI inclusions or treating any taxes on GILTI inclusions as a period cost are both acceptable methods subject to an accounting policy election. The Company has elected to treat any taxes on GILTI inclusions as a substantial annual limitationperiod cost.

The Company has included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet a long-term income tax liability for unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest of $394,000 as of December 31, 2018. At this time, the Company is unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of payments in individual years beyond 12 months due to the ownership change limitations set forth in Internal Revenue Code Section 382 and 383 and similar state provisions. Such annual limitation could resultuncertainties in the expirationtiming of tax audit outcomes. As a result, this amount is not included in the net operating loss and tax credit carryforward before utilization.contractual obligations table above.

Litigation

We haveThe Company has been, and may in the future become subject to a number of legal proceedings involving securities litigation, product liability, intellectual property, contractual disputes, trademark and copyright, and other matters. We recordThe Company records a liability and related charge to earnings in ourits consolidated financial statements for legal contingencies when the loss is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Our assessment is reevaluated each accounting period and is based on all available information, including discussion with any outside legal counsel that represents us. If a reasonable estimate of a known or probable loss cannot be made, but a range of probable losses can be estimated, the low-end of the range of losses is recognized if no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other. If a loss is reasonably possible, but not probable and can be reasonably estimated, the estimated loss or range of loss is disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company does not participate in transactions that generate relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance, variable interest or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. As of December 31, 2018, the Company was not involved in any unconsolidated transactions.

Recent Accounting Guidance

 

For a full description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the respective effective dates of adoption and effects on results of operations and financial condition see Note 21 — “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — Recent Accounting Pronouncements” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data expressed as a percentage of net revenue.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
 

2017

  

2016

  

2015

  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

 
                        

Net revenue

  100

%

  100

%

  100

%

  100

%

  100

%

  100

%

Cost of revenue

  43

%

  42

%

  43

%

  51

%

  43

%

  42

%

Gross profit

  57

%

  58

%

  57

%

  49

%

  57

%

  58

%

Operating expenses:

                        

Sales and marketing

  34

%

  35

%

  38

%

  36

%

  34

%

  35

%

Research and development

  8

%

  10

%

  11

%

  9

%

  8

%

  10

%

General and administrative

  9

%

  11

%

  13

%

  13

%

  9

%

  11

%

Lease termination income

  (2

)%

  -   -      (2)%   

Total operating expenses

  50

%

  56

%

  62

%

  58

%

  50

%

  56

%

Income (loss) from operations

  7

%

  2

%

  (5

)%

  (8

)%

  7

%

  2

%

Interest and other income, net

  1

%

  

%

  

%

  

%

  1

%

  

%

Income (loss) before income taxes

  8

%

  2

%

  (5

)%

  (8)%  8

%

  2

%

Income tax provision (benefit)

  (12

)%

  

%

  

%

Income tax (benefit) provision

  11

%

  (12

)%

  

%

Net income (loss)

  20

%

  2

%

  (5

)%

  (19)%  20

%

  2

%

 

47

Table of Contents

 

Net Revenue

 

The following table sets forth selected consolidated revenue by major geographic area and product category with changes thereof.

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2017

  

% Change

  

2016

  

% Change

  

2015

 

Revenue mix by geography:

                    

United States

 $94,581   44

%

 $65,513   34

%

 $48,916 

Percent of total

  62

%

      55

%

      52

%

                     

Japan

 $17,264   17

%

 $14,727   28

%

 $11,504 

Asia, excluding Japan

  13,719   2

%

  13,445   (14

)%

  15,596 

Europe

  8,317   10

%

  7,539   (2

)%

  7,728 

Rest of the world

  17,612   5

%

  16,832   53

%

  11,017 

Total international revenue

  56,912   8

%

  52,543   15

%

  45,845 

Percent of total

  38

%

      45

%

      48

%

Total consolidated revenue

 $151,493   28

%

 $118,056   25

%

 $94,761 
                     

Revenue mix by product category:

                    

Systems – North America

 $88,338   51

%

 $58,595   45

%

 $40,528 

Systems – International

  37,544   10

%

  34,126   11

%

  30,695 

Total Systems

  125,882   36

%

  92,721   30

%

  71,223 

Hand Piece Refills

  2,436   (2

)%

  2,498   (14

)%

  2,910 

Skincare

  4,342   14

%

  3,809   32

%

  2,889 

Service

  18,833   (1

)%

  19,028   7

%

  17,739 

Total consolidated revenue

 $151,493   28

%

 $118,056   25

%

 $94,761 
  

Year Ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2018

  

% Change

  

2017

  

% Change

  

2016

 

Revenue mix by geography:

                    

United States

 $101,862   8% $94,581   44% $65,513 

International

 $60,858   7% $56,912   8% $52,543 

Consolidated total revenue

 $162,720   7% $151,493   28% $118,056 

United States as a percentage of total revenue

  63

%

      62

%

      55

%

International as a percentage of total revenue

  37%      38%      45%
                     

Revenue mix by product category:

                    

Systems

                    

– North America

 $93,977   6% $88,338   51% $58,595 

– Rest of World

  38,618   3%  37,544   10%  34,126 

Total Systems

  132,595   5%  125,882   36%  92,721 

Consumables

  4,162   71%  2,436   (2)%  2,498 

Skincare

  5,778   33%  4,342   14%  3,809 

Total Products

  142,535   7%  132,660       99,028 

Service

  20,185   7%  18,833   (1)%  19,028 

Total Net revenue

 $162,720   7% $151,493   28% $118,056 

 

Total Net Revenue

The Company’s revenue increased by 7% for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to 2017, due primarily to strong demand for the Company’s new products - the truSculpt portfolio of productsand Secret RF systems, primarily offset by softness in the overall women’s health market, competitive trends affecting certain legacy system pricing, and greater than expected turnover in our North American salesforce in the fourth quarter on 2018.

Revenue by Geography:Geography

 

OurThe Company’s U.S. revenue increased by 8% for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to 2017. This increase was due primarily to the introduction of Secret RF and Juliet during January 2018, and truSculpt iD in July 2018.

The Company’s U.S. revenue increased 44% in 2017, compared to 2016. The increase in U.S. revenue was primarily a result of revenue generated from our recently introducedthe launch of truSculpt 3D, as well as continued growth of ourenlighten III,excel HRand xeo products, partially offset by decline in sales of some of our legacy systems.

 

Our U.S. revenue increased by 34% in 2016, compared to 2015. The increase in U.S. revenue was primarily a result of revenue generated across all our major platforms, including our enlighten and excel HR products, as well as growth of our excel V, truSculpt and xeo products.

Our totalCompany’s international revenue increased by 7% for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to 2017. The increase was due to growth in the Company’s business in the Middle East and Asia (excluding Japan).

The Company’s international revenue increased 8% in 2017, compared to 2016, and represented 38% of our total revenue.2016. The increase in international revenue was primarily a result of increases in ourthe Company’s direct business in Japan, Australia, as well as increases in our distributor business in the Middle East, Europe and Asia, partially offset by a decline in revenue from our direct business in Europe and our Latin America distributors.

Our total internationalRevenue by Product Type

Systems Revenue

Systems revenue in North America increased 5%, for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to 2017, due to sales in the U.S. and the introduction of Secret RF and Juliet during January 2018, and truSculpt iD in July 2018. The Rest of the World systems revenue increased by 15% in 2016,3%, for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to 2015, and represented 45% of our total revenue.2017. The increase in internationalRest of the World revenue was primarily a result of increasesan increase in ourthe Company’s direct business in Asia, excluding Japan, as well as increases in ourthe Company’s distributor business in the Middle East Europe and Asia. This wasEurope, partially offset by a declinedecreases in ourthe Company’s direct business in Australia and Europe.

 

Revenue by Product Category:

48

Table of Contents

 

Our The Company’s Systems revenue increased by 36% in 2017, compared to 2016. This increase in Systems revenue was primarily attributable to revenue generated by our recently launched products,the launch of truSculpt 3Dand enlighten III.

 

Our SystemsConsumables Revenue

Consumables revenue increased by 30% in 2016,71%, for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to 2015. This2017. The increase in Systemsconsumables revenue was primarily attributabledue to revenue generated by the introduction of enlightenSecret RF platform (enlighten III was launched in December 2016) and excel HRJuliet , continued growth in xeo, excel Vduring January 2018, and truSculpt, partially offset by revenue declines iD in our other legacy products.July 2018, each of which have consumable elements.

 

Our Hand Piece RefillsThe Company’s consumables revenue decreased by 2% and 14%2% in 2017 and 2016, respectively, compared to the respective prior year periods. These decreases were2016. This decrease was due primarily to declines in Titan hand piece refillconsumables revenue caused by reduced utilization, partially offset by an increase in truSculpt 3D hand piece refillconsumables revenue.

Skincare Revenue

 

OurThe Company’s revenue from Skincare products in Japan increased 33%, for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to 2017. This increase was due primarily to increased marketing and promotional activities.

The Company’s skincare revenue increased by 14% and 32% in 2017, and 2016, respectively, compared to prior periods.2016. This increase was primarily due to expanded product offerings of this distributed product, as well as an increase in the value of the Japanese Yen versus the U.S Dollar by approximately 4% and 10% in 2017 and 2016, respectively, when compared to prior periods.

Our Service revenue decreased by 1% in 2017, compared to 2016.Revenue

The Company’s Service revenue increased by 7% in 2016,, for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to 2015. The2017. This increase in 2016, was due primarily to increased sales of system partsservice contracts, time and material to ourthe Company's network of international distributors.

48

Table of Contents

The Company’s Service revenue decreased 1% in 2017, compared to 2016.

 

Gross Profit

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2017

  

% Change

  

2016

  

% Change

  

2015

  

2018

  

% Change

  

2017

  

% Change

  

2016

 

Gross Profit

 $86,110   26% $68,135   26% $54,283  $80,382   (7

)%

 $86,110   26

%

 $68,135 

As a percentage of total revenue

  57%      58%      56%  49

%

      57

%

      58

%

 

Cost

The Company’s cost of revenue consists primarily of material, personnel expenses, royalty expense, product warranty costs, and manufacturing overhead expenses. The patents we licensedCompany also continues to make investments in its international direct service support, as well as operational improvement activities.

Gross margin for applicable hair removal products expiredthe year ended December 31, 2018 declined 8%, compared to the same period in February 2016 and as a result, all of our revenue from February 2016 onwards2017. The reduced gross margins during 2018 was not subject to royalties.due primarily to:

Lower average system pricing across the legacy portfolio, including continued pricing pressure on the enlighten system; and

$5.0 million product remediation charge related to one of the Company’s legacy systems, of which $1.1 million was utilized in the fourth quarter.

 

The gross profit as a percentage of total revenues was 57% inmargin for the year ended December 31, 2017 declined 1%, compared to 58%the same period in 2016, due primarily to increased warranty costs, as well as higher Service personnel costs due to an investments in additional headcount to fuel future growth.

Gross profit as a percentage of total revenue improved to 58% in 2016, compared to 57% in 2015, which was primarily attributable to a $23.3 million increase in total revenue which resulted in an improved leverage of our manufacturing department expenses, partially offset by a continued shift in product mix towards lower margin products, primarily as a result of our growth in both excel HR and enlighten products which have a higher cost structure than our other product platforms.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2017

  

% Change

  

2016

  

% Change

  

2015

  

2018

  

% Change

  

2017

  

% Change

  

2016

 

Sales and marketing

 $52,070   25% $41,563   16% $35,942  $58,420   12

%

 $52,070   25

%

 $41,563 

As a percentage of total revenue

  34

%

      35

%

      38

%

  36

%

      34

%

      35

%

 

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel expenses, expenses associated with customer-attended workshops and trade shows, post-marketing studies, advertising and advertising. Sales and marketing expenses as a percentagetraining.

49

Table of net revenue, decreased to 34%Contents

The $6.4 million increase in 2017, from 35% in 2016, and decreased to 35% in 2016, from 38% in 2015. These decreases were attributable to the increased leveraging of our sales and marketing expenses as revenue increased.

In 2017, asfor the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to 2016, sales and marketing expenses increased $10.5 million2017 was due primarily to higher personnel and stock-based compensation expenses resulting from the incremental headcount in 2017 and increased variable compensation from revenue growth. The following provide further detail attributable to the increase:to:

 

 

$2.9 million of higher promotional and product demonstration expenses, primarily in North America;

$1.7 million of higher travel related expenses in North America resulting from increased headcount;

$0.8 million increase in software user license fees and other expenses;

$0.6 million increase in consulting and outside professional fees;

$0.4 million increase in stock-based compensation due to increased headcount; and

$0.1 million of higher facility expenses due to the increase in our Brisbane headquarters rental cost.

The $10.5 million increase in sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to 2016 was due primarily to:

$7.2 million increase in personnel related expenses, due primarily to higher commissions as a result of North America revenue growth and other higher personnel costs resulting primarily from an increased headcount;

 

$1.4 million increase in promotional spending driven by graphic design, workshops and advertising as we continue to invest in growth;

 

$0.9 million increase in consultant fees and commissions related to the revenue increase in North America; and

 

$0.4 million increased travel expenses associated with the increased activity and headcount.

 

SalesResearch and marketingDevelopment (R&D)

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2018

  

% Change

  

2017

  

% Change

  

2016

 

Research and development

 $14,359   12

%

 $12,874   2

%

 $11,232 

As a percentage of total revenue

  9

%

      8

%

      10

%

R&D expenses consist primarily of personnel expenses, clinical research, regulatory and material costs. R&D expenses increased by $5.6$1.5 million in 2016,or 12%, and represented 9% of total net revenue during the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to 2015, which8% of total net revenue in 2017. This increase in expense was due primarily attributable to increase in material cost related to ongoing research and development efforts.

R&D expenses increased by $1.6 million or 13%, and represented 10% of total net revenue during the following:year ended December 31, 2017, compared to 11% of total net revenue in 2016. This increase in expense was due primarily to $0.9 million of higher personnel expenses driven primarily by an increase in headcount and $0.5 million increase in consulting expenses.

General and Administrative (G&A)

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2018

  

% Change

  

2017

  

% Change

  

2016

 

General and administrative

 $20,995   49

%

 $14,090   9

%

 $12,943 

As a percentage of total revenue

  13

%

      9

%

      11

%

G&A expenses consist primarily of personnel expenses, legal, accounting, audit and tax consulting fees, as well as other general and administrative expenses. G&A expenses increased by $6.9 million, or 49%, and represented 13% of total net revenue during the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to 9% of total net revenue in 2017, due primarily to:

 

 

$3.22.8 million increase inof increased personnel related expenses, in North America, due primarily to higher commissions as a result ofincluding stock-based compensation, driven by increased North American revenue and higher salaries due to an increase in headcount;

$1.2 million increase in North America travel and entertainment expense, due primarily to increased activity and increase headcount;

$1.1 million of increased promotional spending, primarily in North America; partially offset by

$0.7 million of decreased personnel related expenses in our international direct and distributor business, primarily due to reduced severance costs, lower salaries and benefit expenses.

Research and Development

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2017

  

% Change

  

2016

  

% Change

  

2015

 

Research and development

 $12,874   15

%

 $11,232   5

%

 $10,733 

As a percentage of total revenue

  8

%

      10

%

      11

%

49

Table of Contents

In 2017, as compared to 2016, research and development expenses increased by $1.6 million primarily due to higher personnel and stock-based compensation expenses from an increase in headcount, as well as increased clinical, operational and development expenses as we continue to expand our product portfolio.

The following provide further detail attributable to the increase:

 

$0.92.1 million of higher personnel expenses drivenincreased fees related to professional fees and consulting services, primarily by an increase in headcount;related to accounting, legal, audit and tax fees;

$0.5 million increase in consulting fees.

Research and Development expenses increased $499,000 in 2016, compared to 2015, primarily attributable to:

 

$0.71.3 million of increased personnel expenses;increase in allowance for doubtful accounts;

 

$0.20.5 million of increase in expensed toolsother administrative expense including travel; and equipment; partially offset by

 

$0.30.2 million decreaseof increase in material spending.insurance expense.

 

General and Administrative

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2017

  

% Change

  

2016

  

% Change

  

2015

 

General and administrative

 $14,090   9

%

 $12,943   7

%

 $12,129 

As a percentage of total revenue

  9

%

      11

%

      13

%

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel expenses, legal fees, accounting, audit and tax consulting fees, and other general and administrative expenses. General and Administrative expenses increased $1.1 million in 2017, compared to 2016, primarily due to:

 

$1.3 million increase in personnel costs due to increased headcount, contract employees and stock-based compensation expenses to support growth in our business.

$0.6 million of higher accounting, tax and audit fees;

$0.3 million of higher project consulting costs; offset by

$1.2 million expense reduction attributable to a litigation settlement and legal fees associated with a matter settled in 2016.

         $1.3 million increase in personnel costs due to increased headcount, contract employees and stock-based compensation expenses to support growth in our business.

         $0.6 million

50

Table of higher accounting, tax and audit fees;

         $0.3 million of higher project consulting costs; offset by

         $1.2 million expense reduction attributable to a litigation settlement and legal fees associated with a matter settled in 2016.

General and Administrative expenses increased by $0.8 million in 2016, compared to 2015, primarily attributable to litigation settlement expenses and legal fees associated with a matter settled in the second quarter of 2016, partially offset by $0.6 million of decreased U.S. medical excise tax, due to the two-year moratorium effective January 1, 2016.

Lease Termination Income

In July 2017, we agreed to terminate the building lease for a new facility in Fremont, California. In conjunction with this lease termination, we received a lump sum termination payment of $4.0 million from the landlord.

Contents

 

Interest and other incomeOther Income (expense), netNet

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2017

  

% Change

  

2016

  

% Change

  

2015

 

Interest and other income (expense), net

 $884   174

%

 $323   10% $293 

Interest and other income, net, increased 174% in 2017, compared to 2016, primarily driven by higher interest earned due to an increase in U.S. bond yields in 2017, offset by reduced income resulting from a decline in our cash, cash equivalents and marketable investments balances resulting primarily from repurchasing $35.2 million of our common stock. In addition, we had a $0.3 million reduction in foreign exchange losses. Interest and other income, net, increased by 10% in 2016,consists of the following:

  

Year Ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2018

  

% Change

  

2017

  

% Change

  

2016

  

Total interest and other income (expense), net

 $(123)  (114

)%

 $884   174

%

 $323  

As a percentage of total net revenue

  (0.1)%      0.6%      0.3% 

Net interest and other income, decreased $1.0 million or (114%)  for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to 2015,2017. This decrease was due primarily to an increase in  earlyinterest expense related to significant financing components included in our multi-year post-warranty service contracts for customers who make payment discounts for accounts payable, partly offset bymore than one year in advance of receiving the service under the new revenue standard effective January 1, 2018, an increase in net foreign exchange losses.losses, as well as a decrease in interest income from the Company’s marketable investments resulting from a decrease in the investment balance. The Company adopted the new revenue standard under modified retrospective method and so there was no equivalent expense last year.

 

Income TaxProvision 

 

Year Ended December 31,

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2017

  

$ Change

  

2016

  

$ Change

  

2015

  

2018

  

$ Change

  

2017

 

$ Change

  

2016

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 $11,960  $9,240  $2,720  $6,948  $(4,228

)

Income tax provision

  (18,033

)

  (18,176

)

  143   (69

)

  212 

Effective tax rate

  (151

)%

      5

%

      (5

)%

Income (loss) before income taxes

 $(13,515) $25,475  $11,960   $9,240  $2,720 

Income tax (benefit) provision

  17,255   35,288   (18,033)   (18,176)  143 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company applied a valuation allowance of $16.9 million against certain U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets. In 2017, wethe Company recorded an income tax benefit of $18.0$18.0 million. This tax benefit was primarily related to a ($26.3) million release of our valuation allowance against certain U.S deferred tax assets, which was partially offset by $7.3 million for the revised measurement of our U.S deferred tax assets resulting from the 2017 US Tax Act, $0.7 million current tax expense and $0.3 million of other deferred tax expense. In 2016 and 2015, we recorded an income tax provision of $143,000 and $212,000, respectively, which was primarily related to foreign tax expenses as we applied a full valuation allowance against all U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets arising during each of these years.

 

50

Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

LiquiditySources and Uses of Cash

The Company’s principal source of liquidity is cash from maturity and sales of marketable investments and cash generated from the measurementissuance of our ability to meet potential cash requirements, fundcommon stock through exercise of stock options and the planned expansion of our operations and acquire businesses. Our sources of cash include operations, stock option exercises, andCompany’s employee stock purchases. Wepurchasing program. The Company actively manage our manages its cash usage and investment of liquid cash to ensure the maintenance of sufficient funds to meet ourits daily needs. The majority of ourthe Company’s cash and investments are held in U.S. banks and ourits foreign subsidiaries maintain a limited amount of cash in their local banks to cover their short-term operating expenses.

 

AtAs of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, wethe Company had a$39.6 million and $45.1 million of working capital, and our cash and cash equivalents and marketable investments totaled $35.9 million. Our combined cashrespectively. Cash and cash equivalents andplus marketable investments balance decreased by $18.2$0.3 million to $35.6 million as of December 31, 2018, from $35.9 million as of December 31, 2017, primarily as a result of the decline in fiscal 2017 principally due to the repurchaseCompany’s stock price that impacted cash provided by the exercise of our common stock options and the Company’s employee stock purchasing program, increased inventory purchases related to the increasing demand of our products, and an increase in investments in sales, service and other management headcount to facilitate continued revenue expansion. Cash and cash equivalents plus marketable investments decreased by $18.2 million to $35.9 million as of December 31, 2017, from $54.1 million as of December 31, 2016, primarily as a result of the Company’s share buyback program in 2017, increased inventory purchases related to the increasing demand of our products, and an increase in investments in sales, service and other management headcount to facilitate continued revenue expansion.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Marketable Investments

The following table summarizes our cash and cash equivalents and marketable investments:investments (in thousands):

 

  

Year ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2017

  

2016

  

Change

 

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities:

            

Cash and cash equivalents

 $14,184  $13,775  $409 

Marketable investments

  21,728   40,299   (18,571

)

Total

 $35,912  $54,074  $(18,162

)

             

Working Capital:

 $45,063  $59,460  $(14,397

)

We believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and investment balances held in the U.S., in addition to cash expected to be generated from operations, is sufficient to fund our operations and will meet our liquidity needs for the foreseeable future. Cash held outside the U.S. has historically been used to fund international operations. The majority of cash held outside the U.S. relates to undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries which are considered by us to be indefinitely reinvested. Amounts held by foreign subsidiaries are generally subject to U.S. income tax on repatriation to the U.S. There is mandatory repatriation of foreign income under the new 2017 Tax Act.

  

Year ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2018

  

2017

  

Change

 

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities:

            

Cash and cash equivalents

 $26,052  $14,184  $11,868 

Marketable investments

  9,523   21,728   (12,205)

Total

 $35,575  $35,912  $(337)

 

51

Table of Contents

Consolidated Cash FlowsFlow Data

 

In summary, our cash flows were as follows:

  

Year ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2017

  

2016

  

2015

 

Cash flows provided by (used in):

            

Operating activities

 $14,287  $1,992  $(1,359

)

Investing activities

  17,694   (3,392

)

  32,646 

Financing activities

  (31,572

)

  4,307   (30,222

)

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 $409  $2,907  $1,065 

  

Year ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2018

  

2017

  

2016

 

Cash flows provided by (used in):

            

Operating activities

 $307  $14,287  $1,992 

Investing activities

  10,773   17,694   (3,392

)

Financing activities

  788   (31,572

)

  4,307 

Net increase (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 $11,868  $409  $2,907 

 

Cash Flows fromfrom Operating Activities

 

WeNet cash provided by operating activities was $0.3 million during 2018, which was due primarily to:

$30.8 million net loss as adjusted for non-cash related items consisting primarily of valuation allowance against certain U.S. differed tax assets of $17.4 million (excluding the $1.2 million tax effect of the ASC 606 Adoption), stock-based compensation expense of $7.2 million, $1.3 million provision for doubtful accounts receivable, and $3.0 million depreciation and amortization expenses;

$4.3 million generated from an increase in accounts payable due primarily to increased inventory related purchases;

$3.8 million cash used to settle accrued liabilities;

$3.8 million cash used to increase pre-paid expenses and other long term assets;

$2.5 million generated due to decrease in inventories;

$0.1 million used as a result of increased accounts receivables; and

$0.1 million generated as a result of increased deferred revenue.

The Company generated net cash of $14.3$14.3 million in operating activities during 2017, which was primarily attributable to:

 

 

$17.4 million provided by operations based on a net income of $30.0 million after adjusting for $5.1 million non-cash stock-based compensation expense, $1.0 million of depreciation and amortization expense, and $18.7 million net changechange in deferred tax assets;assets;

 

$15.3 million generated from a $9.3 million increase in accrued liabilities primarily associated with unpaid personnel costs, $4.4 million increase in accounts payable, and a $1.6 million increase in deferred revenue due to higher extended service contracts sold; which was offset by

 

$13.8 million of cash used to increase inventories due primarily to higher raw materials required for future product revenue growth; and

 

$4.2 million used as a result of anto increase in accounts receivable due primarily to higher product revenue in December 2017, compared to December 2016.receivable.

 

51

Table of Contents

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

 

We generated netNet cash of $2.0provided by investing activities was $10.8 million in operating activities during 2016,2018, which was attributable primarily attributable to:

 

 

$7.323.1 million providedin net proceeds from the sales and maturities of marketable investments; partially offset by operations based on a net income of $2.6 million after adjusting for non-cash related items of $4.7 million, consisting primarily of stock-based compensation expense of $3.7 million and depreciation and amortization expense of $1.0 million;

 

$3.510.9 million generated from an increase in accrued liabilities, primarily associated with personnel costs; partially offset by $4.9 millionof cash used as a result of an increase in accounts receivable that resulted primarily from increased product sales in December 2016, compared to December 2015;purchase marketable investments; and

 

$2.91.5 million of cash used to increase raw material inventories due to an expanded product line;purchase property, equipment and

$0.8 million used as a result of a decrease in deferred revenue, due primarily from the amortization of service contracts from previous years that was not replaced by new contracts given our decision to not provide discounted extended service contracts with our system sales. software.

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

WeNet cash provided net cash of $17.7 million from investing activities in 2017, primarily attributable to:

 

 

$18.5 million net proceeds from the maturities and sales of marketable investments; offset by

 

$0.9 million used to purchase property and equipmentequipment.

 

We used netCash Flows from Financing Activities

Net cash of $3.4provided by financing activities was $0.8 million in investing activities in 2016,during 2018, which was primarily attributabledue to:

 

 

$34.84.4 million in proceeds from the salesexercise of stock options and maturities of marketable investments;employee stock purchase plan, offset by

 

$37.73.1 million of cash used for taxes paid related to purchased marketable investments;net share settlement of equity awards; and

 

$0.5 million of cash used to purchase property and equipment.pay capital lease obligations.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

 

Net cash used in financing activities in 2017 was $31.6 million, which was primarily due to:

 

 

$35.2 million used to repurchase our common stock;

 

$1.5 million used for taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards; offset partially by

 

$5.4 million net proceeds from the issuance of common stock due to employees exercising their stock options and purchasing stock through the Employee Stock PurchasePurchase Plan (“ESPP”) program.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities in 2016 was $4.3 million, which was primarily due to:

$4.9 million used to repurchase our common stock;

$0.6 million of cash used for taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards; offset by

$10.1 million net proceeds from the issuance of common stock due to employees exercising their stock options and purchasing stock through the ESPP program.

52

Table of Contents

 

Adequacy of cash resourcesCash Resources to meet future needsMeet Future Needs

We The Company had cash, and cash equivalents, and marketable investments of $35.9$35.6 million as of December 31, 2017. We believe2018. The Company’s principal source of liquidity in the year ended December 31, 2018 is cash from maturity and sales of marketable investments and cash generated from the issuance of common stock through exercise of stock options and the Company’s employee stock purchasing program. The Company believes that ourthe existing cash resources are sufficient to meet ourthe Company’s anticipated cash needs for working capital and capital expenditures for at least the next several years.

 

Loan and Security Agreement

On May 30, 2018, the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo”) entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the “Original Revolving Line of Credit”) in the original principal amount of $25 million. The Original Revolving Line of Credit terminates on May 30, 2021. As of December 31, 2018, there were no borrowings under the Original Revolving Line of Credit.

Covenants

The Original Revolving Line of Credit contained financial and other covenants as well as the maintenance of a leverage ratio not to exceed 2.5 to 1.0 and a TTM adjusted EBITDA of not less than $10 million. A violation of any of the covenants could result in a default under the Original Revolving Line of Credit that would permit the lenders to restrict the Company’s ability to further access the revolving line of credit for loans and letters of credit and require the immediate repayment of any outstanding loans under the Loan and Security Agreement.

During the third quarter of 2018 the Company was notified that it was in violation of certain financial covenants in the Original Revolving Line of Credit. Upon receipt of this notice, the Company entered into discussions with Wells Fargo to amend and revise certain terms of the Original Revolving Line of Credit. Following the end of our third quarter, on or about November 2, 2018, the Company entered into a First Amendment and Waiver to the Loan and Security Agreement with Wells Fargo (the “First Amended Revolving Line of Credit”).

The First Amended Revolving Line of Credit provided for an original principal amount of $15 million, with the ability to request an additional $10 million, and a waiver of any existing defaults under the Original Revolving Line of Credit as long as the Company is in compliance with the terms of the Revised Revolving Line of Credit.

Similar to the Original Revolving Line of Credit, the First Amended Revolving Line of Credit contained revised financial and other covenants as well as the maintenance of a leverage ratio not to exceed 2.0 to 1.0 and a graduated scale of TTM adjusted EBITDA of not less than $1 million as of the last day of the 2018 third fiscal quarter; $2.5 million as of the last day of the 2018 fourth fiscal quarter; $4 million as of the last day of the 2019 first and second fiscal quarters; $6.5 million as of the last day of the 2019 third fiscal quarter; and $10 million as of the last day of each fiscal quarter.

Subsequent to December 2018, the Company again determined that it was in violation of certain financial covenants in the First Amended Revolving Line of Credit. The Company again entered into discussions with Wells Fargo to amend and revise certain terms of the First Amended Revolving Line of Credit. On or about, March 11, 2019 the Company entered into a Second Amendment and Waiver to the Loan and Security Agreement with Wells Fargo (the “Second Amended Revolving Line of Credit”). The Second Amended Revolving Line of Credit requires the Company to maintain a minimum cash balance of $15 million at Wells Fargo, but removes all other covenants so long as no money is drawn on the line of credit. The Company may draw down on the line of credit at the time it reaches and maintains TTM adjusted EBITDA of not less than $10 million, and a leverage ratio not to exceed 2.5 to 1.0.

Contractual Obligations

 

The following are our contractual obligations, consisting of future minimum lease commitments related to facility and vehicle leases as of December 31, 2017 (in thousands):2018:

 

  

Payments Due by Period

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Total

  

Less Than

1 Year

  

1-3 Years

  

3-5 Years

  

More Than

5 Years

 

Operating leases

 $13,801  $2,891  $5,686  $5,010  $214 

Capital leases

  957   472   485       

Total leases

 $14,758  $3,363  $6,171  $5,010  $214 

52

Table of Contents
  

Payments Due by Period ($’000’s)

 

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Total

  

Less Than

1 Year

  

1-3 Years

  

3-5 Years

  

More Than

5 Years

 

Operating leases

 $11,223  $3,011  $5,503  $2,709  $ 

Capital leases

  1,015   576   287   152    

Total leases

  12,238   3,587   5,790   2,861  $ 

 

Purchase Commitments

We maintainThe Company maintains certain open inventory purchase commitmentscommitments with our suppliers to ensure a smooth and continuous supply for key components. OurThe Company’s liability in these purchase commitments is generally restricted to a forecasted time-horizon as agreed between the parties. These forecasted time-horizons can vary among different suppliers. OurThe Company’s open inventory purchase commitments were not material at December 31, 2017. As a result, this amount is not included in the contractual obligations table above.

Income Tax Liability

We have included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet a long-term income tax liability for unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest of $379,000 as of December 31, 2017. At this time, we are unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of payments in individual years beyond 12 months due to uncertainties in the timing of tax audit outcomes. As a result, this amount is not included in the contractual obligations table above.2018 were $1.7 million and $7.2 million respectively for 2019 and 2020.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

53

Table of Contents

 

We do not participate in transactions that generate relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance, variable interest or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. As of December 31, 2017, we were not involved in any unconsolidated transactions.Other

 

Other

In the normal course of business, we enter into agreements that contain a variety of representations, warranties, and indemnificationindemnification obligations. For example, we havethe Company has entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Our exposure under the various indemnification obligations is unknown and not reasonably estimable as they involve future claims that may be made against us. As such, we havethe Company has not accrued any amounts for such obligations.

 

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate fluctuations, inflationInterest Rate and foreign currency exchange.

Interest RateMarket Risk

 

We hold cash equivalents as well as short-term and long-term fixed income securities. Our investment portfolio includes fixed and floating rate securities. Changes in interest rates could impact our anticipated interest income.

Fixed rate securities may have their fair market value adversely impacted due to fluctuations in interest rates, while floating rate securities may produce less income than expected if interest rates fall. Due in part to these factors, our future investment income may fall short of expectation due to changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if forced to sell securities which have declined in market value due to changes in interest rates. The primary objective of ourthe Company’s investment activities is to preserve principal while at the same time maximizing yieldsthe income the Company receives from investments without significantly increasing risk. To achieve this objective, we investthe Company maintains its portfolio of cash equivalents and short- and long-term investments in a variety of high quality securities, including U.S. treasuries, U.S. government agencies, corporate debt, instruments of the U.S. Government and its agenciescash deposits, money market funds, commercial paper, non-U.S. government agency securities, and municipal bonds, high grade corporate bonds, commercial paper, CDsbonds. The securities are classified as available-for-sale and money markets, and, by policy, restrict our exposure to any single typeconsequently are recorded at fair value with unrealized gains or losses reported as a separate component of investment or issuer by imposing concentration limits. To minimize the exposure due to adverse shifts in interest rates, we maintain investments at aaccumulated other comprehensive loss. The weighted average maturity of generally less than eighteen months. Based on discounted cash flow modeling with respect to our total investmentthe Company’s portfolio as of December 31, 2017, assuming2018 was approximately 0.3 years. If interest rates rise, the market value of our investments may decline, which could result in a realized loss if we are forced to sell an investment before its scheduled maturity. A hypothetical increase in interest rates ofrate by one percentage point would have resulted in no impact on the fairCompany’s total investment portfolio.

54

Table of Contents

The uncertain financial markets have resulted in a tightening in the credit markets, a reduced level of liquidity in many financial markets, and extreme volatility in fixed income and credit markets. The credit ratings of the securities we have invested in could further deteriorate and may have an adverse impact on the carrying value of our total investment portfolio would potentially declinethese investments.

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had not drawn on the Revolving Line of Credit. Subsequent to December2018, the Company again determined that it was in violation of certain financial covenants in the First Amended Revolving Line of Credit. The Company again entered into discussions with Wells Fargo to amend and revise certain terms of the First Amended Revolving Line of Credit. On or about, March11, 2019, the Company entered into a Second Amendment and Waiver to the Loan and Security Agreement with Wells Fargo (the “Second Amended Revolving Line of Credit”). The Second Amended Revolving Line of Credit requires the Company to maintain a minimum cash balance of $15 million at Wells Fargo, but removes all other covenants so long as no money is drawn on the line of credit. Overall interest rate sensitivity is primarily influenced by approximately $120,000.any amount borrowed on the line of credit and the prevailing interest rate on the line of credit facility. The effective interest rate on the line of credit facility is based on a floating per annum rate equal to the LIBOR rate. The LIBOR rate was 2.52% as of December 31, 2018, and accordingly the Company may incur additional expenses if the Company has an outstanding balance on the line of credit and the LIBOR rate increases in future periods.

 

Inflation

 

We doThe Company does not believe that inflation has had a material effect on ourthe Company’s business, financial condition,condition, or results of operations. If ourthe Company’s costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, wethe Company may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. OurThe Company’s inability or failure to do so could harm ourthe Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

Foreign Currency RiskExchange Fluctuations

In 2017 and 2016, our international revenue was approximately 38% and 45% of our total revenue, respectively. We use the U.S. dollar as the reporting currency for our consolidated financial statements.

53

Table of Contents

We generateThe Company generates revenue in Japanese Yen, Euros, Australian Dollars, Canadian Dollars, British Pounds and Swiss Francs. Additionally, a portion of ourthe Company’s operating expenses and assets and liabilities are denominated in each of these currencies. Therefore, fluctuations in these currencies against the U.S. dollar could materially and adversely affect ourthe Company’s results of operations upon translation of ourthe Company’s revenue denominated in these currencies, as well as the re-measurementremeasurement of ourthe Company’s international subsidiariessubsidiaries’ financial statements into U.S. dollars.

 

We haveThe Company has historically not engaged in hedging activities relating to ourthe Company’s foreign currencycurrency denominated transactions, given we havethe Company has a natural hedge resulting from ourthe Company’s foreign cash receipts being utilized to fund ourthe respective local currency expenses.

 

5455

Table of Contents

 

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

CUTERA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIESCOMPANIES

 

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following Consolidated Financial Statements of the Registrant and its subsidiaries are required to be included in Item 8:

 

Page

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

56

57

Consolidated Balance Sheets

58

59

Consolidated Statements of Operations

59

60

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

60

61

Consolidated Statements of StockholdersStockholders’ Equity

61

62

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

62

63

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

63

64

Schedule II -Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

87

91

 

All other required schedules are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the required information is given in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

 

5556

Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

Shareholders andBoard of Directors and Stockholders

Cutera, Inc.

Brisbane, California

 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cutera, Inc. (the “Company”) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholdersstockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017,2018, and the related notes and schedule listed in the accompanying index (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company and subsidiaries at December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017,2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017,2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) and our report dated March 26, 201818, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Notes 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its accounting method for recognizing revenue from contracts with customers in fiscal year 2018 due to the adoption of Topic 606: Revenue from Contracts with Customers.”

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’sCompany’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2014.

San Jose, California

March 26, 201818, 2019

 

5657

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Shareholders andThe Board of Directors

and Stockholders of Cutera, Inc.:

Brisbane, California

 

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

We have audited Cutera, Inc.’s (the “Company’s”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017,2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013)issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO criteria”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017,2018, based on the COSO criteria.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholdersstockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017,2018, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index and our report dated March 26, 201818, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

The Company’sCompany’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

A company’scompany’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

San Jose, California

March 26, 201818, 2019

 

5758

Table of Contents

 

CUTERA, INC.

 

CUTERA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

  

December 31,

 
  

2017

  

2016

 

Assets

        

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

 $14,184  $13,775 

Marketable investments

  21,728   40,299 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $9 and $21, respectively

  20,777   16,547 

Inventories

  28,782   14,977 

Other current assets and prepaid expenses

  2,903   2,251 

Total current assets

  88,374   87,849 

Property and equipment, net

  2,096   1,907 

Deferred tax assets

  19,055   377 

Intangibles, net

     2 

Goodwill

  1,339   1,339 

Other long-term assets

  374   380 

Total assets

 $111,238  $91,854 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

        

Current liabilities:

        

Accounts payable

 $7,002  $2,598 

Accrued liabilities

  26,848   17,397 

Deferred revenue

  9,461   8,394 

Total current liabilities

  43,311   28,389 

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

  2,195   1,705 

Income tax liability

  379   168 

Other long-term liabilities

  460   582 

Total liabilities

  46,345   30,844 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)

        

Stockholders’ equity:

        

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value: Authorized: 5,000,000 shares; Issued and outstanding: none

      

Common stock, $0.001 par value: Authorized: 50,000,000 shares; Issued and outstanding: 13,477,973 and 13,773,389 shares at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively

  13   14 

Additional paid-in capital

  62,025   88,114 

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

  2,947   (27,046

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  (92

)

  (72

)

Total stockholders’ equity

  64,893   61,010 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 $111,238  $91,854 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

58

Table of Contents

CUTERA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share data)

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2017

  

2016

  

2015

 

Net revenue:

            

Products

 $132,660  $99,028  $77,022 

Service

  18,833   19,028   17,739 

Total net revenue

  151,493   118,056   94,761 

Cost of revenue:

            

Products

  56,363   40,149   32,402 

Service

  9,020   9,772   8,076 

Total cost of revenue

  65,383   49,921   40,478 

Gross profit

  86,110   68,135   54,283 

Operating expenses:

            

Sales and marketing

  52,070   41,563   35,942 

Research and development

  12,874   11,232   10,733 

General and administrative

  14,090   12,943   12,129 

Lease termination income

  (4,000)  -   - 

Total operating expenses

  75,034   65,738   58,804 

Income (loss) from operations

  11,076   2,397   (4,521)

Interest and other income, net

  884   323   293 

Income (loss) before income taxes

  11,960   2,720   (4,228)

Income tax provision (benefit)

  (18,033)  143   212 

Net income (loss)

 $29,993  $2,577  $(4,440)
             

Net income (loss) per share:

            

Basic

 $2.16  $0.19  $(0.32)

Diluted

 $2.04  $0.19  $(0.32)

Weighted-average number of shares used in per share calculations:

            

Basic

  13,873   13,225   13,960 

Diluted

  14,728   13,753   13,960 
  

December 31,

 
  

2018

  

2017

 

Assets

        

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

 $26,052  $14,184 

Marketable investments

  9,523   21,728 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,257 and $9, respectively

  19,637   20,777 

Inventories

  28,014   28,782 

Other current assets and prepaid expenses

  3,972   2,903 

Total current assets

  87,198   88,374 

Property and equipment, net

  2,672   2,096 

Deferred tax assets

  457   19,055 

Goodwill

  1,339   1,339 

Other long-term assets

  5,971   374 

Total assets

 $97,637  $111,238 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

        

Current liabilities:

        

Accounts payable

 $11,279  $7,002 

Accrued liabilities

  23,300   26,848 

Extended warranty liabilities

  3,159    

Deferred revenue

  9,882   9,461 

Total current liabilities

  47,620   43,311 

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

  2,684   2,195 

Income tax liability

  394   379 

Other long-term liabilities

  553   460 

Total liabilities

  51,251   46,345 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

        

Stockholders’ equity:

        

Common stock, $0.001 par value: Authorized: 50,000,000 shares; Issued and outstanding: 13,968,852 and13,477,973 shares at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively

  14   13 

Additional paid-in capital

  70,451   62,025 

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

  (24,010)  2,947 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  (69)  (92)

Total stockholders’ equity

  46,386   64,893 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 $97,637  $111,238 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

59

Table of Contents

 

CUTERA, INC.

 

CUTERA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)OPERATIONS

(in thousands)thousands, except per share data)

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2017

  

2016

  

2015

 

Net income (loss)

 $29,993  $2,577  $(4,440

)

Other comprehensive income (loss):

            

Available-for-sale investments

            

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale investments

  (15

)

  30   (87

)

Less: Reclassification adjustment for net gains on investments recognized during the year

  (5

)

  (3

)

  (7

)

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale investments

  (20

)

  27   (94

)

Tax provision

     10    

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

  (20

)

  17   (94

)

Comprehensive income (loss)

 $29,973  $2,594  $(4,534

)

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

 

Net revenue:

            

Products

 $142,535  $132,660  $99,028 

Service

  20,185   18,833   19,028 

Total net revenue

  162,720   151,493   118,056 

Cost of revenue:

            

Products

  66,843   56,363   40,149 

Service

  15,495   9,020   9,772 

Total cost of revenue

  82,338   65,383   49,921 

Gross profit

  80,382   86,110   68,135 

Operating expenses:

            

Sales and marketing

  58,420   52,070   41,563 

Research and development

  14,359   12,874   11,232 

General and administrative

  20,995   14,090   12,943 

Lease termination income

     (4,000)    

Total operating expenses

  93,774   75,034   65,738 

Income (loss) from operations

  (13,392)   11,076   2,397 

Interest and other income(expense), net

  (123)   884   323 

Income (loss) before income taxes

  (13,515)   11,960   2,720 

Income tax (benefit) provision

  17,255   (18,033)   143 

Net income (loss)

 $(30,770)  $29,993  $2,577 
             

Net loss per share:

            

Basic

 $(2.23)  $2.16  $0.19 

Diluted

 $(2.23)  $2.04  $0.19 

Weighted-average number of shares used in per share calculations:

            

Basic

  13,771   13,873   13,225 

Diluted

  13,771   14,728   13,753 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

60

Table of Contents

 

CUTERA, INC.

 

CUTERA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITYCOMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in thousands, except share amounts)

thousands)

 

  

Common Stock

  

Additional

Paid-in

  

Retained

Earnings

(Accumulated

  

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

  

Total

Stockholders

 
  

Shares

  

Amount

  

Capital

  

Deficit)

  

Income (loss)

  

Equity

 
                         

Balance at December 31, 2014

  14,446,950  $14  $105,721  $(25,232

)

 $5  $80,508 

Issuance of common stock for employee purchase plan

  55,872      577         577 

Exercise of stock options

  1,141,904   2   10,500         10,502 

Issuance of common stock in settlement of restricted and performance stock units, net of shares withheld for employee taxes, and stock awards

  154,119      (1,018

)

        (1,018

)

Repurchase of common stock

  (2,818,038

)

  (3

)

  (40,082

)

        (40,085

)

Stock-based compensation expense

        4,084         4,084 

Net loss

           (4,440

)

     (4,440

)

Net change in unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments

              (94

)

  (94

)

Balance at December 31, 2015

  12,980,807  $13  $79,782  $(29,672

)

 $(89

)

 $50,034 

Deferred tax relating to adoption of ASU 2016-09

           49      49 

Issuance of common stock for employee purchase plan

  79,922      768         768 

Exercise of stock options

  1,051,138   1   9,342         9,343 

Issuance of common stock in settlement of restricted and performance stock units, net of shares withheld for employee taxes, and stock awards

  116,833      (618

)

        (618

)

Repurchase of common stock

  (455,311

)

     (4,873

)

        (4,873

)

Stock-based compensation expense

        3,713         3,713 

Net income

           2,577      2,577 

Net change in unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments

              17   17 

Balance at December 31, 2016

  13,773,389  $14  $88,114  $(27,046

)

 $(72

)

 $61,010 

Issuance of common stock for employee purchase plan

  78,479      1,059         1,059 

Exercise of stock options

  488,398      4,376         4,376 

Issuance of common stock in settlement of restricted and performance stock units, net of shares withheld for employee taxes, and stock awards

  160,309      (1,469

)

        (1,469

)

Repurchase of common stock

  (1,022,602

)

  (1)  (35,165

)

        (35,166

)

Stock-based compensation expense

        5,110         5,110 

Net income

           29,993      29,993 

Net change in unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments

              (20)  (20)

Balance at December 31, 2017

  13,477,973  $13  $62,025  $2,947  $(92

)

 $64,893 
  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

 

Net income (loss)

 $(30,770) $29,993  $2,577 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

            

Available-for-sale investments

            

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale investments

  14   (15)

 

  30 

Less: Reclassification adjustment for net gains on investments recognized during the year

  9   (5)

 

  (3)

 

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale investments

  23   (20)

 

  27 

Tax provision

         10 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

  23   (20)   17 

Comprehensive income (loss)

 $(30,747)  $29,973  $2,594 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

61

Table of Contents

 

CUTERA, INC.

 

CUTERA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWSSTOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands)thousands, except share amounts)

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2017

  

2016

  

2015

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

            

Net income (loss)

 $29,993  $2,577  $(4,440

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

            

Stock-based compensation

  5,110   3,713   4,084 

Depreciation and amortization

  1,016   982   1,186 

Change in deferred tax assets

  (18,678

)

  22   (55

)

Other

  (52

)

  (7

)

  282 

Changes in assets and liabilities:

            

Accounts receivable

  (4,229

)

  (4,899

)

  (536

)

Inventories

  (13,805

)

  (2,899

)

  (1,090

)

Other current assets and prepaid expenses

  (591

)

  (432

)

  241 

Other long-term assets

  6   4   (23

)

Accounts payable

  4,404   639   (1,124

)

Accrued liabilities

  9,345   3,461   2,687 

Other long-term liabilities

     (329

)

  (289

)

Deferred revenue

  1,557   (826

)

  (2,319

)

Income tax liability

  211   (14

)

  37 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  14,287   1,992   (1,359

)

Cash flows from investing activities:

            

Acquisition of property, equipment and software

  (855

)

  (537

)

  (746

)

Disposal of property and equipment

  53   20    

Proceeds from sales of marketable investments

  33,640   9,008   21,171 

Proceeds from maturities of marketable investments

  45,812   25,810   35,918 

Purchase of marketable investments

  (60,956

)

  (37,693

)

  (23,697

)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

  17,694   (3,392

)

  32,646 

Cash flows from financing activities:

            

Repurchase of common stock

  (35,167

)

  (4,873

)

  (40,085

)

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and employee stock purchase plan

  5,435   10,111   11,079 

Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards

  (1,469

)

  (618

)

  (1,018

)

Payments on capital lease obligation

  (371

)

  (313

)

  (198

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  (31,572

)

  4,307   (30,222

)

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

  409   2,907   1,065 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

  13,775   10,868   9,803 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 $14,184  $13,775  $10,868 

Supplemental cash flow information:

            

Cash paid for interest

 $70  $43  $20 

Cash paid for income taxes

 $220  $222  $160 

Supplemental non-cash investing and financing activities:

            

Assets acquired under capital lease

 $365  $801  $285 
  

Common Stock

  

Additional

Paid-in

  

Retained

Earnings

(Accumulated

  

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

  

Total

Stockholders’

 
  

Shares

  

Amount

  

Capital

  

Deficit)

  

Income (loss)

  

Equity

 
                         

Balance at December 31, 2015

  12,980,807  $13  $79,782  $(29,672

)

 $(89) $50,034 

Deferred tax relating to adoption of ASU 2016-09

           49      49 

Issuance of common stock for employee purchase plan

  79,922      768         768 

Exercise of stock options

  1,051,138   1   9,342         9,342 

Issuance of common stock in settlement of restricted and performance stock units, net of shares withheld for employee taxes, and stock awards

  116,833      (618

)

        (618

)

Repurchase of common stock

  (455,311)     (4,873)        (4,873)

Stock-based compensation expense

        3,713         3,713 

Net income

           2,577      2,577 

Net change in unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments

              17   17 

Balance at December 31, 2016

  13,773,389  $14  $88,114  $(27,046

)

 $(72

)

 $61,010 

Issuance of common stock for employee purchase plan

  78,479      1,059         1,059 

Exercise of stock options

  488,398      4,376         4,376 

Issuance of common stock in settlement of restricted and performance stock units, net of shares withheld for employee taxes, and stock awards

  160,309      (1,469

)

        (1,469

)

Repurchase of common stock

  (1,022,602

)

  (1

)

  (35,165

)

        (35,166

)

Stock-based compensation expense

        5,110         5,110 

Net income

           29,993      29,993 

Net change in unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments

              (20

)

  (20)

Balance at December 31, 2017

  13,477,973  $13  $62,025  $2,947  $(92

)

 $64,893 

Adjustment to opening balance for ASC 606 adoption

           3,813      3,813 

Issuance of common stock for employee purchase plan

  64,511   1   1,680         1,680 

Exercise of stock options

  271,902      2,718         2,718 

Issuance of common stock in settlement of restricted and performance stock units, net of shares withheld for employee taxes, and stock awards

  154,466      (3,128

)

        (3,128

)

Stock-based compensation expense

        7,157         7,157 

Net loss

           (30,770)     (30,770)

Net change in unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments

              23   23 

Balance at December 31, 2018

  13,968,852  $14  $70,451  $(24,010) $(69

)

 $46,386 

  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

62

Table of Contents

 

CUTERA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

            

Net income (loss)

 $(30,770) $29,993  $2,577 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

            

Stock-based compensation

  7,157   5,110   3,713 

Depreciation and amortization

  1,209   1,016   982 

Amortization of contract acquisition costs

  1,834       

Change in deferred tax assets

  17,438   (18,678)  22 

Provision for doubtful accounts receivable

  1,257   (1)   

Other

  241   (51)  (7)

Changes in assets and liabilities:

            

Accounts receivable

  (117

)

  (4,229)  (4,899)

Inventories

  768   (13,805)  (2,899)

Other current assets and prepaid expenses

  (1,070

)

  (591)  (432)

Other long-term assets

  (2,754)  6   4 

Accounts payable

  4,277   4,404   639 

Accrued liabilities

  (3,781)  9,345   3,461 

Extended warranty liabilities

  3,159       

Other long-term liabilities

  140      (329)

Deferred revenue

  1,305   1,557   (826)

Income tax liability

  15   211   (14)

Net cash provided by operating activities

  308   14,287   1,992 

Cash flows from investing activities:

            

Acquisition of property, equipment and software*

  (1,488

)

  (855)  (537)

Disposal of property and equipment

  41   53   20 

Proceeds from sales of marketable investments

  13,044   33,640   9,008 

Proceeds from maturities of marketable investments

  10,050   45,812   25,810 

Purchase of marketable investments

  (10,874)  (60,956)  (37,693)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

  10,773   17,694   (3,392)

Cash flows from financing activities:

            

Repurchase of common stock

     (35,167)  (4,873)

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and employee stock purchase plan

  4,399   5,435   10,111 

Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards

  (3,129)  (1,469)  (618)

Payments on capital lease obligation

  (483)  (371)  (313)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  787   (31,572)  4,307 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  11,868   409   2,907 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

  14,184   13,775   10,868 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 $26,052  $14,184  $13,775 

Supplemental cash flow information:

            

Cash paid for interest

 $85  $70  $43 

Cash paid for income taxes

  472  $220  $222 

Supplemental non-cash investing and financing activities:

            

Assets acquired under capital lease

 $610  $365  $801 

*Included in Acquisition of property, equipment and software investing activity balance is non-cash investing of $143,576

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

63

Table of Contents

CUTERA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION 1—SUMMARY OF BUSINESSSIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Description of Operations and Principles of Consolidation

 

Cutera, Inc. (“Cutera” or the “Company”) is a global provider of laser and other energy-based aesthetic systems for practitioners worldwide. The Company designs, develops, manufactures, distributes and markets laserlight and other energy-based product platforms for use by physicians and other qualified practitioners, which enableenabling them to offer safe and effective aesthetic treatments to their customers. The Company currently markets the following key system platforms: excel, V,excel HR, enlighten,Juliet,, Secret RF, truSculpt , truSculptand xeo. The Company’s systems offer multiple hand pieces and applications, which allowallowing customers to upgrade their systems. The sales of (i) systems, system upgrades and hand pieces (classified as “Systems”(“Systems” revenue); (ii) hand piece refills applicable to Titan, truSculpt 3D and truSculpt iD 3D (classified, as “Hand Piece Refills”)well as single use disposable tips applicable to Juliet and Secret RF (“Consumables” revenue); and (iii) the distribution of third party manufactured skincare products (classified as "Skincare”(“Skincare” revenue); andare collectively classified as “Products” revenue. In addition to Products revenue, the Company generates revenue from the sale of post-warranty service contracts, parts, detachable hand piece replacements (except for Titan , truSculpt 3D and truSculpt3D iD ) and service labor for the repair and maintenance of products that are out of warranty, all of which isare classified as “Service” revenue.

 

Headquartered in Brisbane, California, the Company has wholly-owned subsidiaries that are currently operational in Australia, Belgium, Canada, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, Spain, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. The Company’s wholly owned subsidiary in Italy is currently dormant. These active subsidiaries market, sell and service the Company’s products outside of the United States.

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.eliminated.

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of AmericaGenerally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements,Statements and the accompanying notes, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported periods. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

 

On an ongoing basis, the Companymanagement evaluates theirits estimates, including those related to warranty obligation,obligations, sales commission, accounts receivable and sales allowances, valuation of inventories, fair values of acquired intangible assets,goodwill, useful lives of intangible assets and property and equipment, assumptions regarding variables used in calculating the fair value of the Company's equity award,awards, expected achievement of performance based vesting criteria, fair value of investments, the standalone selling price of the Company's products and services, the customer life and period of benefit used to capitalize and amortize contracts acquisition costs, variable consideration, contingent liabilities, recoverability of deferred tax assets, and effective income tax rates, among others. Management bases their estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities.

 

RisksRisks and Uncertainties

 

The Company's future results of operations involve a number of risks and uncertainties.uncertainties. Factors that could affect the Company's future operating results and cause actual results to vary materially from expectations include, but are not limited to, rapid technological change, continued acceptance of the Company's products, stability of world financial markets, cybersecurity breaches and other disruptions that could compromise the Company’s information or results, management of international activities, competition from substitute products and larger companies, ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval,approvals, government regulations and oversight, patent and other litigations,types of litigation, ability to protect proprietary technology from counterfeit versions of the Company's products, strategic relationships and dependence on key individuals. If

Comparability

The Company adopted the Company fails to adhere to ongoing Foodnew revenue standard effective January 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective method. Prior period financial statements were not retrospectively restated. The consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018 and Drug Administration, or FDA, Quality System Regulation,results of operations for December 31, 2018 were prepared using an accounting standard that was different than that in effect for the FDA may withdraw its market clearance or take other action. The Company's manufacturersyear ended December 31, 2017. As a result the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018 and suppliers may encounter supply interruptions or problems during manufacturing due to a varietyDecember 31, 2017 are not directly comparable, nor are the consolidated statement of reasons, including failure to comply with applicable regulations, includingoperations for the FDA's Quality System Regulation, equipment malfunctionyears ended December 31, 2018 and environmental factors, any of which could delay or impede the Company's ability to meet demand.December 31, 2017.

 

6364

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, "Leases," (also known as ASC Topic 842) which will require, among other items, lease accounting to recognize most leases as assets and liabilities on the balance sheet. Qualitative and quantitative disclosures will be enhanced to better understand the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018 -11, "Targeted Improvements," which gives the option to apply the transition provisions of ASU 2016-02 at its adoption date instead of at the earliest comparative period presented in its financial statements. In addition, ASU 2018 2018 -11 provides a practical expedient that permits lessors to not separate nonlease components from the associated lease component if certain conditions are met. Also in July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-10, "Codification Improvements to ASC Topic 842, Leases," which clarifies certain aspects of ASU 2016-02. The Company will adopt ASU 2016-02 on a modified retrospective basis on its adoption date of January 1, 2019 with practical expedients, instead of at the earliest comparative period presented in the Company’s financial statements. 

The Company will adopt ASC Topic 842 - Leases on January 1, 2019, applying the modified retrospective transition approach to all leases existing at the date of initial application. The new standard provides a number of optional practical expedients in transition. The Company elected the ‘package of practical expedients’, which permits the Company not to reassess under the new standard the Company’s prior conclusions about lease identification, lease classification and initial direct costs. The Company did not elect the practical expedient to use hindsight in determining the lease term.

The Company expects that this standard will have a material effect on our financial statements. While the Company continues to assess all of the effects of adoption, the Company currently believes the most significant effects relate to the recognition of new right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and lease liabilities on our balance sheet for our auto, office, and embedded leases; and the requirement to provide significant new disclosures about our leasing activities.

Upon the adoption of ASC Topic 842, the Company will recognize additional operating liabilities ranging from $10.0 million to $11.0 million, with corresponding ROU assets of the same amount based on the present value of the remaining minimum rental payments under current leasing standards for existing operating leases.

The new standard also provides practical expedients for an entity’s ongoing accounting. The Company will elect the short-term lease recognition exemption for all leases that qualify. This means, for those leases that qualify, the Company will not recognize ROU assets or lease liabilities, and this includes not recognizing ROU assets or lease liabilities for existing short-term leases of those assets in transition. The Company also will not elect the practical expedient to not separate lease and non-lease components for all of our leases.

CashRecently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” amending revenue recognition guidance and requiring more detailed disclosures to enable users of financial statements to understand the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The amended guidance, herein referred to as ASC Topic 606, is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted for public companies effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company adopted the new revenue standard in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 using the modified retrospective method. The Company recognized the cumulative effect of applying the new revenue standard as an adjustment to retained earnings. The comparative information has not been restated and continues to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for the periods presented.

See “Revenue Recognition,” for additional accounting policy and transition disclosures.

On January 26, 2017, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. The new guidance requires only a one-step quantitative impairment test, whereby a goodwill impairment loss will be measured as the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value (not to exceed the total goodwill allocated to that reporting unit). The new guidance eliminates Step 2 of the current two-step goodwill impairment test, and requires companies to perform the goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. Companies will continue to have the option of performing a qualitative assessment of goodwill impairment; however, if a company performs a qualitative assessment of its goodwill and fails, it must proceed with quantitative impairment testing (ASC 350-20-35-3A).

The amendment is effective for the Company for its fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The amendment is required to be adopted prospectively. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017 (350-20-65-3). The Company early adopted ASU 2017-04—Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, on October 1, 2018. There was no material impact upon adoption of the new standard to the financial statements.

See ” Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” in Note 3 – Balance Sheet Detail.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, "Compensation -Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvement to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting". The new guidance changes the accounting for nonemployee awards including: (1) equity-classified share-based payment awards issued to nonemployees will be measured on the grant date, instead of the previous requirement to remeasure the awards through the performance completion date, (2) for performance conditions, compensation cost associated with the award will be recognized when the achievement of the performance condition is probable, rather than upon achievement of the performance condition, and (3) the current requirement to reassess the classification (equity or liability) for nonemployee awards upon vesting will be eliminated, except for awards in the form of convertible instruments. The new guidance also clarifies that any share-based payment awards issued to customers should be evaluated under ASC Topic 606. The amendments in the new guidance are effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted for public companies, but no earlier than an entity’s adoption date of ASC Topic 606. The Company will adopt the new standard effective January 1, 2019 and the Company does not expect to have a material impact upon adoption of the new standard to the financial statements.

65

Revenue

The Company adopted ASC Topic 606, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers," on January 1, 2018, applying the modified retrospective method to all agreements that were not completed as of January 1, 2018. Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2018 are presented under ASC Topic 606, while prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for the prior periods. A cumulative catch up adjustment was recorded to beginning retained earnings to reflect the impact of all existing arrangements under ASC Topic 606.

Upon adoption of ASC Topic 606, the Company recorded an increase to retained earnings, net of deferred tax liability, of $3.8 million (Note 14) for contracts still in force as of January 1, 2018 for the following items in the first quarter of 2018:

$237,000 reduction in deferred revenue balances for the differences in the amount of revenue recognized for the Company’s revenue streams as a result of allocation of revenue based on standalone selling prices to the Company’s various performance obligations.

$151,000 increase in deferred revenue balances, related to the accretion of financing costs for multi-year post-warranty service contracts for customers who pay more than one year in advance of receiving the service. The Company estimated interest expense for such advance payments under the new revenue standard.

$210,000 decrease in accrued liabilities.

$4.7 million for the capitalization of the incremental contract acquisition costs, such as sales commissions paid in connection with system sales. These contract acquisition costs were capitalized and are being amortized over the period of anticipated support renewals which is estimated to be approximately 2.5 years. The Company expensed such costs when incurred under the prior guidance.

$1.2 million deferred tax liability related to the direct tax effect of the ASC Topic 606 adoption.

The following table summarizes the effects of adopting ASC Topic 606 on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018:

  

As reported

under

ASC Topic 606

  

Adjustments

  

Balances under

Prior GAAP

 
  

(In thousands)

 
             

Other long-term assets

 $5,971  $(5,217)  $754 

Deferred revenue

  12,566   (106)   12,460 

Retained earnings (deficit)

  (24,010)   4,610   (19,400) 

The following table summarizes the effects of adopting ASC Topic 606 on Company’s consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2018:

  

As reported

under

Topic 606

  

Adjustments

  

Balances under

Prior GAAP

 
  

(In thousands)

 

Products revenue

 $142,535  $274  $142,261 

Service revenue

  20,185   280   19,905 

Sales and marketing

  58,420   540   58,960 

Interest and other income, net*

  (123)   297   174 

* Included in interest and other income, net, is the estimated interest expense for advance payment related to service contracts under the new revenue standard.

Adoption of the standard had no impact on total net cash from or used in operating, investing, or financing activities within the consolidated statements of cash flows.

As part of the Company's adoption of ASC Topic 606, the Company elected to use the following practical expedients: (i) not to adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component when the Company expects, at contract inception, that the period between the Company's transfer of a promised product or service to a customer and when the customer pays for that product or service will be one year or less; (ii) to expense costs as incurred for costs to obtain a contract when the amortization period would have been one year or less; (iii) not to recast revenue for contracts that begin and end in the same fiscal year; and (iv) not to assess whether promised goods or services are performance obligations if they are immaterial in the context of the contract with the customer.

Revenue recognition

Revenue recognition- Period before January 1, 2018 - ASC Topic 606 Adoption

The Company recognized revenue under ASC Topic 605 prior to the adoption of ASC Topic 606 effective January 1 2018. Under ASC 605, the Company recognized products revenue when title and risk of ownership was transferred, provided that:

● Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

● The price is fixed or determinable;

● Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; and

● Collectability is reasonably assured.

Transfer of title and risk of ownership occurs when the product is shipped to the customer or when the customer receives the product, depending on the nature of the arrangement. Revenue is recorded net of customer and distributor discounts. When collectability is not reasonably assured, the Company recognizes revenue upon receipt of cash payment. Sales to customers and distributors do not include any return or exchange rights. In addition, the Company’s distributor agreements obligate the distributor to pay the Company for the sale regardless of whether the distributor is able to resell the product. Shipping and handling charges are invoiced to customers based on the amount of products sold. Shipping and handling fees are recorded as revenue and the related expense as a component of Products cost of revenue.

66

Multiple-element Arrangements

A multiple-element arrangement includes the sale of one or more tangible product offerings with one or more associated services offerings, each of which are individually considered separate units of accounting. The Company determined that its multiple-element arrangements are generally comprised of the following elements that are recognized as separate units of accounting: Product, service contracts, training, and in some cases, marketing support and installation.

For multiple-element arrangements, judgments are required as to the allocation of the proceeds received from an arrangement to the multiple elements of the arrangement. For multiple element arrangements the Company allocates revenue to all deliverables based on their relative selling prices in accordance with the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 605-25. Because the Company has neither vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) nor third-party evidence of selling price for the Company's systems, the allocation of revenue has been based on the Company's best estimate of selling prices (“BESP”). The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the product or service was sold on a stand-alone basis. The Company determines BESP for the Company's deliverables by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, features and functionality of the system, geographies, type of customer and market conditions

With respect to the sale of its earlier generation of the truSculpt product, the Company includes unlimited refills as part of the truSculpt standard warranty and the Company does not account for the truSculpt warranty as a separate deliverable under the multiple-element arrangement revenue guidance. Upon a truSculpt sale, the Company recognizes the estimated costs which will be incurred under the warranty obligation in Products cost of revenue. Revenue from the sale of refills is recorded as Product revenue in the period in which such sales are made.

Customer Marketing Arrangements

The Company has a customer marketing and incentive program called “Cutera Bucks” for its North America customers through which it offers various sales incentives and discounts and pays or reimburses customers for qualifying expenses associated with practice set-up, advertising procedures related to the system purchased, and other expenses. The Company records such incentives as a reduction of revenue at the time when the sale of the system is recorded.

Service Revenue

The Company also offers customers extended service contracts. Revenue under service contracts is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period of the applicable service contract. Revenue from services performed in the absence of a service contract, including installation and training revenue, is recognized when the related services are performed and collectability is reasonably assured. Service revenue billed on a time and material basis, from customers whose systems are not under a service contact, is recognized as the services are provided. Service revenue for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $18.8 million, and $19.0 million.

Bill and Hold Arrangement

Under ASC 605 in 2017 the Company segregated certain products for one order at the request of a customer for a limited period of time at a third-party storage facility (“bill -and -hold”). Revenue recognition for the bill-and-hold transaction requires consideration of, among other things, whether the customer has made a written fixed commitment to purchase the product; the existence of a substantial business purpose for the arrangement; the bill-and-hold arrangement is at the request of the customer; the scheduled delivery date must be reasonable and consistent with the buyer's business purpose; title and risk of ownership must pass to the customer and no additional performance obligations exist by the Company, at the time of the bill-and-hold the product is complete and ready for shipment and the product has been segregated from the Company's inventory. The Company recognized revenue of $938,000 for a bill-and-hold transaction in 2017. There were no such transactions in 2016.

Revenue recognition- Period after January 1, 2018 - ASC Topic 606 Adoption

Revenue is recognized upon transfer of control of promised products or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for promised goods or services. The Company’s performance obligations are satisfied either over time or at a point in time. Revenue from performance obligations that are transferred to customers over time accounted for approximately 12% of the Company’s total revenue for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018.

The Company has certain system sale arrangements that contain multiple products and services. For these bundled sale arrangements, the Company accounts for individual products and services as separate performance obligations if they are distinct. The Company’s products and services are distinct if a customer can benefit from the product or service on its own or with other resources that are readily available to the customer, and if the Company’s promise to transfer the products or service to the customer is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract. The Company’s system sale arrangements include a combination of the following performance obligations: the system and software license (considered as one performance obligation), system accessories (hand pieces), training, other accessories, extended service contracts and marketing services.

For the Company’s system sale arrangements that include an extended service contract, the period of service commences at the expiration of the Company’s standard warranty offered at the time of the system sale. The Company considers the extended service contracts terms in the arrangements that are legally enforceable to be performance obligations. Other than extended service contracts and marketing services (which are satisfied over time), the Company generally satisfies all of the performance obligations at a point in time. Systems, system accessories (hand pieces), training, time and materials services are also sold on a stand-alone basis, and related performance obligations are satisfied at a point in time. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the transaction price of the contract to each performance obligation on a relative standalone selling price basis.

67

Nature of Products and Services

Systems

System revenue represents the sale of a system or an upgrade of an existing system. A system consists of a console that incorporates a universal graphic user interface, a laser or other energy based module, control system software and high voltage electronics, as well as one or more hand pieces. However, depending on the application, the laser or other energy based module is sometimes contained in the hand piece such as with the Company’s Pearl and Pearl Fractional applications instead of within the console.

The Company offers customers the ability to select the system that best fits their practice at the time of purchase and then to cost-effectively add applications to their system as their practice grows. This provides customers the flexibility to upgrade their systems whenever they choose and provides the Company with a source of additional Systems revenue.

The Company concludes that the system or upgrade and the right to use the embedded software represent a single performance obligation as the software license is integral to the functionality of the system or upgrade.

The Company does not identify calibration and installation services for systems other than enlighten as performance obligations because such services are immaterial in the context of the contract. The related costs to complete calibration and installation for systems other than enlighten are immaterial. Calibration and installation services for enlighten systems are identified as separate performance obligations.

For systems sold directly to end-customers that are credit approved, revenue is recognized when the Company transfers control to the end-customer, which occurs when the product is shipped to the customer or when the customer receives the product, depending on the nature of the arrangement. The Company recognizes revenue on a cash basis for system sales to international direct end-customer sales that have not been credit approved, as the performance obligations in the contract are satisfied. For systems sold through credit approved distributors, revenue is recognized at the time of shipment.

The Company typically receives payment for its system consoles and other accessories within 30 days of shipment. Certain international distributor arrangements allow for longer payment terms.

Skincare products

The Company sells third-party manufactured skincare products in Japan. The third-party skincare products are purchased from the third-party manufacturers and sold to licensed physicians. The Company acts as the principal in this arrangement, as it determines the price to charge customers for the skincare products, and controls the products before they are transferred to the customer. Skincare products are typically sold in contracts in which the skincare products represent the sole performance obligations. The Company recognizes revenue for skincare products at a point in time, upon shipment.

Consumables (Other accessories)

The Company treats its customers' purchases of replacement Titan, truSculpt 3D and truSculpt iD hand pieces as Consumable revenue, which provides the Company with a source of recurring revenue from existing customers. The Company’s recently launched Juliet and Secret RF products have single use disposable tips which must be replaced after every treatment. Sales of these consumable tips further enhance the Company’s recurring revenue. Hand piece refills of the Company’s legacy truSculpt product are accounted for in accordance with the Company’s standard warranty and service contract policies.

Extended contract services

The Company offers post-warranty services to its customers through extended service contracts that cover parts and labor for a term of one, two, or three years. Service contract revenue is recognized over time, using a time based measure of progress, as the customers benefit from the service throughout the service period. The Company also offers services on a time-and-materials basis for detachable hand piece replacements, parts and labor. Revenue related to services performed on a time-and-materials basis is recognized when performed. These post-warranty services serve as additional sources of recurring revenue from the Company’s installed product base

Training

Sales of system to customers include training on the system to be provided within 180 days of purchase. The Company considers training as a separate performance obligation as customers can immediately benefit from the training together with the customer’s system. Training is also sold separately from systems. The Company recognizes revenue for training when the training is provided. Training is not required for customers to use the systems.

Customer Marketing Support

In North America, the Company offers marketing and consulting phone support to its customers who purchase truSculpt 3D and truSculpt iD systems. These customer marketing support services include a practice development model and marketing training, performed remotely with ongoing phone consultations for six months from date of purchase. The Company considers customer marketing support a separate performance obligation, and recognizes revenue over the six-month term of the contracts.

Significant Judgments

The Company combines two or more contracts entered into at or near the same time with the same customer and accounts for the contracts as a single contract. The contracts are negotiated as a package with a single commercial objective. The Company exercises significant judgment to evaluate the relevant facts and circumstances in determining whether the separate contracts of contracts comprise a single contract can affect the allocation of consideration to the distinct performance obligations, which could have an effect on results of operations for the periods involved.

The Company is required to estimate the total consideration expected to be received from contracts with customers. In limited circumstances, the consideration expected to be received is variable based on the specific terms of the contract The Company has not experienced significant returns or refunds to customers. Estimating consideration expected to be received from contracts with customers requires significant judgment and the change in these estimates could have an effect on its results of operations during the periods involved.

The Company determines standalone selling price ("SSP") for each performance obligation as follows:

Systems: The SSPs for systems are based on directly observable sales in similar circumstances to similar customers. When SSP is not directly observable, the Company estimates SSP using the expected cost plus margin approach.

Training: SSP is based on observable price when sold on a standalone basis.

Extended warranty/Service contracts: SSP is based on observable price when sold on a standalone basis (by customer type).

Customer Marketing Support: SSP is estimated based on cost plus a margin.

Set-up /Installation: Set-up or installation for all other systems (excluding the enlighten system) is immaterial in the context of the contract as the set-up or installation for systems other than enlighten. The related costs to complete set-up or installation are immaterial.

The calibration and installation service of the enlighten system are treated as separate performance obligations because the Company regularly sells enlighten systems without the calibration and installation service.

Loyalty Program

The Company launched a customer loyalty program during the third quarter of 2018 for qualified customers located in the U.S. and Canada. Under the programs, customers accumulate points based on their purchasing levels. Once a loyalty program member achieves a certain tier level, the member earns a reward. A customer’s account has to be in good standing in order to receive the benefits of the rewards program. Rewards are given on a quarterly basis and must be used in the following quarter. Customers receive a notification regarding their rewards tier by the fifth (5th) day of the following quarter. All unused rewards are forfeited.

The fair value of the reward earned by loyalty program members is included in accrued liabilities and recorded as a reduction of net sales at the time the reward is earned.

Cash Equivalents, and Marketable Investments

 

The Company invests itsits cash primarily in money market funds and in highly liquid debt instruments of U.S. federal and municipal governments and their agencies, commercial paper and corporate debt securities. All highly liquid investments with stated maturities of three months or less from date of purchase are classified as cash equivalents; all highly liquid investments with stated maturities of greater than three months are classified as marketable investments. The majority of the Company’s cash and investments are held in U.S. banks and itsthe Company's foreign subsidiaries maintain a limited amount of cash in their local banks to cover their short term operating expenses.

69

 

The Company determines the appropriate classification of its investments in marketable securities at the time of purchasepurchase and re-evaluates such designation at each balance sheet date. The Company’s marketable securities have been classified and accounted for as available-for-sale.available-for-sale securities. Investments with remaining maturities of more than one year are viewed by the Company as available to support current operations, and are classified as current assets under the caption marketable investments in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.consolidated balance sheets. Investments in marketable securities are carried at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses reported as a component of stockholders’ equity. Any realized gains or losses on the sale of marketable securities are determined on a specific identification method, and such gains and losses are reflected as a component of interest and other income, net.

Fair Value Measurementsof Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In determining fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible as well as considers counterparty credit risk in its assessment of fair value. Carrying amounts of theThe Company’s financial instruments includinginclude cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities,liabilities. Carrying amounts of the Company's financial instruments, approximate their fair values as of the balance sheet dates because ofgiven their generally short maturities.

The fair value hierarchy distinguishesdistinguishes between (1)(1) market participant assumptions developed based on market data obtained from independent sources (observable inputs) and (2)(2) an entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions developed based on the best information available in the circumstances (unobservable inputs). The fair value hierarchy consists of three broad levels, which gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1)1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3)3). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below in accordance towith ASC 820:

 

 

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2: Directly or indirectly observable inputs as of the reporting date through correlation with market data, including quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets and quoted prices in markets that are not active. Level 2 also includesincludes assets and liabilities that are valued using models or other pricing methodologies that do not require significant judgment since the input assumptions used in the models, such as interest rates and volatility factors, are corroborated by readily observable data from actively quoted markets for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

 

Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and reflect the use of significant management judgment. These values are generally determined using pricing models for which the assumptions utilize management’s estimates of market participant assumptions.

 

In determining fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputsinputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible as well aspossible. The Company also considers counterparty credit risk in its assessment of fair value.

Impairment of Marketable Investments

 

After determining the fair value of available-for-sales debt instruments, gains or losses on these securities are recorded to other comprehensive income, (loss), until either the security is sold or the Company determines that the decline in value is other-than-temporary. The primary differentiating factors that the Company considers in classifying impairments as either temporary or other-than-temporary impairments are the Company’s intent and ability to retain the investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value or the maturity of the investment, the length of the time and the extent to which the market value of the investment has been less than cost and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. There were no other-than-temporary impairments in the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, 2016,and 2015.2016.

 

Allowance for Sales Returns and Doubtful Accounts

The allowance for sales returns is based on the Company’sCompany’s estimates of potential future product returns and other allowances related to current period product revenue. The Company analyzes historical returns, current economic trends and changes in customer demand and acceptance of the Company's products. The allowance for doubtful accounts

In cases where the Company is based on the Company’s assessmentaware of the collectability of customer accounts and the aging of the related invoices, and represents the Company's best estimate of probable credit losses in its existing trade accounts receivable. The Company regularly reviews the allowance by considering factors such as historical experience, credit quality, the age of the accounts receivable balances, and current economic conditionscircumstances that may affectimpair a specific customer’s ability to pay.meet its obligations to the Company, the Company records a specific allowance against amounts due from the customer, and thereby reduces the net recognized receivable to the amounts it reasonably believes will be collected

 

6470

 

Concentration of Credit Risk and Other Risks and Uncertainties

 

The Company operates in markets that are highly competitive and rapidly changing. Significant technological changes, shifting customer needs, the emergence of competitive products or services with new capabilities and other factors could negatively impact our operating results.

The Company is also subject to risks related to changes in the value of our significant balance of financial instruments. Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, marketable investments and accounts receivable. The Company’sCompany’s cash and cash equivalents are primarily invested in deposits and money market accounts with three major financial institutions in the U.S. In addition, the Company has operating cash balances in banks in each of the international locations in which it operates. Deposits in these banks may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits, if any. Management believes that these financial institutions are financially sound and, accordingly, believes that minimal credit risk exists. To date, the Company has not experienced any losses on its deposits of cash and cash equivalents.

 

The Company invests in debt instruments, including bonds of the U.S. Government, its agencies and municipalities. The Company has also invested in other high grade investments such as commercial paper and corporate bonds.debt securities. The Company has established guidelines relative to credit ratings, diversification and maturities that seek to maintain safety and liquidity. By policy, the Company restricts its exposure to any single issuer by imposing concentration limits. To minimize the exposure due to adverse shifts in interest rates, the Company maintains investments at an average maturity of generally less than eighteentwelve months.

 

Accounts receivable are recorded net of an allowance for doubtful accounts, and are typically unsecured and are derived from revenue earned from worldwide customers. The Company controls credit risk through credit approvals, credit limits, and monitoring procedures. The Company performs credit evaluations of its customers and maintains reserves for potential credit losses.losses. As of December 31, 2017 2018 and 2016,2017, there was one customer who represented 12%4.9% of the Company’s net accounts receivable. During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, 2016,and 2015,2016, domestic revenue accounted for 62%, 62%, and 55%, and 52%, respectively, of total revenue, while international revenue accounted for 37%, 38%, and 45%, and 48%, respectively, of total revenue. No single customer represented more than 10% of total revenue for any of the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, 2016,and 2015.2016.

Supplier concentration

The Company relies on third parties for the supply of components of its products, as well as third-party logistics providers. In instances where these parties fail to perform their obligations, the Company may be unable to find alternative suppliers or satisfactorily deliver its products to its customers.

 

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value, cost being determined on a standard cost basis which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-outfirst-in, first-out basis. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. The cost basis of the Company’s inventory is reduced for any products that are considered excessive or obsolete based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions.

 

The Company includes demonstration units within inventories. Demonstration units are carried at cost and amortized over an estimated economic life of two years. Amortization expense related to demonstration units is recorded in Products cost of revenue or in the respective operating expense line based on which function and purpose for which the demonstration units are being used. Proceeds from the sale of demonstration units are recorded as revenue and all costs incurred to refurbish the systems prior to sale are charged to cost of revenue.

 

As of December 31, 2017 2018 and 2016,2017, demonstration inventories, net of accumulated depreciation, included in finished goods inventory balance was $1.9$2.9 million and $2.4$1.9 million, respectively.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment areare stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation expense recognized is recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally as follows:

 

  

Useful Lives

Leasehold improvements

 

Lesser of useful life or term of lease

Office equipment and furniture (in years)

 

3

Machinery and equipment (in years)

 

3

 

Upon sale or retirement of property and equipment, the costs and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in operating expenses. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred.

 

Depreciation expense related to property and equipment for 2017,20162018, 2017 and 2015,2016, was $1.0$1.2 million,, $0.8 $1.0 million and $0.7$0.8 million respectively. Amortization expense for vehicles leased under capital leases is included in depreciation expense.

 

6571

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but are tested for impairment applying a fair-value based test, at least annually during the fourth fiscal quarter, or if circumstances indicate their value may no longer be recoverable. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net tangibleidentifiable assets and identifiable intangible assets. liabilities.

The Company continues to operate in one segment, which is considered to be the sole reporting unit and, therefore, goodwill was tested for impairment at the enterprise level. As of December 31, 2017, 2018, there has been no impairment of goodwill. All acquired intangible assets have been fully amortized as of December 31, 2017.2018.

 

Warranty Obligations

 

The Company providesoffers post-warranty services to its customers through extended service contracts that cover replacement parts and labor for a standard term of one,-year warranty on all systems sold to end-customers. Warranty coverage provided is for labor and parts necessary to repair the systems during the warranty period. two, or three years. For sales to distributors, the Company generally provides a 14 to 16 month warranty for parts only, with labor being provided to the end customer by the distributor.

 

The Company accounts also offers services on a time-and-materials basis for the estimated warranty costdetachable hand piece replacements, parts and labor. These post-warranty services serve as additional sources of the standard warranty coverage as a charge to costs ofrecurring revenue when revenue is recognized. Factors that affectfrom the Company’s warranty reserves include the number of units sold, historicalinstalled product performance, and anticipated rates of warranty repairs and the cost per repair. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of the warranty reserve and adjusts the amount as necessary.

To determine the estimated warranty reserve, the Company utilizes actual service records to calculate the average service expense per system and applies this to the equivalent number of units exposed under warranty. The Company updates these estimated charges every quarter.base.

 

Revenue RecognitionDeferred Sales Commissions

 

Products revenueIncremental costs of obtaining a contract, including sales commissions, are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected customer relationship period. The Company uses the portfolio method to recognize the amortization expense related to these capitalized costs related to initial contracts and such expense is recognized when title and risk of ownership has been transferred, provided that:

Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

The price is fixed or determinable;

Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; and

Collectability is reasonably assured.

Transfer of title and risk of ownership occurs whenover a period associated with the product is shipped to the customer or when the customer receives the product, depending on the naturerevenue of the arrangement. Revenuerelated portfolio, which is recorded net of customer and distributor discounts. When collectability is not reasonably assured, the Company recognizes revenue upon receipt of cash payment. Salesgenerally two to customers and distributors do not include any return or exchange rights. In addition,three years for the Company’s distributor agreements obligate the distributor to pay the Company for the sale regardless of whether the distributor is able to resell the product. Shippingproduct and handling charges are invoiced to customers based on the amount of products sold. Shipping and handling fees are recorded as revenue and the related expense as a component of Products cost of revenue.

Multiple-element Arrangements

A multiple-element arrangement includes the sale of one or more tangible product offerings with one or more associated services offerings, each of which are individually considered separate units of accounting. The Company determined that its multiple-element arrangements are generally comprised of the following elements that are recognized as separate units of accounting: Product, service contracts, training, and in some cases, marketing support and installation.

For multiple-element arrangements, judgments are required as to the allocation of the proceeds received from an arrangement to the multiple elements of the arrangement. For multiple element arrangements the Company allocates revenue to all deliverables based on their relative selling prices in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 605-25. Because the Company has neither vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) nor third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”) for the Company's systems, the allocation of revenue has been based on the Company's best estimate of selling prices (“BESP”). The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the product or service was sold on a stand-alone basis. The Company determines BESP for the Company's deliverables by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, features and functionality of the system, geographies, type of customer and market conditions

With respect to the sale of itsearlier generation of the truSculpt product, the Company includes unlimited refills as part of the truSculpt standard warranty and the Company does not account for the truSculpt warranty as a separate deliverable under the multiple-element arrangement revenue guidance. Upon a truSculpt sale, the Company recognizes the estimated costs which will be incurred under the warranty obligation in Products cost of revenue. In May 2017, the Company launched a more advanced version of its body system called truSculpt 3D. Customers are required to purchase hand piece refills as needed on a truSculpt 3D. Revenue from the sale of such refills is recorded as Product revenue in the period in which such sales are made.arrangements.

 

6672

 

Customer Marketing Arrangements

The Company has a customer marketingTotal capitalized costs for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $5.2 million and incentive program called “Cutera Bucks” for its North America customers through which it offers various sales incentives and discounts and pays or reimburses customers for qualifying expenses associated with practice set-up, advertising procedures related to the system purchased, andare included in other expenses. The Company records such incentives as a reduction of revenue at the time when the sale of the system is recorded.

Service Revenue

The Company also offers customers extended service contracts. Revenue under service contracts is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period of the applicable service contract. Revenue from services performedlong-term assets in the absenceCompany’s consolidated balance sheet. Amortization of a service contract, including installation and training revenue, is recognized whenthis asset was $1.8 million during the related services are performed and collectability is reasonably assured.

Service revenue billed on a time and material basis, from customers whose systems are not under a service contact, is recognized as the services are provided. Service revenue for the yearsyear ended December 31, 2017,2016,2018 and 2015 was $18.8 million, $19.0 million,is included in sales and $17.7 million, respectively.

Bill and Hold Arrangement

In 2017marketing expense in the Company segregated certain products for one order at the requestCompany’s consolidated statements of a customer for a limited period of time at a third-party storage facility (“bill -and -hold”). Revenue recognition for the bill-and-hold transaction requires consideration of, among other things, whether the customer has made a written fixed commitment to purchase the product; the existence of a substantial business purpose for the arrangement; the bill-and-hold arrangement is at the request of the customer; the scheduled delivery date must be reasonable and consistent with the buyer's business purpose; title and risk of ownership must pass to the customer and no additional performance obligations exist by the Company, at the time of the bill-and-hold the product is complete and ready for shipment and the product has been segregated from the Company's inventory. The Company recognized revenue of $938,000 for a bill-and-hold transaction in 2017. There were no such transactions in 2016 and 2015.operations.

 

Cost of Revenue

 

Cost of revenue consists primarily of material, finished and semi-finished products purchased from third-partythird-party manufacturers, labor, stock-based compensation expenses, overhead involvedinvolved in the Company's internal manufacturing processes, service contracts technology license amortization and royalties, costs associated with product warranties and any inventory or intangible write-downs.

 

The Company's system sales include a control console, universal graphic useruser interface, control system software, high voltage electronics and a combination of applications (referred to as hand pieces). Hand pieces are programmed to have a limited number of uses to ensure the safety of the device to patients. The Company sells refurbished hand pieces, or "refills," of itsTitanand truSculpt 3Dproducts and provides for the cost of refurbishment of these hand pieces as part of cost of revenue. When customers purchase a replacement hand piece (or “refill”) or are provided a replacement hand piece under a warranty or service contract, the Company ships the customer a previously refurbished unit. Upon the receipt of the expended hand piece from the customer,, the Company capitalizes the expended hand piece as inventory at the estimated fair value. Cost of revenue includes the costs incurred to refurbish hand pieces.

Research and Development Expenditures

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and include costs related to research, design, development, testing of products, salaries, benefits and other headcount related costs, facilities, material, third party contractors, regulatory affairs, clinical and development costs.costs.

 

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are included as part of sales and marketing expenseexpense and are expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses for 2018, 20172016 and 20152016 were $1.8$2.8 million, $1.3$1.8 million and $1.2$1.3 million, respectively.

67

 

Stock-based Compensation

 

The Company accounts for share-based employee compensation costs in accordance withplans using the accounting standards forfair value recognition and measurement provisions under U.S. GAAP. The Company’s share-based compensation which requirecost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The Company estimates expected forfeitures at the time of grant and revises, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimated.

Expected Term: The expected term represents the weighted-average period that all share-based paymentsthe stock options are expected to be outstanding prior to being exercised. The Company determines expected term based on historical exercise patterns and its expectation of the time it will take for employees to exercise options still outstanding.

Expected Volatility: The underlying stock price volatility of our stock. The Company estimates volatility based on a 50-50 blend of our historical volatility and non-employees be recognizedthe implied volatility of freely traded options of our stock in the consolidated statements of operationsopen market.

Risk-Free Interest Rate: The risk-free interest rate is based on their fair values.the U.S. treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the expected term of the stock option.

 

 

The fair value of stock options ("options") on the grant date is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using the single-option approach. The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the use of highly subjective and complex assumptions, including the option's expected term and the price volatility of the underlying stock, to determine the fair value of award. The Company recognizes the expense associated with options using a single award approach over the requisite service period. The Company accounts for all stock options awarded to non-employees at the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, as calculated using the Black-Scholes model. The Company subjects stock options granted to non-employees to periodic revaluation at each reporting date as the underlying equity instruments vest.

 

The fair value of Restricted Stock Units ("RSUs")restricted stock units is determined based on the closing quoted 50-day moving average price of the Company’s common stock price on the grant date using a single-award approach. The RSUs are subject to a service vesting condition and are recognized on a straight-line basis overday of the requisite service period. For RSUs to non-employees, the Company recognizes expense on an accelerated attribution method and these equity awards are re-measured at fair value at the end of each reporting period, with the changes in fair value recorded to stock-based compensation expense in the period in which the change occurs.grant.

73

 

The fair value of Performance Stock Units (“PSUs”) that have operational measurement goals, are measured at the market50-day moving average price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. PSUs with market-based measurement goals are valued using the Monte-Carlo simulation option-pricing model. The Monte-Carlo simulation option-pricing model uses the same input assumptions as the Black-Scholes model, however, it further incorporates into the fair-value determination the possibility that the market condition may not be satisfied. Stock-based compensation expense for market-based PSU awards is recognized regardless of whether the market condition is satisfied, provided that the requisite service has been provided. For PSUs provided to non-employees, the Company recognizes expense on an accelerated attribution method and these equity awards are re-measured at fair value at the end of each reporting period, with the changes in fair value recorded to stock-based compensation expense in the period in which the change occurs.

 

The Company recognizesSee Note 9 - Stockholders’ Equity, Stock Plans and Stock-Based Compensation Expense for a detailed discussion of the Company’s stock plans and share-based compensation expense for the portion of the equity award that is expected to vest over the requisite service period for those awards and develops an estimate of the number of share-based awards which will ultimately vest, primarily based on historical experience. The estimated forfeiture rate is reassessed periodically throughout the requisite service period. Such estimates are revised if they differ materially from actual forfeitures. As required, the forfeiture estimates will be adjusted to reflect actual forfeitures when an award vests. For the award types discussed above, if an employee terminates employment prior to being vested in an award, then the award is forfeited.expense.

 

For RSUs and PSUs, the Company issues shares on the vesting dates, net of applicable tax withholding requirements to be paid by the Company on behalf of its employees and non-employees. As a result, the actual number of shares issued will be fewer than the actual number of RSUs and PSUs that vest. The Company records the liability for withholding amounts to be paid by the Company as a reduction to additional paid-in capital when the shares are issued.

Cash flows resulting from the tax benefits due to tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for stock-based awards for options exercised and for RSUs and PSUs vested during the period (excess tax benefits), are classified as operating cash flows.

Income Taxes

 

The Company accountis subject to taxes on earnings in both the U.S. and various foreign jurisdictions. As a global taxpayer, significant judgments and estimates are required in evaluating our uncertain tax positions and determining our provision for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined on the basis of the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

For deferred tax assets which are not subject to a valuation allowance, the Company has determined that its future taxable income will be sufficient to recover all of the deferred tax assets. However, should there be a change in the recoverability of the deferred tax assets, the Company could be required to record a valuation allowance against the net carrying value of its deferred tax assets. This would result in an increase to the Company’s tax provision in the period in which they determined that the recovery was not probable.

earnings. The Company recognizes deferred tax assets to the extent that the Company believes these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. If the Company determines that it would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future in excess of its net recorded amount, it would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes. The measurement of deferred taxes often involves an exercise of judgment related to the computation and realization of tax basis. The deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect management’s assessment that tax positions taken, and the resulting tax basis, are more likely than not to be sustained if they are audited by taxing authorities. Also, assessing tax rates that the Company expects to apply and determining the years when the temporary differences are expected to affect taxable income requires judgment about the future apportionment of the Company’s income among the states in which the Company operates. These matters, and others, involve the exercise of significant judgment. Any changes in the Company’s practices or judgments involved in the measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities could materially impact the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

68

Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to amounts that the Company believes are more likely than not to be recovered. The Company evaluates its deferred tax assets quarterly to determine whether adjustments to the Company’s valuation allowance are appropriate. In making this evaluation, the Company relies on its three year cumulative profit, estimated timing of future deductions and benefits represented by the deferred tax assets, and its forecasts of future earnings, the latter two of which involve the exercise of significant judgment.

The Company establishes reserves forfrom uncertain tax positions in accordance with Income Taxes subtopic of ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process whereby (1) it determines whetheronly if it is more likely than not that the tax positionsposition will be sustained on examination by the basis oftaxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position and (2) for thoseposition. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, it recognizeare then measured based on the largest amount of tax benefit that is morehas a greater than 50 percent likely to be50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.settlement.

 

The Company’s effective tax rates have differed from the statutory rate primarily due to changes in the valuation allowance, foreign operations, research and development tax credits, state taxes, and certain benefits realized related to stock option activity. The Company’s current effective tax rate does not assume U.S. taxes on undistributed profits of foreign subsidiaries. These earnings could become subject to incremental foreign withholding or U.S. federal and state taxes, should they either be deemed or actually remitted to the U.S. The Company’s future effective tax rates could be adversely affected by earnings being lower in countries where the Company has lower statutory rates and being higher in countries where the Company has higher statutory rates, or by changes in tax laws, accounting principles, interpretations thereof, net operating loss carryback, research and development tax credits, and due to changes in the valuation allowance of its U.S. deferred tax assets. In addition, the Company is subject to the examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. The Company regularly assesses the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes.

Undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries at December 31, 2018 are considered to be indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no provision for federal and state income taxes has been provided thereon. Due to the Transition Tax and Global Intangible Low-Tax Income (“GILTI”) regimes as enacted by the 2017 Tax Act, those foreign earnings will not be subject to federal income taxes when actually distributed in the form of a dividend or otherwise. The Company, however, could still be subject to state income taxes and withholding taxes payable to various foreign countries. The amounts of taxes which the Company could be subject to are not material to the accompanying financial statements.

In December 2017, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“SAB 118”), which allows companies to record provisional amounts during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year of the enactment date. Since the 2017 Tax Act was passed late in the fourth quarter of 2017, and ongoing guidance and accounting interpretation was yet to be issued, the Company’s accounting of the transition tax and deferred tax re-measurements was incomplete as of December 31, 2017. The Company filed its 2017 Federal corporate income tax return in the fourth quarter of 2018. The Company’s final analysis and impact of an uncertain incomethe 2017 Tax Act is reflected in the tax position on incomeprovision and related tax expense must be recognized atdisclosures for the largest amount that is more likely than notyear ended December 31, 2018. There was a net increase of approximately $0.4 million to the originally estimated $7.3 million remeasurement of deferred tax assets. The Company considers the $0.4 million true-up to be sustained. An uncertainan immaterial change in estimate which has been reflected within the measurement period in accordance with SAB 118.  

In January 2018, the FASB released guidance on the accounting for tax on the GILTI provisions of the 2017 Tax Act. The GILTI provisions impose a tax on foreign income tax position will not be recognized if it has less thanin excess of a 50% likelihooddeemed return on tangible assets of being sustained.foreign corporations. The guidance indicates that either accounting for deferred taxes related to GILTI inclusions or treating any taxes on GILTI inclusions as a period cost are both acceptable methods subject to an accounting policy election. The Company has providedelected to treat any taxes and related interest and penalties due for potential adjustments that may result from examinations of open U.S. Federal, state and foreign tax years. The Company will reverse the liability and recognizeon GILTI inclusions as a tax benefit during the period in which the Company makes the determination that the tax position is effectively settled through examination, negotiation, or litigation, or the statute of limitations for the relevant taxing authority to examine and challenge the tax position has expired. The Company will record an additional charge in the Company’s provision for taxes in the period in which the Company determines that the recorded tax liability is less than the Company expects the ultimate assessment to be.cost.

 

Comprehensive

Computation of Net Income (LossLoss))per Share

Basic net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of the Company’s shares and dilutive potential shares outstanding during the period. Dilutive potential shares primarily consist of employee stock options, restricted stock units, and shares to be purchased by employees under the Company’s employee stock purchase plan.

 

GAAP requires that employee equity share options, non-vested shares, and similar equity instruments granted by the Company be treated as potential common shares outstanding in computing diluted earnings per share. Diluted shares outstanding include the dilutive effect of equity awards, which is calculated based on the average share price for each fiscal period using the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, the amount the employee must pay for exercising stock options and the amount of compensation cost for future service that the Company has not yet recognized are assumed to be used to repurchase shares. Diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) is same as basic when the Company incurs a loss.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) includes all changes in stockholders’ equity except those resulting from investments or contributions by stockholders. For the periods presented, the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consisted solely of the unrealized gains or losses on the Company's available-for-saleavailable for- sale investments, net of tax.

Foreign Currency

The U.S. Dollar is the functional currency of the Company’sCompany’s subsidiaries. Monetary assets and liabilities are re-measured into U.S. Dollars at the applicable period end exchange rate. Sales and operating expenses are re-measured at average exchange rates in effect during each period. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in net income (loss) and are insignificant for each of the three years ended December 31, 2016. 2017. The effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents was insignificant for each of the three years presented in the period ended December 31, 2017.2018.

 

Segments

The Company operates in one segment. Management uses one measurement measurement of profitability and does not segregate its business for internal reporting. As of December 31, 2018, and 2017, 89% and 2016, substantially all98% of long-lived assets were maintained in the U.S.United States, respectively. Revenue is attributed to a geographic region based on the location of the end customer. See Note 1113 – Segment Information and Revenue by Geography and Products for details relating to revenue by geography.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

New Revenue Standard:

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No.2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which sets forth a single, comprehensive revenue recognition model for all contracts with customers to improve comparability. Subsequently, the FASB has issued several standards related to ASU 2014-09 (collectively, the “New Revenue Standard”). The New Revenue Standard requires revenue recognition to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. In addition, the New Revenue Standard requires expanded disclosures. This New Revenue Standard permits the use of either the full retrospective or modified retrospective method (also referred to as the cumulative effect transition method) when adopted. The New Revenue Standard becomes effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018.

6974

 

The New Revenue Standard’s core principle is that a reporting entity will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In applying this new guidance to contracts within its scope, an entity will:

(1)

identify the contract(s) with a customer;

(2)

identify the performance obligation in the contract;

(3)

determine the transaction price;

(4)

allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

(5)

recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

The Company will adopt the New Revenue Standard in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 using the modified retrospective method. Upon adoption, the Company expects to record an adjustment to retained earnings for the following items in the first quarter of 2018:

Adjustment to its deferred revenue balance for the differences in the amount of revenue recognition for the Company’s revenue streams as a result of allocation of revenue based on standalone selling prices to the Company’s various performance obligations.

Adjustment for capitalizing the incremental contract acquisition costs, such as sales commissions paid in connection with system sales with multi-year service contracts. These contract acquisition costs will be capitalized and amortized over the estimated customer life under the New Revenue Standard. Under the prior guidance, the Company expensed such costs when incurred.

Adjustment for accruing financing costs for multi-year post-warranty service for customers who pay more than one year in advance of receiving the service. The Company will estimate interest expense for such advance payment under the New Revenue Standard going forward.

Impact of the adoption of the New Revenue Standard is expected to result in a net increase in the Company's retained earnings by approximately $4.8 million - $5.5 million, majority of which relates to the capitalization of contract acquisition costs. The Company's evaluation of the adjustment will be completed in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018.

In preparation of adopting the New Revenue Standard, the Company has implemented additional internal controls and is enhancing its processes to enable future preparation of financial information in accordance with the New Revenue Standard. The New Revenue Standard requires significantly expanded disclosures about revenue in the Company’s financial statement beginning with the first quarter of 2018. These expanded disclosures will include quantitative and qualitative disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows from contracts with customers.

Pursuant to ASC paragraphs 606-10-55-30 through 55-34 and ASC paragraph 460-10-25-6, the Company will continue to account for standard warranty coverage as it has historically.

The New Revenue Standard is principle based and interpretation of those principles may vary from company to company based on their unique circumstances. It is possible that interpretation, industry practice, and guidance may evolve as companies and the accounting profession work to implement this new standard. While substantially complete, the Company is still in the process of finalizing its evaluation of the effect of the New Revenue Standard and will finalize its accounting assessment and quantitative impact of the adoption of the New Revenue Standard during the first quarter of fiscal year 2018. As the Company completes its evaluation of this new standard, new information may arise that could change the Company’s current understanding of the impact to revenue and expense recognized. Additionally, the Company will continue to monitor industry activities and any additional guidance provided by regulators, standards setters, or the accounting profession and adjust the Company’s assessment and implementation plans accordingly.

Other Accounting Pronouncements:

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No.2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which amends the existing accounting standards for leases. The new standard requires lessees to record a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability on the balance sheet (with the exception of short-term leases). The new standard also requires expanded disclosures regarding leasing arrangements. The new standard becomes effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019 and early adoption is permitted. The new standard is required to be adopted using the modified retrospective approach and requires application of the new standard at the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented. The Company finances its fleet of vehicles used by its field sales and service employees and has facility leases. Several of the Company’s customers finance purchases of its system products through third party lease companies and not directly with the Company. The Company does not believe that the new standard will change customer buying patterns or behaviors for its products. The Company will adopt the new standard effective January 1, 2019. The Company expects that upon adoption, right-of-use assets and lease liabilities will be recognized in the balance sheet in amounts that will be material.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230), which intends to reduce diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are classified in the statement of cash flows. This guidance will be effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2018. The Company is still assessing the impact of the adoption of this guidance to the consolidated financial statements

70

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No.2016-16, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfer of Assets Other than Inventory, which requires the recognition of the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset, other than inventory, when the transfer occurs. This ASU will be effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2018. This ASU is required to be adopted using the modified retrospective approach, with a cumulative catch-up adjustment to retained earnings in the period of adoption. The Company does not believe that adopting this ASU will have a material impact on the consolidated financial Statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 320), which amended the guidance on the classification and presentation of restricted cash in the statement of cash flow. The amendment requires entities to include restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents in its cash and cash equivalents in the statement of cash flow. The amendment will be effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2018 and is required to be adopted retrospectively. The Company does not expect that the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB clarified its guidance to simplify the measurement of goodwill by eliminating the Step 2 impairment test. The new guidance requires companies to perform the goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. The amendment will be effective for the Company beginning in its first quarter of fiscal year 2021. The amendment is required to be adopted prospectively. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect that the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In January 2017, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2015-11, "Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory." The guidance requires that inventory that is measured on a FIFO or average cost basis be measured at lower of cost and net realizable value, as opposed to the lower of cost or market. The Company applied this guidance prospectively and there was no material impact on the Company's financial condition, results of operations or cash flows as a result of adoption.

 

NOTE 32—INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

The following tables summarize cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities (in thousands):

 

  

December 31,

 
  

2017

  

2016

 

Cash and cash equivalents:

        

Cash

 $14,058  $6,672 

Cash equivalents:

        

Money market funds

  126   6,053 

Commercial paper

     1,050 

Total cash and cash equivalents

  14,184   13,775 
         

Marketable securities:

        

U.S. government notes

  11,870   8,398 

U.S. government agencies

     3,916 

Municipal securities

  200   1,325 

Commercial paper

  1,833   12,299 

Corporate debt securities

  7,825   14,361 

Total marketable securities

  21,728   40,299 
         

Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

 $35,912  $54,074 

  

December 31,

 
  

2018

  

2017

 

Cash and cash equivalents:

        

Cash

 $21,969  $14,058 

Cash equivalents:

        

Money market funds

  4,083   126 

Total cash and cash equivalents

  26,052   14,184 
         

Marketable securities:

        

U.S. government notes

  1,397   11,870 

U.S. government agencies

  2,677    

Municipal securities

  200   200 

Commercial paper

  2,433   1,833 

Corporate debt securities

  2,816   7,825 

Total marketable securities

  9,523   21,728 
         

Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

 $35,575  $35,912 

 

The following table summarizes unrealized gains and losses related to the Company’s marketable investments (in thousands):

 

December 31, 2017

 

Amortized

Cost

  

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

  

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

  

Fair

Market

Value

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 $14,184  $  $  $14,184 
                 

Marketable investments

             

U.S. government notes

  11,885   —    (15

)

  11,870 

U.S. government agencies

            

Municipal securities

  201      (1

)

  200 

Commercial paper

  1,836   —    (3

)

  1,833 

Corporate debt securities

  7,838   2   (15

)

  7,825 

Total marketable securities

  21,760   2   (34

)

  21,728 
                 

Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

 $35,944  $2  $(34

)

 $35,912 

December 31, 2018

 

Amortized

Cost

  

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

  

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

  

Fair

Market

Value

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 $26,052  $  $  $26,052 
                 

Marketable investments

                

U.S. government notes

  1,397         1,397 

U.S. government agencies

  2,677         2,677 

Municipal securities

  200         200 

Commercial paper

  2,433         2,433 

Corporate debt securities

  2,825      (9

)

  2,816 

Total marketable securities

  9,532       (9)  9,523 
                 

Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

 $35,584  $   $(9) $35,575 

 

71

December 31, 2016

 

Amortized

Cost

  

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

  

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

  

Fair

Market

Value

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 $13,775  $  $  $13,775 
                 

Marketable investments

                

U.S. government notes

  8,403   4   (9

)

  8,398 

U.S. government agencies

  3,918      (2

)

  3,916 

Municipal securities

  1,325         1,325 

Commercial paper

  12,299   2   (2

)

  12,299 

Corporate debt securities

  14,366   3   (8

)

  14,361 

Total marketable securities

  40,311   9   (21

)

  40,299 
                 

Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

 $54,086  $9  $(21

)

 $54,074 

December 31, 2017

 

Amortized

Cost

  

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

  

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

  

Fair

Market

Value

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 $14,184  $  $  $14,184 
                 

Marketable investments

                

U.S. government notes

  11,885      (15

)

  11,870 

Municipal securities

  201      (1)  200 

Commercial paper

  1,836      (3)  1,833 

Corporate debt securities

  7,838   2   (15

)

  7,825 

Total marketable securities

  21,760   2   (34)  21,728 
                 

Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

 $35,944  $2  $(34) $35,912 

 

No investments were in a continuous unrealized loss position for longer than 12 months as of December 31, 20172018 and 2016.2017.

 

The unrealized losses on the available-for-sale investments are related to corporate securities and government securities. The Company determined these unrealized losses to be temporary. Factors considered in determining whether a loss is temporary included the length of time and extent to which the investment’s fair value has been less than the cost basis; the financial condition and near-term prospects of the investee; extent of the loss related to credit of the issuer; the expected cash flows from the security; the Company’s intent to sell the security; and whether or not the Company will be required to sell the security before the recovery of its amortized cost.

75

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the Company’s marketable investments classified by the contractual maturity date of the security as of December 31, 2017 (in2018 (in thousands):

 

  

Amount

 

Due in less than one year (fiscal year 2018)

 $19,109 

Due in 1 to 3 years (fiscal year 2019)

  2,619 

Total marketable securities

 $21,728 
  

Amount

 

Due in less than one year

 $9,121 

Due in 1 to 3 years

  402 

Total marketable securities

 $9,523 

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

The following table summarizes financial assets measured and recognized at fair value on a recurring basis and classified under the appropriate level of the fair value hierarchy as described above (in thousands):

 

December 31, 2017

 

Level 1

  

Level 2

  

Level 3

  

Total

 

Cash equivalents:

                

Money market funds

 $126  $  $  $126 

Commercial paper

    ��       

Short term marketable investments:

                

Available-for-sale securities

     21,728      21,728 

Total assets at fair value

 $126  $21,728  $  $21,854 

December 31, 2018

 

Level 1

  

Level 2

  

Level 3

  

Total

 

Cash equivalents:

                

Money market funds

 $4,083  $  $  $4,083 

Short term marketable investments:

                

Available-for-sale securities

     9,523      9,523 

Total assets at fair value

 $4,083  $9,523  $  $13,606 

 

December 31, 2016

 

Level 1

  

Level 2

  

Level 3

  

Total

 

Cash equivalents:

                

Money market funds

 $6,053  $  $  $6,053 

Commercial paper

     1,050      1,050 

Short term marketable investments:

                

Available-for-sale securities

     40,299      40,299 

Total assets at fair value

 $6,053  $41,349  $  $47,402 

December 31, 2017

 

Level 1

  

Level 2

  

Level 3

  

Total

 

Cash equivalents:

                

Money market funds

 $126  $  $  $126 

Commercial paper

            

Short term marketable investments:

                

Available-for-sale securities

     21,728      21,728 

Total assets at fair value

 $126  $21,728  $  $21,854 

 

The Company’sCompany’s Level 1 financial assets are money market funds with fair values that are based on quoted market prices. The Company’s Level 2 investments include U.S. government-backed securities and corporate securities that are valued based upon observable inputs that may include benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sidedtwo-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data including market research publications. The average remaining maturity of the Company’s Level 2 investments as of December 31, 2017 2018 is less than 3612 months and all of these investments are rated by S&P and Moody’s at A or better. The Company recognizes transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy as of the end of the reporting period. There were no transfers within the hierarchy during the years ended December 31, 2017 2018 or 2016.2017.

 

72

Table of Contents

 

 

NOTE 43—BALANCE SHEET DETAIL

 

Inventories

 

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

 

  

December 31,

 
  

2017

   2016* 

Raw materials

 $19,160  $9,072 

Work in process

  2,744   1,894 

Finished goods

  6,878   4,011 

Total

 $28,782  $14,977 

* The Raw materials balance in prior year was reclassified for consistency with current year.

  

December 31,

 
  

2018

  

2017

 

Raw materials

 $16,991  $19,160 

Work in process

  2,306   2,744 

Finished goods

  8,717   6,878 

Total

 $28,014  $28,782 

 

Property and Equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost less allowances for depreciation. The straight-line method of depreciation is used for all property and equipment.

 

Property and equipment, net, consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

  

December 31,

 
 

2017

  

2016

  

2018

  

2017

 

Leasehold improvements

 $640  $652  $660  $640 

Office equipment and furniture

  2,370   2,973   2,835   2,370 

Machinery and equipment

  6,277   5,435   7,304   6,277 
  9,287   9,060   10,799   9,287 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

  (7,191

)

  (7,153

)

  (8,127)   (7,191) 

Total Property and equipment, net

 $2,096  $1,907 

Property and equipment, net

 $2,672  $2,096 

 

76

Table of Contents

 

Included in machinery and equipment are financed vehicles used by the Company’s North American sales employees. As of December 31, 2017 2018 and 2016,2017, the gross capitalized value of the leased vehicles was $1.6$1.9 million and $1.4$1.6 million and the related accumulated depreciation was $725,000$1.1 million and $492,000$0.7 million, respectively. Included in Property and equipment is construction in progress of $0.4 million that is yet to be depreciated.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets comprise a patent sublicense acquired from Palomar in 2006, intangible assets and goodwill related to the acquisition of Iridex’sIridex’s aesthetic business unit, and, customer relationships in the Benelux countries acquired from a former distributor in 2013. The components of intangible assets at December 31, 2017 2018 and 20162017 were as follows (in thousands):

 

  

Gross

Carrying

Amount

  

Accumulated

Amortization & Impairment

Amount

  

Net

Amount

 

December 31, 2017

 

Patent sublicense

 $1,218  $1,218  $ 

Customer relationship intangible related to acquisition

  2,510   2,510    

Other identified intangible assets related to acquisition

  780   780    

Other intangible

  155   155    

Goodwill

  1,339      1,339 

Total

 $6,002  $4,663  $1,339 

December 31, 2016

 

Patent sublicense

 $1,218  $1,218  $ 

Customer relationship intangible related to acquisition

  2,510   2,508   2 

Other identified intangible assets related to acquisition

  780   780    

Other intangible

  155   155    

Goodwill

  1,339      1,339 

Total

 $6,002  $4,661  $1,341 

73

Table of Contents
  

Gross

Carrying

Amount

  

Accumulated

Amortization &

Impairment

Amount

  

Net

Amount

 

December 31, 2018

            

Patent sublicense

 $1,218  $1,218  $ 

Customer relationship intangible related to acquisition

  2,510   2,510    

Other identified intangible assets related to acquisition

  780   780    

Other intangible

  155   155    

Goodwill

  1,339      1,339 

Total

 $6,002  $4,663  $1,339 

December 31, 2017

            

Patent sublicense

 $1,218  $1,218  $ 

Customer relationship intangible related to acquisition

  2,510   2,510    

Other identified intangible assets related to acquisition

  780   780    

Other intangible

  155   155    

Goodwill

  1,339      1,339 

Total

 $6,002  $4,663  $1,339 

 

The Company did not incur any amortization expense for intangible assets in 2018. Amortization expense in the 2017,2016,2017 and 20152016 fiscal years for intangible assets was $2,000,$141,000,$2,000 and $452,000,$141,000, respectively. Intangible assets were fully amortized and there were no additions as of December 31, 2017.2018.

 

Accrued Liabilities

 

Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

  

December 31,

 
  

2018

  

2017

 

Accrued payroll and related expenses

 $9,377  $12,567 

Sales and marketing accruals

  2,379   3,710 

Accrued sales tax

  2,935   2,920 

Warranty liability

  4,666   3,508 

Other accrued liabilities

  3,943   4,143 

Total

 $23,300  $26,848 

Product Remediation Liability

During the fourth quarter of 2018, the Company recognized a liability for a product remediation plan related to of one of its legacy systems. This was related to a voluntary action initiated by the Company to replace a component in one of the Company’s legacy products. The developed remediation plan consists primarily of  replacement of a component in the system. The accrued liability consisted of cost of materials and labor costs to replace the component in all units that are under the Company's standard warranty or are covered under the existing extended warranty contracts. . The Company recorded approximately $5.0 million related to this remediation, of which $1.1 million was utilized in the fourth quarter. Approximately $0.8 million out of the $5.0 million is included in accrued liabilities and $3.2 million is separately recorded as extended warranties. 

 

  

December 31,

 
  

2017

  

2016

 

Accrued payroll and related expenses

 $12,567  $9,036 

Sales and marketing accruals

  3,710   706 

Accrued sales tax

  2,920   2,373 

Warranty liability

  3,508   2,461 

Other accrued liabilities

  4,143   2,821 

Total

 $26,848  $17,397 

77

 

 

NOTE 54WARRANTY WARRANTY AND SERVICE CONTRACTSEXTENDED SERVICES CONTRACT

 

The Company has a direct field service organization in the U.S.North America (including Canada). Internationally, the Company provides direct service support through its wholly-owned subsidiaries in Australia, Belgium, Canada, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, and Switzerland, as well as through third-partythird-party service providers in Spain and the United Kingdom. In several other countries, where itthe Company does not have a direct presence, the Company provides service through a network of distributors and third-partythird-party service providers.

 

After the original warranty period, maintenance and support are offered on aan extended service contract basis or on a time and materials basis. The Company provides for the estimated cost to repair or replace products under standard warranty at the time of sale.

Warranty Accrual Costs incurred in connection with extended service contracts are recognized at the time when costs are incurred, except the one-time extended service contracts charge of $3.2 million related to the cost to replace a component in one of the Company's legacy products.. The following table provides the changes in the product standard warranty accrual for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (in thousands):

 

  

December 31,

 
  

2017

  

2016

 

Balance at beginning of year

 $2,461  $1,819 

Add: Accruals for warranties issued during the year

  7,583   5,375 

Less: Settlements and expirations during the year

  (6,536

)

  (4,733

)

Balance at end of year

 $3,508  $2,461 

Deferred Service Contract Revenue (in thousands):

  

December 31,

 
  

2017

  

2016

 

Balance at beginning of year

 $9,431  $10,469 

Add: Payments received

  14,369   12,344 

Less: Revenue recognized

  (13,081

)

  (13,382

)

Balance at end of year

 $10,719  $9,431 

Costs incurred under service contracts in 2017, 2016 and 2015 amounted to $6.0 million, $6.7 million, and $6.2 million, respectively, and are recognized as incurred.

74

  

December 31,

 
  

2018

  

2017

 

Balance at beginning of year

 $3,508  $2,461 

Add: Accruals for warranties issued during the period

  9,205   7,583 

Less: Warranty related expenses during the period

  (8,045)  (6,536)

Balance at end of year

 $4,668  $3,508 

 

 

NOTE 5DEFERRED REVENUE

The Company records deferred revenue when revenue is to be recognized subsequent to invoicing. For extended service contracts, the Company generally invoices customers at the beginning of the extended service contract term. The Company’s extended service contracts typically have one, two or three year terms. Deferred revenue also includes payments for installation, training and extended marketing support service. Approximately 79% of the Company’s deferred revenue balance of $12.6 million as of December 31, 2018 will be recognized over the next 12 months.

The following table provides changes in the deferred contract revenue balance for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (in thousands):

  

December 31,

 
  

2018

  

2017

 

Balance at beginning of year

 $10,719  $9,431 

Add: Payments received

  14,882   14,369 

Less: Revenue recognized

  (13,746)  (13,081)

Balance at end of year

 $11,855  $10,719 

Costs for extended service contracts in 2018, 2017 and 2016 were $7.8 million, $6.0 million and $6.7 million, respectively. The $7.8 million in 2018 includes a one-time extended service contract cost of $3.2 million to replace a component in one of the Company's legacy products (See Note 3).

NOTE 6—STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY, STOCK PLANS AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION EXPENSE

 

As of December 31, 2017, 2018, the Company had the following stock-based employee compensation plans:

 

2004 Equity Incentive Plan and 1998 Stock Plan 

 

In 1998, the Company adopted the 1998 Stock Plan, or 1998 Plan, under which 4,650,000 shares of the Company’s common stock were reserved for issuance to employees, directors and consultants.

 

On January12,2004, the Board of Directors adopted the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. A total of 1,750,000 shares of common stock were originally reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, the shares reserved for issuance under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan included shares reserved but un-issued under the 1998 Plan and shares returned to the 1998 Plan as the result of termination of options or the repurchase of shares. In 2012 the stockholders approved a “fungible share” provision whereby each full-value award issued under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan results in a requirement to subtract 2.12 shares from the shares reserved under the Plan.

 

Options granted under the 1998 Plan and 2004 Equity Incentive Plan may be incentive stock options or non-statutory stock options. Stock purchase rights may also be granted under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. Incentive stock options may only be granted to employees. The Board of Directors determines the period over which options become exercisable. Options granted under the Plan to employees generally vest over a four yearfour-year term from the vesting commencement date and become exercisable 25% on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and an additional 1/48th on the last day of each calendar month until all of the shares have become exercisable. During 2013 and 2012 the officers of the Company were granted options that vest over a three yearthree-year term at the rate of one-thirdone-third on the one yearone-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/36th thereafter. In 2014 the officers of the Company were granted RSUs and PSUs but were not granted any options. The contractual term of the options granted in 2013 and 2012 was seven years.

78

 

In accordance with the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, prior to 2012, the Company’sCompany’s non-employee directors were granted $60,000$60,000 of grant date fair value (determined by dividing the award amount by the 50-day moving average stock price on the day of the award), fully vested, stock awards annually on the date of the Company’s Annual Meeting of stockholders. Commencing with 2012,Following Board of Directors action on October 31, 2017, the Company’s non-employeenonemployee directors get $60,000receive $60,000 of RSUs granted annually that cliff-vest on the one yearone-year anniversary of the grant date. In the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 2016and 2015,2016, the Company issued 13,392, 21,60545,350 and 21,02045,350 RSUs, respectively, to its non-employee directors. Included in the 2016 grants, was 6,500 RSUs granted to one of the Company's non-employee directors for consulting services to the Company, which vest over a period of four years from the grant date.date.

 

In the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 2016and 20152016 the Company’sCompany’s Board of Directors granted 210,532, 270,707229,865 and 107,417229,865 RSUs, respectively, to its executive officers and certain members of the Company’s management. The RSUs granted to the employees vest at the rate of one-fourthone-fourth on the one-yearone-year anniversary of the grant date, and one-fourthone-fourth in each of the subsequent three years. The annual RSUs granted to the executive officers vests at the rate of one-thirdone-third on the one-yearone-year anniversary of the grant date, and one-thirdone-third in each of the subsequent two years. In addition, on December 15, 2017, the Company’s Board granted 100,000 RSUs to the President and Chief Executive Officer, which vest according to the following schedule: 15%,15%,25% and 45%15% on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the grant date, respectively. The Company measured the fair market values of the underlying stock on the dates of grant and recognizes the stock-based compensation expense over the vesting period. On the vesting date, the Company issues fully-paidfully paid up common stock, net of stock withheld to settle the recipient’s minimum statutory tax liability.

 

In the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 2016and 20152016 the Company’sCompany’s Board of Directors granted its executive officers and certain senior management employees 47,824, 117,418204,976 and 74,667204,976 of PSUs, respectively. Of the PSU’s granted in 2017,104,500 vested over 12 months and 12,918 granted on October 31, 2017 vested over two months. The PSUs granted in 2016 and 2015 vested over a period of 12 months and 8.5 months, respectively. All PSUs vesting was subject to the recipient’s continued service and achievement of pre-established goals that were operational (in 2018, 20172016 and 2015) and market-based (only in 2015)2016). The operational PSU goals were related to revenue growth, operating income improvement and specific product releases. The market-based goal was related to the Company’s stock price in 2015. On the vest date of the PSUs, the Company issues fully-paid up common stock, based on the degree of achievement of the pre-established targets, net of the stock withheld to settle the recipient’s minimum statutory tax liability. 50% of the U.S. domestic metric was achieved while international metric was not achieved in 2018.

 

2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

On January12,2004, the Board of Directors adopted the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Under the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or 2004 ESPP, eligible employees are permitted to purchase common stock at a discount through payroll deductions. The 2004 ESPP offering and purchase periods are for approximately six months. The 2004 ESPP has an evergreen provision based on which shares of common stock eligible for purchase are increased on the first day of each fiscal year by an amount equal to the lesser of:

 

i.

600,000 shares;

ii.

2.0% of the outstanding shares of common stock on such date; or

iii.

an amount as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

The Company’sCompany’s Board of Directors did not increase the shares available for future grant on January 1, 2019, 2018 2017and 2016.2017. The price of the common stock purchased is the lower of 85% of the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning or end of a six month offering period. In the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018, 2017and 2016, and 2015, under the 2004 ESPP, the Company issued 64,511, 78,47979,922 and 55,87279,922 shares, respectively. At December 31, 2017, 691,5842018, 627,073 shares remained available for future issuance.

7579

 

Option Activity

 

Activity under the 1998 Plan and 2004 Equity Incentive Plan is summarized as follows:

 

     

Options Outstanding

      

Options Outstanding

 
 

Shares

Available

For Grant

  

Number of

Shares

  

Weighted-

Average

Exercise

Price

  

Weighted-Average

Remaining

Contractual Life

(in years)

  

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value

(in $ millions ) (1)

  

Shares

Available

For Grant

  

Number of

Shares

  

Weighted-

Average

Exercise

Price

  

Weighted-Average

Remaining

Contractual Life

(in years)

  

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value

(in $ millions ) (1)

 

Balances as of December 31, 2014

  129,760   3,462,567  $9.39   3.4  $5.7 

Additional shares reserved(2)

  1,300,000                

Options granted

  (129,000

)

  129,000  $13.26         

Options exercised

     (1,141,904

)

 $9.20         

Options cancelled (expired or forfeited)

  300,866   (300,866

)

 $12.37         

Stock awards granted

  (430,580

)

   ��          

Stock awards cancelled (expired or forfeited)

  92,379               

Balances as of December 31, 2015

  1,263,425   2,148,797  $9.31   3.4  $7.9   1,263,425   2,148,797  $9.31   3.4  $7.9 

Options granted

  (162,000

)

  162,000  $11.55           (162,000

)

  162,000  $11.55         

Options exercised

     (1,051,138

)

 $8.89              (1,051,138

)

 $8.89         

Options cancelled (expired or forfeited)

  143,187   (143,187

)

 $12.93           143,187   (143,187

)

 $12.93         

Stock awards granted

  (1,018,005

)

                (1,018,005

)

              

Stock awards cancelled (expired or forfeited)

  495,050                 495,050               

Balances as of December 31, 2016

  721,657   1,116,472  $9.56   3.7  $8.7 
                    

Balances as of December 31, 2016

  721,657   1,116,472  $9.56   3.7  $8.7 
                    

Options granted

  (278,250

)

  278,250  $31.00           (278,250

)

  278,250  $31.00         

Options exercised

     (488,398) $8.96              (488,398) $8.96         

Options cancelled (expired or forfeited)

  66,405   (66,405) $16.54           66,405   (66,405) $16.54         

Stock awards granted

  (873,881

)

                (873,881

)

              

Stock awards cancelled (expired or forfeited)

  258,935                 258,935               

Additional shares reserved(3)

  1,600,000               

Additional shares reserved(2)

  1,600,000               

Balances as of December 31, 2017

  1,494,866   839,919  $16.46   3.99  $24.4   1,494,866   839,919  $16.46   3.99  $24.4 

Exercisable as of December 31, 2017

      467,794  $9.53   2.74  $16.8 

Vested and expected to vest, net of estimated forfeitures, as of December 31, 2017

      789,779  $15.61   3.86  $23.6 

Options granted

  (21,010)  21,010  $50.65         

Options exercised

     (271,902) $9.99         

Options cancelled (expired or forfeited)

  81,322   (81,322) $21,55         

Stock awards granted

  (562,070)                

Stock awards cancelled (expired or forfeited)

  148,197                 

Balances as of December 31, 2018

  1,141,305   507,705  $20.52   3.52  $2.00 

Exercisable as of December 31, 2018

      335,348  $14.68   2.73  $1.87 

Vested and expected to vest, net of estimated forfeitures, as of December 31, 2018

      485,469  $19.88   3.42  $19.86 

 

 

(1)(1)

Based on the closing stock price of $17.02 of the Company’sCompany’s stock of $45.3on 5 on December 31, 20131, 20178, $17.3545.35 on December 30, 20130, 20167, $12.7917.35 on December 31 20120156and $10.6812.79on December 31, 201315, 2014.

(2)

Approved by stockholders in 2015.

(3)(2)

Approved by the board of directors and stockholders in 2017..

 

76

Table of Contents

 

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the aggregate difference between the Company’sCompany’s closing stock price on the last trading day of the fiscal year and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2017. 2018. The aggregate intrinsic amount changes based on the fair market value of the Company’s common stock. Total intrinsic value of options exercised in 2018, 20172016 and 20152016 was $8.0$8.3 million, $3.6$8.0 million, and $5.1$3.6 million, respectively. The options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2017 2018 were in the following exercise price ranges:

 

      

Options Outstanding

  

Options Exercisable

 

Range of

 

Exercise Prices

  

Number

Outstanding

  

Weighted-Average

Remaining

Contractual Life

(in years)

  

Number

Outstanding

  

Weighted-Average

Exercise

Price

 
 $6.88$7.15  84,739  1.43  84,739  $6.92 
 $7.44$8.72  15,978  0.87  15,978   8.30 
  $8.80   141,956  2.45  141,956   8.80 
 $9.28$9.97  95,535  3.24  73,402   9.69 
 $10.03$10.86  88,044  4.46  51,517   10.38 
 $10.90$11.67  91,021  4.22  50,356   11.36 
 $11.98-$17.90  109,896  4.66  49,033   13.36 
 $18.55$25.70  88,500  5.87  813   18.55 
  $39.30   77,000  6.83       —  
  $47.40   47,250  6.96       
 $6.88$47.40  839,919  4.11   467,794  $9.53 
Exercise Prices   

Number

Outstanding

   Contractual Life
(in years)
   

Number

Outstanding

 
 $6.88      $7.44   28,832   0.58   28,832 
     $8.80       97,268   1.44   97,268 
 $9.65      $10.79   54,564   3.01   49,544 
 $10.80      $11.24   57,521   3.18   47,293 
 $11.67      $17.90   72,583   2.44   48,855 
 $18.55      $25.70   71,250   5.21   28,512 
     $39.30       72,000   5.83   23,230 
     $43.40       6,510   6.45    
     $47.40       38,927   5.86   10,564 
     $53.90       8,250   5.30   1,250 

Stock Awards (RSU and PSU) Activity Table

Information with respect to RSUs and PSUs activity is as follows (in thousands):

  

Number

of

Shares

  

Weighted-Average

Grant-

Date Fair

Value

  

Aggregate

Fair Value(1)

(in thousands)

  

Aggregate

Intrinsic Value (2)

(in thousands)

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

  434,321  $9.31      $4,639 

Granted

  203,104  $14.81         

Vested (3)

  (222,220) $11.79  $3,285(4)    

Forfeited

  (43,575) $9.09         

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

  371,630  $12.39      $4,753 

Granted

  480,191  $10.80         

Vested (3)

  (172,990) $12.56  $1,906(5)    

Forfeited

  (233,514) $11.36         

Outstanding at December 31, 2016

  445,317  $11.15      $7,726 

Granted

  412,208  $28.74         

Vested (3)

  (224,799) $10.91  $5,168(6)    

Forfeited

  (122,139) $13.56         

Outstanding at December 31, 2017

  510,587  $24.88      $23,155 

(1)

Represents the value of the Company’s stock on the date that the restricted stock units and performance stock units vest.

(2)

Based on the closing stock price of the Company’s stock of $45.35 on December 31, 2017, $17.35 on December 31, 2016, $12.79 on December 31, 2015and $10.68on December 30, 2014.

(3)

The number of restricted stock units vested includes shares that the Company withheld on behalf of the employees to satisfy the statutory tax withholding requirements.

(4)

On the grant date, the fair value for these vested awards was $2.6 million.

(5)

On the grant date, the fair value for these vested awards was $2.2million.

(6)

On the grant date, the fair value for these vested awards was $2.5million.

 

7780

Table of Contents

 

StockAwards(RSUandPSU)ActivityTable

Information with respect to RSUs and PSUs activity is as follows (in thousands):

  

Number of

  

Weighted-Average

Grant-

Date Fair

  

Aggregate

Fair Value(1)

  

Aggregate

Intrinsic Value
(2)

 
  

Shares

  

Value

  

(in thousands)

  

(in thousands)

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

  371,630  $12.39      $4,753 

Granted

  480,191  $10.80         

Vested (3)

  (172,990) $12.56  $1,906 (5)    

Forfeited

  (233,514) $11.36         

Outstanding at December 31, 2016

  445,317  $11.15      $7,726 

Granted

  412,208  $28.74         

Vested (3)

  (224,799) $10.91  $5,168 (6)    

Forfeited

  (122,139) $13.56         

Outstanding at December 31, 2017

  510,587  $24.88      $23,155 

Granted

  265,124  $44.57         

Vested (3)

  (231,515) $21.10  $9,483 (6)    

Forfeited

  (69,905) $20.01         

Outstanding at December 31, 2018

  474,291  $38.44      $8,072 

(1)

RepresentsthevalueoftheCompany’sstockonthedatethattherestrictedstockunitsandperformancestockunitsvest.

(2)BasedontheclosingstockpriceoftheCompanysstockof$ 17.02 onDecember 31, 2018, $45.35 onDecember 31, 2017,$17.35 onDecember 31,2016 and$12.79 onDecember 30,2015.
(3)ThenumberofrestrictedstockunitsvestedincludessharesthattheCompanywithheldonbehalf of theemployeestosatisfythestatutorytaxwithholdingrequirements.

(4)

Onthegrantdate,thefairvalueforthesevestedawardswas$2.2 million.

(5)

Onthegrantdate,thefairvalueforthesevestedawardswas$2.5 million.

(6)

Onthegrantdate,thefairvalueforthesevestedawardswas$4.9 million.

Stock-Based Compensation

 

Stock-based compensation expense for the yearsyears ended December 31, 2018, 2017 2016and 20152016 was as follows (in thousands):

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2017

  

2016

  

2015

 

Stock options

 $815  $989  $1,438 

RSUs

  1,813   1,508   1,297 

PSUs

  2,093   967   1,167 

ESPP

  389   249   182 

Total stock-based compensation expense

 $5,110  $3,713  $4,084 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

 

Stock options

 $838  $815  $989 

RSUs

  4,648   1,813   1,508 

PSUs

  1,105   2,093   967 

ESPP

  566   389   249 

Total stock-based compensation expense

 $7,157  $5,110  $3,713 

 

As of December 31, 2017,2018, the unrecognized compensation cost, net of expected forfeitures, was $11.5$12.8 million for stock options and stock awards, which will be recognized over an estimated weighted-average remaining amortization period of 2.772.63 years. For the ESPP, the unrecognized compensation cost, net of expected forfeitures, was $252,000,$272,000, which will be recognized over an estimated weighted-average amortization period 0.33 years.

 

The Company issues new shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options, vesting of RSUs and PSUs, and the issuance of ESPP shares. The amount of cash received from these issuances (excluding PSUs), net of taxes withheld and paid, in 2017,2018, 2017and 2016 and 2015 was $4.0$1.3 million, $9.5$4.0 million and $10.1$9.5 million.

 

Total stock-based compensation expense recognized during the year ended December 31, 2018, 2017 2016and 20152016 was recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Operations as follows (in thousands):

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2017

  

2016

  

2015

 

Cost of revenue

 $660  $341  $447 

Sales and marketing

            

Employee

  1,629   1,179   1,054 

Non-employee

  13   -   - 

Research and development

  936   596   662 

General and administrative

  1,872   1,597   1,921 

Total stock-based compensation expense

 $5,110  $3,713  $4,084 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

 

Cost of revenue

 $743  $660  $341 

Sales and marketing

  2,105   1,642   1,179 

Research and development

  824   936   596 

General and administrative

  3,485   1,872   1,597 

Total stock-based compensation expense

 $7,157  $5,110  $3,713 

 

Valuation Assumptions and Fair Value of Stock Options and ESPP Grants

 

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of options granted under its equity incentive plans and rights to acquire stock granted under its employee stock purchase plan. The Company based the weighted average estimated values of employee stock option grants and rights granted under the employee stock purchase plan, as well as the weighted average assumptions used in calculating these values, on estimates at the date of grant, as follows:

  

Stock Options

  

Stock Purchase Plan

 
  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

 
                         

Expected term (in years) (1)

  3.7   3.70   3.83   0.50   0.50   0.50 

Risk-free interest rate (2)

  2.6%  1.73

%

  1.09

%

  2.34%  1.14

%

  0.46%

Volatility(3)

  44%  40

%

  40

%

  61%  42

%

  39%

Dividend yield(4)

  

%

  

%

  

%

  

%

  

%

  %
                         

Weighted average estimated fair value at grant date

 $18.0  $9.98  $3.72  $9.6  $8.21  $3.22 

  

  

Stock Options

  

Stock Purchase Plan

 
  

2017

  

2016

  

2015

  

2017

  

2016

  

2015

 

Expected term (in years) (1)

  3.70   3.83   3.24   0.50   0.50   0.50 

Risk-free interest rate (2)

  1.73

%

  1.09

%

  0.90

%

  1.14

%

  0.46

%

  0.17

%

Volatility(3)

  40

%

  40

%

  30

%

  42

%

  39

%

  36

%

Dividend yield(4)

  

%

  

%

  

%

  

%

  

%

  

%

                         

Weighted average estimated fair value at grant date

 $9.98  $3.72  $4.78  $8.21  $3.22  $3.51 

(1)(1)

The expected term represents the period during which the Company’sCompany’s stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The estimated term is based on historical experience of similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms of the awards, vesting requirements, and expectation of future employee behavior, including post-vesting terminations.The expected term of groupsgroups of employees that have similar historical exercise patterns has been considered separately for valuation purposes.

(2)(2)

The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury debt securities with maturities close to the expected term of the option as of the date of grant.

(3)(3)

Estimated volatility is based on historicalhistorical volatility. The Company also considers implied volatility when there is sufficient volume of freely traded options with comparable terms and exercise prices in the open market.

(4)

The Company has not historically issued any dividends and does notexpect to do so in the foreseeable future.

 

The Company periodically estimates forfeiture rates based on its historical experience within separate groups of employees and adjusts the stock-based payment expense accordingly. The forfeiture rates used in 20172018 ranged from 0% to 13%17%.

 

Non-EmployeeNon-Employee Stock-Based Compensation

 

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options granted to non-employees is recognized based on the fair value of the stock options, determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, as they are earned. The awards generally vest over the time period the Company expects to receive services from the nonemployee. The Company revalues stock options granted to non-employees at each reporting date as the underlying equity instruments vest.

 

The Company granted 7,745 stock options and 2,4783,384 RSUs to one non-employeenon-employees during the year ended December 31, 2018, 7,745 stock options and 2,478 RSUs during the year ended 2017, and zero shares during the year ended 2016 and 2015.2016. The 7,745 stock options granted in 2017 vests over 4 years at 25% on the first anniversary of the grant date and 1/48th48th each month thereafter.

The 2,4783,384 RSUs granted in 2018 vests over 4 years at 25% each anniversary of the grant date. These RSUs and stock options were granted in exchange for consulting services to be rendered and are measured and recognized as they are earned.

 

Stock Awards Withholdings

 

For Stock Awards granted to employees, the number of shares issued on the date the Stock Awards vest is net of thethe tax withholding requirements paid on behalf of the employees. In 2018, 20172016 and 2015,2016, the Company withheld 77,049, 64,490,56,157, and 68,101 shares56,157shares of common stock, respectively, to satisfy its employees’ tax obligations of $1,469,000,$619,000$3,130,360, $1,469,000 and $1.0 million,$619,000, respectively. The Company paid this amount in cash to the appropriate taxing authorities. Although shares withheld are not issued, they are treated as common stock repurchases for accounting and disclosure purposes, as they reduce the number of shares that would have been issued upon vesting.

 

Stock Repurchase Program

As of December 31, 2014, there was $10.0 million authorized for the repurchase of the Company's common stock under its Stock Repurchase Program. On February 18, 2015, the Company's Board of Directors approved the expansion of its Stock Repurchase Program from $10 million to $40 million and on February 8, 2016 the Board of Directors approved the expansion of the Company's Stock Repurchase Program by an additional $10 million. In the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company repurchased 455,311 and 2,818,038 shares of its common stock for approximately $4.9 million and $40.0 million, respectively.

On February 13, 2017 and July 28, 2017, the Company's Board of Directors approved the expansion of its Stock Repurchase Program by an additional $5 million and $25 million, respectively. In the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company repurchased 1,022,602 shares of its common stock for approximately $35.2 million. As of December 31, 2017 the Company fully utilized all remaining authorized funds under the Company’s Stock Repurchase Program.

NOTE 7— LEASE TERMINATION INCOME

On May 2, 2017, the Company entered into a building lease with the intent to relocate its corporate headquarters to a new facility in Fremont, California. On July 6, 2017, the Company agreed to terminate this lease in return for a lump sum receipt from the subsequent lessor of $4.0 million. Simultaneously with the execution of the lease termination, the Company entered into an amendment to its existing lease agreement for the Company to maintain its corporate headquarters in its current facility in Brisbane, California. This amendment extends the term of the lease from December 31, 2017 to January 31, 2023. The $4.0 million is reported as “Lease termination income,” as a component of operating expenses, in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations as of December 31, 2017.

7982

 

 

NOTE 87—INCOME TAXES

 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal and various state and local jurisdictions and foreign jurisdictions. For financial statement reporting purposes,The Company’s income (loss) before provision for income taxes includeconsisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
 

2017

  

2016

  

2015

  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

 

U.S.

 $11,203  $2,207  $(4,588

)

 $(14,177) $11,203  $2,207 

International

  757   513   360 

Foreign

  662   757   513 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 $11,960  $2,720  $(4,228

)

 $(13,515) $11,960  $2,720 

 

 

The federal and statement income taxcomponents of the provision (benefit) is summarized as follows (in thousands):

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2017

  

2016

  

2015

 

Current:

            

Federal

 $148  $  $(7

)

State

  71   16   23 

International

  511   131   218 

Total Current

  730   147   234 

Deferred:

            

Federal

  (17,393

)

  (24

)

  33 

State

  (1,348

)

  (2

)

   

International

  (22

)

  22   (55

)

Total deferred tax benefit

  (18,763

)

  (4

)

  (22

)

Total tax expense (benefit)

 $(18,033

)

 $143  $212 

Deferredfor income taxes reflect the net tax effects of (a) temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes, and (b) operating losses and tax credit carryforwards.

The tax effects of significant items comprising the Company’s deferred taxes after December 31, 2017 and 2016 are as follows (in thousands):

 

  

December 31,

 
  

2017

  

2016

 

Deferred Tax Assets:

      

Net operating loss carryforwards

 $8,604  $15,487 

Stock-based compensation

  1,179   1,486 

Other accruals and reserves

  1,663   2,160 

Credits

  11,781   9,006 

Foreign

  399   377 

Accrued warranty

  847   890 

Depreciation and amortization

  1,592   2,627 

Other

  303   95 

Deferred tax asset before valuation allowance

  26,368   32,128 
Valuation allowance  (7,242)  (31,751)

Deferred tax asset after valuation allowance

  19,126   377 

Deferred tax liability on goodwill

  (71)  (85)

Net deferred tax asset

 $19,055  $292 
  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

 

Current:

            

Federal

 $(15)  $148  $ 

State

  123   71   16 

Foreign

  303   511   131 

Total Current

  411   730   147 

Deferred:

            

Federal

  15,674   (17,393)   (24)

 

State

  1,230   (1,348)   (2)

 

Foreign

  (60)   (22)   22 

Total Deferred

  16,844   (18,763)   (4)

 

Tax provision

 $17,255  $(18,033)  $143 

 

The Company’s deferred tax asset consists of the following (in thousands):

  

December 31,

 
  

2018

  

2017

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 $11,227  $8,604 

Stock-based compensation

  1,040   1,179 

Other accruals and reserves

  1,924   1,663 

Credits

  10,857   11,781 

Foreign

  457   399 

Accrued warranty

  1,863   847 

Depreciation and amortization

  2,024   1,592 

Other

  282   303 

Deferred tax asset before valuation allowance

  29,674   26,368 

Valuation allowance

  (27,865)   (7,242) 

Deferred tax asset after valuation allowance

  1,809   19,126 

Deferred tax liability

  (1,269)    

Deferred tax liability on goodwill

  (83)   (71) 

Net deferred tax asset

 $457  $19,055 

 

8083

Table of Contents

 

Net operating losses andThe differences between the U.S. federal statutory income tax credit carryforwards as of December 31, 2017 were as follows (in thousands):

  

Amount

  

Expiration Years

 

Net operating losses, federal

 $34,700   2029-2035 

Net operating losses, state

  20,773  

 

Various 

Tax credits, federal

  6,109   2024-2036 

Tax credits, state

 $6,872  

 

Various 

The rates to the Company’s effective tax rate of the Company’s provision (benefit) for income taxes differs from the federal statutory rateare as follows:

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2017

  

2016

  

2015

 

Statutory rate

  34.00

%

  34.00

%

  34.00

%

State tax

  (5.59

)

  (14.56

)

  1.94 

General Business Credits

  (2.72

)

  (9.25

)

  15.92 

Stock-based compensation

  (21.55

)

  14.36   (19.19

)

Foreign Rate Differential

  (0.50)  (0.16

)

  (1.47

)

Change in Federal Tax Rate

  60.98   

 

   

Other*

  0.65   (2.15)  (1.35

)

Meals and Entertainment*

  2.15   7.56   (3.23

)

Valuation allowance

  (218.17

)

  (24.57

)

  (31.63

)

Effective tax rate

  (150.75

)%

  5.23

%

  (5.01

)%

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2018

   2017*   2016* 

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

  21.00

%

  34.00

%

  34.00

%

State tax rate

  (4.95)   (5.59)

 

  (14.56)

 

Meals and entertainment

  (2.66)   2.15   7.56 

Stock-based compensation

  13.66   (21.55)   14.36 

SAB 118 Change in Estimate

  (2.43)        

Foreign rate differential

  0.11   (0.50)   (0.16)

 

Other

  (1.21)   0.65   (2.15) 

General business credit

  4.31   (2.72)   (9.25) 

Change in Federal Tax Rate

     60.98    

Valuation allowance

  (155.49)   (218.17)   (24.57)

 

Effective tax rate

  (127.66)

%

  (150.75)

%

  5.23

%

 

* Other balance in 20162017 and 20152016 was reclassified for consistency with current year.

The Company assesses the ability to realize its net deferred tax assets by evaluating all available evidence, both positive and negative, including (1)(1) cumulative results of operations in recent years, (2)(2) sources of recent income (loss), (3)(3) estimates of future taxable income and (4)(4) the length of net operating loss and tax credit carryforward periods. Such assessment is required on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis. In making such assessment, significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified.

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company’sThe Company’s deferred tax assets wereare primarily comprised of U.S. Net Operating Loss (“NOL”), tax credit and other deferred tax assets relating to book-to-tax temporary differences. From the third quarter of 2009, the Company had determined that it was more likely than not that all of the net deferred tax assets in the U.S. jurisdictions would not be realized. As a result, theThe Company had recorded and maintained a full valuation allowance against those net deferred tax assets to reduce them to their estimated net realizable value through September 30, 2017.

2017. As of December 31, 2017, the CompanyCompany determined that it is more likely than not that a portion of the net deferred tax assets willwould be realized for federal and U.S. states, except California, and therefore recorded a net valuation allowance release of $26.3$26.3 million. As a result, the Company continued to maintain a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets relating to the states of California and for the R&D credit carry forwards for the state of Massachusetts.

 

As of each reporting date, the Company’sCompany’s management considers new evidence, both positive and negative, that could impact management’s view with regard to future realization of deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2017, 2018, in part because in the current year, the Company achieved three years of cumulative pre-tax incomelosses in the U.S. federal tax jurisdiction, management determined that sufficient positivenegative evidence exists as of December 31, 2017, 2018, to conclude that it is more likely than not that certain of its net deferred taxes of $26.3 million arewould not be realizable, and therefore, reduced therecorded a valuation allowance in the amount of $16.9 million accordingly.

 

At December 31, 2017, 2018, the Company had approximately $34.7$45.7 million and $20.8$20.5 million of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, respectively, available to offset future taxable income. The federal and state net operatingoperating loss carryforwards, if not utilized will generally begin to expire in 2029 through 2035.2038. $11.8 million of total federal net operating loss carryforwards were generated post December 31, 2017 and have no expiration. At December 31,2017, 2018, the Company had research and development tax credits available to offset federal, California and Massachusetts tax liabilities in the amount of $6.1$6.7 million, $6.6$7.4 million and $0.3$0.3 million, respectively. Federal credits will begin to expire in 2024, California state tax credits have no expiration, and Massachusetts tax credits begin to expire in 2021.

81

Table of Contents

 

The utilization of NOL carryforwards and tax credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations set forth inprovided by Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code Sections 382 and 383(“IRC”), and similar state provisions. SuchThe annual limitation couldmay result in the expiration of net operating lossNOL carryforwards and tax credits before utilization. The Company completed an IRC Section 382 analysis through December 31, 2018 and determined that there were no significant limitations to the utilization of NOL or tax credit carryforwards. As such, the NOL and tax credit carryforwards before utilization.presented are not expected to expire unutilized, unless there is a future ownership change as determined by Section 382 of the IRC.

Undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries at December 31, 2018 are considered to be indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no provision for federal and state income taxes has been provided thereon. Due to the Transition Tax and GILTI regimes as enacted by the 2017 Tax Act, those foreign earnings will not be subject to federal income taxes when actually distributed in the form of a dividend or otherwise. The Company, however, could still be subject to state income taxes and withholding taxes payable to various foreign countries. The amounts of taxes which the Company could be subject to are not material to the accompanying financial statements.

In December 2017, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“SAB 118”), which allows companies to record provisional amounts during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year of the enactment date. Since the 2017 Tax Act was passed late in the fourth quarter of 2017, and ongoing guidance and accounting interpretation was yet to be issued, the Company’s accounting of the transition tax and deferred tax re-measurements was incomplete as of December 31, 2017. The Company filed its 2017 Federal corporate income tax return in the fourth quarter of 2018. The Company’s final analysis and impact of the 2017 Tax Act is reflected in the tax provision and related tax disclosures for the year ended December 31, 2018. There was a net increase of approximately $0.3 million to the originally estimated $7.3 million remeasurement of deferred tax assets. The Company considers the $0.3 million true-up to be an immaterial change in estimate which has been reflected within the measurement period in accordance with SAB 118.  

84

Table of Contents

In January 2018, the FASB released guidance on the accounting for tax on the GILTI provisions of the 2017 Tax Act. The GILTI provisions impose a tax on foreign income in excess of a deemed return on tangible assets of foreign corporations. The guidance indicates that either accounting for deferred taxes related to GILTI inclusions or treating any taxes on GILTI inclusions as a period cost are both acceptable methods subject to an accounting policy election. The Company has elected to treat any taxes on GILTI inclusions as a period cost.

 

Uncertain Tax Positions

The Company establishes reserves forfor uncertain tax positions based on the largest amount that is more-likely-than-notmore-likely-than-not to be sustained. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. The Company performs a two-steptwo-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions.positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement.

Although the Company believes it has adequately reserved for its uncertain tax positions, no assurance can be given that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be different. The Company adjusts these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made. The provision for income taxes includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes to reserves that are considered appropriate, as well as the related net interest and penalties.

 

The Company files U.S., state, and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations.limitations. The 2005 through 20172018 tax years generally remain subject to examination by U.S. federal and California state tax authorities due to the Company’s net operating loss and credit carryforwards. For significant foreign jurisdictions, the 2011 through 2017 tax years generally remain subject to examination by their respective tax authorities.

 

The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company'sCompany’s gross unrecognized tax benefits for the year ended in December 2017 and 31, 2016 to December 2016 (in31, 2018 (in thousands):

 

  

2017

  

2016

 

Beginning of the year unrecognized tax benefits

 $707  $651 

Increases related to prior year tax positions

  643    

Increases related to current year tax positions

  169   56 

End of the year unrecognized tax benefits

 $1,519  $707 
  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

 

Balance at beginning of year

 $1,519  $707  $651 

Decreases related to prior year tax positions

  (70)   643    

Increases related to current year tax positions

  114   169   56 

Balance at end of year

 $1,563  $1,519  $707 

 

It is the Company’sCompany’s policy to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2017, 2018, the Company had accrued interest and penalties of $97,298$107,000 related to uncertain tax positions.

2017 Tax Act

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “2017 Tax Act”) was signed into law making significant changes to the Code. The 2017 Tax Act makes broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code, including, but not limited to, (i) reducing the U.S. federal statutory tax rate from 35% to 21%; (ii) requiring companies to pay a one-time transition tax on certain un-repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries; (iii) generally eliminating U.S federal income taxes on dividends from foreign subsidiaries; (iv) requiring a current inclusion in U.S. federal taxable income of certain earnings of controlled foreign corporations; (v) eliminating the corporate alternative minimum tax (AMT) and changing how existing AMT credits can be realized; (vi) creating the base erosion anti-abuse tax (BEAT), a new minimum tax; (vii) creating a tax on global intangible low-taxed income (GILTI) of foreign subsidiaries; (viii) creating a new limitation on deductible interest expense; (ix) changing rules related to uses and limitations of net operating loss carryforwards created in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017; and (x) modifying the officer’s compensation limitation.

In December 2017, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No.118 (“SAB 118”), which provided a measurement period of up to one year from the enactment date of the 2017 Tax Act for companies to complete the accounting for the 2017 Tax Act and its related impacts. The income tax effects of the 2017 Tax Act for which the accounting is incomplete include: the impact of the transition tax, the revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities to reflect the 21% corporate tax rate, and the impact to the aforementioned items on state income taxes. The Company has made reasonable provisional estimates for each of the items applicable, however, these estimates may be affected by other analyses related to the 2017 Tax Act, including but not limited to, any deferred adjustments related to the filing of its 2017 federal and state income tax returns and further guidance yet to be issued.

ASC 740 requires companies to recognize the effect of tax law changes in the period of enactment, accordingly the effects must be recognized on companies’ calendar year-end financial statements, even though the effective date for most provisions is January 1, 2018. As a result the Company re-measured its net U.S. deferred tax assets at the 21% future tax rate recorded a net decrease of approximately $7.3 million.

At December 31, 2017, according to the 2017 Tax Act for estimating the Company's foreign undistributed earnings, the Company estimated an aggregate deficit in "accumulated earnings and profits," which is how foreign undistributed earnings are determined for the one-time transition tax and for U.S. income tax purposes. The deficit was primarily a result of 2017 stock option exercises by foreign employees, which exceeded current year and prior year foreign earnings. As a result, the one-time transition tax did not have a significant impact on the Company’s 2017 tax provision and there was no undistributed accumulated earnings and profits as of December 31, 2017.

82

Table of Contents

The Company's current effective tax rate does not include foreign taxes on undistributed profits of foreign subsidiaries. These earnings could become subject to incremental foreign withholding, should these earnings be actually remitted to the U.S. The Company's future effective tax rates could be adversely affected by earnings being lower in countries where the Company has lower statutory rates and being higher in countries where the Company has higher statutory rates, or by changes in tax laws, accounting principles, interpretations thereof, and due to changes in the valuation allowance of the Company's U.S. deferred tax assets.

The Company considered the impact of the Act on its need for valuation allowance assessment. The Company’s ASC 740-30 assertion remains unchanged and continues to assert that it will indefinitely reinvest its undistributed earnings.

 

 

NOTE 98—NET INCOME (LOSS)LOSS PER SHARE

 

Basic net income (loss) per share is computed using the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period. In periods of net income, diluted shares outstanding include the dilutive effect of in-the-money equity awards (stock options, restrictedrestricted stock units, performance stock units and employee stock purchase plan contributions), which is calculated based on the average share price for each fiscal period using the treasury stock method. In accordance with ASC 718,260, the assumed proceeds under the treasury stock method include the average unrecognized compensation expense of in-the-moneyin-the money stock options and restricted stock units. This results in the assumed buyback of additional shares, thereby reducing the dilutive impact of equity awards.awards.

 

DilutedDiluted earnings per share is the same as basic earnings per share for the periods in which the Company had a net loss because the inclusion of outstanding common stock equivalents would be anti-dilutive.

85

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) and the weighted average number of shares used in computing basic and diluted net income (loss) per share (in thousands, except per share data):

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2017

  

2016

  

2015

 

Numerator:

            

Net Income (loss)

 $29,993  $2,577  $(4,440)

Denominator:

            

Weighted-average shares outstanding in basic calculation

  13,873   13,225   13,960 

Add: dilutive effect of potential common shares

  855   528    

Weighted-average shares used in computing diluted net income per share

  14,728   13,753   13,960 

Net income (loss) per share:

            

Net income (loss) per share, basic

 $2.16  $0.19  $(0.32)

Net income (loss) per share, diluted

 $2.04  $0.19  $(0.32)
  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

 

Numerator:

            

Net Income(loss)

 $(30,770)  $29,993  $2,577 

Denominator:

            

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing net income (loss) per share, basic

  13,771   13,873   13,225 

Dilutive effect of incremental shares and share equivalents

     855   528 

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing net income (loss) per share, diluted

  13,771   14,728   13,753 

Net income(loss) per share:

            

Net income (loss) per share, basic

 $(2.23)  $2.16  $0.19 

Net income (loss) per share, diluted

 $(2.23)  $2.04  $0.19 

 

TheThe following numbernumbers of weighted shares outstanding, prior to the application of the treasury stock method, were excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per common share for the yearsperiod presented because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect (in thousands):

 

Year Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

Options to purchase common stock

422202,575

Restricted stock units

924296

Employee stock purchase plan shares

93

Performance stock units

24

Total

512442,988

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

 

Options to purchase common stock

  664   42   220 

Restricted stock units

  432   9   24 
Employee stock purchase plan shares  133       
Performance stock units  43       

Total

  1,272   51   244 

 

 

NOTE 109—DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN

 

In the U.S., the Company has an employee savings plan (“401(k)401(k) Plan”) that qualifies as a deferred salary arrangement under Section 401(k)401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Eligible employees may make voluntary contributions to the 401(k)401(k) Plan up to 100% of their annual compensation, subject to statutory annual limitations. In 2018, 20172016 and 2015,2016, the Company made discretionary contributions under the 401(k)401(k) Plan of $288,000,$262,000$0.4 million, $0.3 million and $244,000$0.2 million, respectively.

83

 

For the Company’sCompany’s Japanese subsidiary, a discretionary employee retirement plan has been established. In addition, for some of the Company’s other foreign subsidiaries, the Company deposits funds with insurance companies, third-partythird-party trustees, or into government-managed accounts consistent with the requirements of local laws. The Company has fully funded or accrued for its obligations as of December 31, 2017, 2018, and the related expense for each of the three years then ended was not significant.

 

 

NOTE 1110—SEGMENT INFORMATION AND REVENUE BY GEOGRAPYGEOGRAPHY AND PRODUCTS

 

OperatingSegment reporting is based on the “management approach,” following the method that management organizes the Company’s reportable segments are defined as components of an enterprise aboutfor which separate financial information is made available that isto, and evaluated regularly by, the chief operating decision maker or decision making group, in deciding how to allocateallocating resources andand in assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker as defined under the FASB’s ASC 280 guidance, is its Chief Executive Officer.Officer ("CEO"), who makes decision on allocating resources and in assessing performance. The Company has CEO reviews the Company's consolidated results as one business activity operating segment. In making operating decisions, the CEO primarily considers consolidated financial information, accompanied by disaggregated information about revenues by geography and there are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations. Accordingly, the Company has a single reportable segment structure.product. All of the Company’s principal operations and decision-making functions are located in the United States.U.S. The Company’s chief operating decision maker viewedCEO views its operations, managedmanages its business, and used uses one measurement of profitability for the one operating segment - which sells aesthetic medical equipment and services, and distributes skincare products, to qualified medical practitioners. Substantially all of the Company’s long-lived assets are located in the U.S.

 

The following table summarizespresents a summary of revenue by geographic region, based ongeography for the location of the customer,year ended December 31, 2018 and by product category2017 (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
 

2017

  

2016

  

2015

  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

 

Revenue mix by geography:

                        

United States

 $94,581  $65,513  $48,916  $101,862  $94,581  $65,513 

Japan

  17,264   14,727   11,504   17,819   17,264   14,727 

Asia, excluding Japan

  13,719   13,445   15,596   15,467   13,719   13,445 

Europe

  8,317   7,539   7,728   8,875   8,317   7,539 

Rest of the world

  17,612   16,832   11,017   18,696   17,612   16,832 

Consolidated total

 $151,493  $118,056  $94,761 
            

Total Consolidated revenue

 $162,720  $151,493  $118,056 

Revenue mix by product category:

                        

Products

 $125,883  $92,721  $71,223 

Hand Piece Refills

  2,435   2,498   2,910 

Systems

 $132,594  $125,883  $92,721 

Consumables

  4,162   2,435   2,498 

Skincare

  4,342   3,809   2,889   5,778   4,342   3,809 

Total product revenue

  132,660   99,028   77,022   142,535   132,660   99,028 

Service

  18,833   19,028   17,739   20,185   18,833   19,028 

Consolidated total

 $151,493  $118,056  $94,761 

Total Consolidated revenue

 $162,720  $151,493  $118,056 

 

86

Table of Contents

 

 

NOTE 1211—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

OPERATING LEASES

Facility Leases

  

As of December 31, 2017,2018, the Company was committed to minimum lease payments for facilities and other leased assets under long-term non-cancelable operating leases as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

 

Amount

  

Amount

 

2018

 $2,891 

2019

  2,871 

2019

 $3,011 

2020

  2,815   2,939 

2021

  2,515   2,564 

2022

  2,495 

2022

  2,495 

2023 and thereafter

  214   214 

Future minimum lease payments

 $13,801 

Future minimum rental payments

 $11,223 

 

Gross rent expense recognized in the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 and 2015 was $2.9 million, $1.5 million and $1.6 million, and $1.5 million, respectively.

84

Table of Contents

 

Vehicle Leases

 

As of December 31, 2017,2018, the Company was committed to future minimum lease payments for vehicles leased under long-term non-cancelable capital leases as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

 

Amount

  

Amount

 

2018

 $472 

2019

  381 

2020

  104 

2019

 $576 

2020

  287 

2021

  152 
Future minimum lease payments  $957  $1,015 

Purchase Commitments

The Company maintains certain open inventory purchase commitments with its suppliers to ensure a smooth and continuous supply for key components. The Company’s liability in these purchase commitments is generally restricted to a forecasted time-horizon as agreed between the parties. These forecasted time-horizons can vary among different suppliers. Although open purchase orders are considered enforceable and legally binding, the terms generally allow the Company the option to cancel, reschedule, and adjust their requirements based on the Company's business needs prior to the delivery of goods or performance of services The Company’s open inventory purchase commitments with its suppliers were not significant at as of December 31, 2017.2018 were $1.7 million and $7.2 million respectively, for 2019 and 2020.

 

Indemnifications

 

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into agreements that contain a variety of representations, warranties,warranties, and indemnification obligations. For example, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers and certain key employees. The Company’s exposure under its various indemnification obligations is unknown and not reasonably estimable as they involve future claims that may be made against the Company. As such, the Company has not accrued any amounts for such obligations.

 

Contingencies

 

The Company is named from time to time as a party to other legal proceedsproceedings, product liability, commercial disputes, employee disputes, and contractual lawsuits in the normalordinary course of business. These matters are subject to many uncertainties and outcomes that are not predictable and that may not be known for extended periods of time. A liability and related charge are recorded to earnings in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for legal contingencies when the loss is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. The assessment is re-evaluated each accounting period and is based on all available information, including discussion with outside legal counsel. If a reasonable estimate of a known or probable loss cannot be made, but a range of probable losses can be estimated, the low-end of the range of losses is recognized if no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other. If a material loss is reasonably possible, but not probable and can be reasonably estimated, the estimated loss or range of loss is disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. The Company expenses legal fees as incurred.

87

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017,and 2016, the Company had accrued $91,000$171,000 and $138,000,$91,000, respectively related to various pending contractualcommercial and product liability lawsuits. The Company does not believe that a material loss in excess of accrued amounts is reasonably possible.

Certain of these lawsuits and claims are described in further detail below. It is not possible to predict what the outcome of these matters will be and the Company cannot guarantee that any resolution will be reached on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

In January, 2018, the Company and Nicholas Brown were served with a complaint by Cynosure, Inc. (Plaintiff) alleging that Nicholas Brown working for the Company violates certain non-compete provisions of an agreement he was a party to while employed by Plaintiff. The Plaintiff alleges causes of action for breach of contract by Nicholas Brown and intentional interference with contractual relations by the Company.

Nicholas Brown was hired by the Company as a sales representative in the Boston area in November 2017. Prior to being hired, he worked for the Plaintiff in Boston, also as a sales representative. The Company believes the non-compete provisions of his agreement are unenforceable as a matter of Massachusetts law.

The Company has engaged counsel and intends to defend this matter vigorously. As of December 31, 2017, based on available information regarding this matter, the Company is unable to reasonably assess the ultimate outcome of this case or determine an estimate.

 

 

NOTE 132DEBT

Loan and Security Agreement

On May 30, 2018, the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo”) entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the “Original Revolving Line of Credit”) in the original principal amount of $25 million. The Original Revolving Line of Credit terminates on May 30, 2021. As of December 31, 2018, there were no borrowings under the Original Revolving Line of Credit.

Covenants

The Original Revolving Line of Credit contained financial and other covenants as well as the maintenance of a leverage ratio not to exceed 2.5 to 1.0 and a Trailing Twelve Month ("TTM") adjusted EBITDA of not less than $10 million. A violation of any of the covenants could result in a default under the Original Revolving Line of Credit that would permit the lenders to restrict the Company’s ability to further access the revolving line of credit for loans and letters of credit and require the immediate repayment of any outstanding loans under the Loan and Security Agreement.

During the third quarter of 2018, the Company was notified that it was in violation of certain financial covenants in the Original Revolving Line of Credit. Upon receipt of this notice, the Company entered into discussions with Wells Fargo to amend and revise certain terms of the Original Revolving Line of Credit. Following the end of the Company's third quarter, on or about November 2, 2018, the Company entered into a First Amendment and Waiver to the Loan and Security Agreement with Wells Fargo (the “First Amended Revolving Line of Credit”).

The First Amended Revolving Line of Credit provided for an original principal amount of $15 million, with the ability to request an additional $10 million and a waiver of any existing defaults under the Original Revolving Line of Credit as long as the Company is in compliance with the terms of the Revised Revolving Line of Credit.

Similar to the Original Revolving Line of Credit, the First Amended Revolving Line of Credit contained revised financial and other covenants as well as the maintenance of a leverage ratio not to exceed 2.0 to 1.0 and a graduated scale of TTM adjusted EBITDA of not less than $1 million as of the last day of the 2018 third fiscal quarter; $2.5 million as of the last day of the 2018 fourth fiscal quarter; $4 million as of the last day of the 2019 first and second fiscal quarters; $6.5 million as of the last day of the 2019 third fiscal quarter; and $10 million as of the last day of each fiscal quarter.

Subsequent to December 2018, the Company again determined that it was in violation of certain financial covenants in the First Amended Revolving Line of Credit. The Company again entered into discussions with Wells Fargo to amend and revise certain terms of the First Amended Revolving Line of Credit. On or about, March 11, 2019 the Company entered into a Second Amendment and Waiver to the Loan and Security Agreement with Wells Fargo (the “Second Amended Revolving Line of Credit”). The Second Amended Revolving Line of Credit requires the Company to maintain a minimum cash balance of $15 million at Wells Fargo, but removes all other covenants so long as no money is drawn on the line of credit. The Company may draw down on the line of credit at the time it reaches and maintains TTM adjusted EBITDA of not less than $10 million, and a leverage ratio not to exceed 2.5 to 1.0.

As of the date of this filing, there were no borrowings under either the Second Amended Revolving Line of Credit, First Amended Revolving Line of Credit, or the Original Revolving Line of Credit, and the Company is in compliance with all financial covenants of the Revised Revolving Line of Credit.

NOTE 13—RELATED PARTIES

 

In 20172018 and 2016,2017, the Company paid $196,000$63,000 and $182,100,$196,000, respectively, to a former board member Mr. Dave Gollnick for product development, clinical sales and marketing support services. In addition, as of December 31, 2016, the Company granted Mr. Gollnick 6,500 RSUs with a grant-date fair value of $87,100,$87,100, that vest over three years at the rate of 33.33% per year on each of the three anniversaries from the vesting commencement date of October 28, 2016, subject to him continuing to provide consulting and/ or board services to the Company. The Company’s Audit Committee approved the extension of Mr. Gollnick’s consulting agreement through December 31, 2018 at the rate of $200$200 per hour for a maximum of 40 hours per week.

 

The Company signed an agreement with a real estate firm, T3 Advisors, effective September 2017, to assist the Company in real estate related issues (including strategic planning and search for new facilities). One of T3 Advisors’ Advisors’ Senior Vice President "Mr. Austin Barrett" is related to Greg Barrett – a member of the Company’s board of directors. In 2018 and 2017, the Company paid $38,000incurred $192,000 and $38,000 respectively, related to T3 Advisors for Real estate brokerage services.

 

8588

 

SUPPLEMENTARYNOTE 14—CORRECTION OF PRIOR PERIOD IMMATERIAL ERROR

During the three months ended June 30, 2018, management discovered that the Company had not recorded the tax effect of the adoption of ASC Topic 606 in the balance sheet of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2018. Upon adoption of ASC Topic 606, the Company recorded an increase to retained earnings of $5.0 million for contracts still in force as of January 1, 2018. The tax effect of the ASC Topic 606 adoption was $1.2 million.

The Company evaluated the impact of the error on prior periods and determined that the effect was not material to the financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and six months ended June 30, 2018. The Company corrected the error in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2018. The correction of the error increased the Company's deferred tax liability by $1.2 million and decreased retained earnings by $1.2 million (Note 1) as of January 1, 2018.

The Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2018, the three, six and nine months ended September 30, 2018, and the consolidated statements for the year ended December 31, 2018 were not affected by this correction of the error. Accordingly, the Company's loss per share for the three months ended March 31, 2018, the three, six and nine months ended September 30, 2018, and the year ended December 31, 2018 remains unchanged.

NOTE 15—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluates events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date through to the date which the financial statements are issued, for potential recognition or disclosure in its consolidated financial statements in accordance with Subsequent Events.

Effective January 4, 2019, James A. Reinstein resigned from his position as Chief Executive Officer and as a member of the Company's board of directors. Effective as of that same date, the board of directors appointed the Company’s current Chief Operating Officer, R. Jason Richey to serve as Interim President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company while the board of directors conducts a search for the Company’s next Chief Executive Officer.

In connection with Mr. Reinstein's resignation, the Company entered into a Separation Agreement and release with him. Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, Mr. Reinstein will serve as a consultant to the Company for six months to assist with transition matters. In accordance with the Separation Agreement and General Release filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed on January 9, 2019, Mr. Reinstein will receive a cash payment of approximately $0.6 million, equivalent to (i) twelve (12) months of his annual base salary as in effect on the Separation Date, and (ii) 100% of his actual bonus for the prior fiscal year, consistent with the 2018 MBP program payout, less applicable withholdings. The payment was made to Mr. Reinstein within thirty (30) days after the effective date. He will also vest in outstanding equity awards of 4,667 shares through April 4, 2019.

89

SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Quarter ended:

 

Dec. 31,

2017

  

Sept. 30,

2017

  

June 30,

2017

  

March 31,

2017

  

Dec. 31,

2016

  

Sept. 30,

2016

  

June 30,

2016

  

March 31,

2016

  

Dec. 31,

2018

  

Sept. 30,

2018

  

June 30,

2018

  

March 31,

2018

  

Dec. 31,

2017

  

Sept. 30,

2017

  

June 30,

2017

  

March 31,

2017

 

Net revenue

 $47,632  $38,173  $36,389  $29,299  $37,875  $30,281  $27,477  $22,423  $45,469  $40,573  $42,553  $34,125  $47,632  $38,173  $36,389  $29,299 

Cost of revenue

  20,299   15,963   15,343   13,778   15,962   12,538   11,472   9,949   26,683   18,688   20,176   16,791   20,299   15,963   15,343   13,778 

Gross profit

  27,333   22,210   21,046   15,521   21,913   17,743   16,005   12,474   18,786   21,885   22,377   17,334   27,333   22,210   21,046   15,521 

Operating expenses:

                                                                

Sales and marketing

  15,362   13,148   12,787   10,773   11,561   10,574   10,712   8,716   15,318   14,479   15,535   13,088   15,362   13,148   12,787   10,773 

Research and development

  3,481   3,467   2,981   2,945   2,897   2,914   2,712   2,709   3,464   3,244   4,095   3,556   3,481   3,467   2,981   2,945 

General and administrative

  3,947   3,379   3,548   3,216   3,010   2,716   3,997   3,220   5,494   5,160   4,902   5,439   3,947   3,379   3,548   3,216 
Lease termination income  -   (4,000)  -   -   -   -   -   -                  (4,000)      

Total operating expenses

  22,790   15,994   19,316   16,934   17,468   16,204   17,421   14,645   24,276   22,883   24,532   22,083   22,790   15,994   19,316   16,934 

Income (loss) from operations

  4,543   6,216   1,730   (1,413)  4,445   1,539   (1,416)  (2,171)  (5,490)  (998)  (2,155

)

  (4,749

)

  4,543   6,216   1,730   (1,413)

Interest and other income, net

  138   197   276   273   (204)  166   217   144   (44

)

  (49)  (129)  98   138   197   276   273 

Income (loss) before income taxes

  4,681   6,413   2,006   (1,140)  4,241   1,705   (1,199)  (2,027)  (5,534)  (1,047)  (2,284)  (4,651)  4,681   6,413   2,006   (1,140

)

Income tax provision (benefit)

  (18,199)  225   59   (118)  28   61   30   24 

Income tax provision

  20,760   (174)  (712)  (2,619)  (18,199)  225   59   (118)

Net income (loss)

 $22,880  $6,188  $1,947  $(1,022) $4,213  $1,644  $(1,229) $(2,051) $(26,293) $(873) $(1,572) $(2,032

)

 $22,880  $6,188  $1,947  $(1,022

)

                                

Net income (loss) per share—basic

 $1.66  $0.44  $0.14  $(0.07) $0.31  $0.12  $(0.09) $(0.16)

Net income (loss) per share—diluted

 $1.57  $0.42  $0.13  $(0.07) $0.30  $0.12  $(0.09) $(0.16)
                                

Net income (loss) per share—basic

 $(1.89) $(0.06) $(0.11

)

 $(0.15

)

 $1.66  $0.44  $0.14  $(0.07

)

Net income (loss) per share—diluted

 $(1.89) $(0.06) $(0.11

)

 $(0.15

)

 $1.57  $0.42  $0.13  $(0.07

)

Weighted average number of shares used in per share calculations:

                                                                

Basic

  13,744   13,973   13,935   13,840   13,591   13,163   13,131   13,010   13,932   13,851   13,709   13,587   13,744   13,973   13,935   13,840 

Diluted

  14,569   14,767   14,629   13,840   14,201   13,544   13,131   13,010   13,932   13,851   13,709   13,587   14,569   14,767   14,629   13,840 

 

8690

Table of Contents

 

 

SCHEDULE II

 

CUTERA, INC.

 

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(in thousands)

For the YearsYears Ended December 31, 20178, 20162017 and 20152016

 

 

  

Balance at

Beginning

of Year

  

Additions

  

Deductions

  

Balance

at End of

Year

 

Deferred tax assets valuation allowance

                

Year ended December 31, 2017

 $31,751  $617  $25,126  $7,242 

Year ended December 31, 2016

 $27,616  $6,755  $2,620  $31,751 

Year ended December 31, 2015

 $26,046  $3,327  $1,757  $27,616 

  

Balance at

Beginning

of Year

  

Additions

  

Deductions

  

Balance

at End of

Year

 

Deferred tax assets valuation allowance

                

Year ended December 31, 2018

 $7,242  $22,770  $2,147  $27,865 

Year ended December 31, 2017

 $31,751  $617  $25,126  $7,242 

Year ended December 31, 2016

 $27,616  $6,755  $2,620  $31,751 

 

 

  

Balance at

Beginning

of Year

  

Additions

  

Deductions

  

Balance

at End of

Year

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable

                

Year ended December 31, 2017

 $21  $14  $26  $9 

Year ended December 31, 2016

 $4  $21  $4  $21 

Year ended December 31, 2015

 $  $4  $  $4 

 

  

Balance at

Beginning

of Year

  

Additions

  

Deductions

  

Balance

at End of

Year

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable

                

Year ended December 31, 2018

 $9  $1,880  $632  $1,257 

Year ended December 31, 2017

 $21  $14  $26  $9 

Year ended December 31, 2016

 $4  $21  $4  $21 

 

 

 

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.

  

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

EvaluationConclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We maintainThe Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

As required by SEC Rule 13a-15(b), wethe Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on the foregoing, our principal executive officerthe Company’s Interim Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and principal financial officerChief Financial Officer (“CFO”), concluded that ourthe Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.

Attached as exhibits to this Annual Report are certifications of the Company’s CEO and CFO, which are required in accordance with Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act). This Controls and Procedures section includes the information concerning the controls evaluation referred to in the certifications, and it should be read in conjunction with the certifications for a more complete understanding of the topics presented.

Inherent Limitations Over Internal Controls

 

Inherent Limitations Over Internal Controls

Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S.with GAAP. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

 

 

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;assets;

 

provideprovide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors;directors; and

 

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a materialmaterial effect on the financial statements.

 

Management, including our principal executive officerthe Company’s CEO and principal financial officer,CFO, does not expect that our internal controls will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of internal controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. Also, any evaluation of the effectiveness of controls in future periods are subject to the risk that those internal controls may become inadequate because of changes in business conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Management’sManagement’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Our managementThe Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in the Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officerCompany’s CEO and principal financial officer, weCFO, the Company conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on the results of our assessment under the framework in the Internal Control—IntegratedControl-Integrated Framework (2013), ourthe Company’s management concluded that ourthe Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2017.2018.

 

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017,2018, has been audited by an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their attestation report, which is included in their annual report under Item“Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report.Report on Form 10-K.

   

Changes in Internal Control Overover Financial Reporting

 

There were no changes in ourthe Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2017,2018, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, ourthe Company’s internal control over financial statements.reporting.

 

8892

 

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

 

None

  

PART III

 

Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this report on Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2018next Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”), which we intend to file pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, within 120 days after December 31, 2017.2018.

 

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

The information required by this item concerning our directors and corporate governance is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in the section titled “Directors and Corporate Governance” in ourthe Company’s Proxy Statement. Information required by this item concerning ourthe Company’s executive officers is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in the section entitled “Executive Officers of the Company” in ourthe Company’s Proxy Statement. Information regarding our Section 16 reporting compliance and code of business conduct and ethics is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in the section entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” in ourthe Company’s Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The information required by this item regarding executive compensation is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in the sections titled “Executive Compensation” and “Compensation for Directors” in ourthe Company’s Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The information required by this item regarding security ownershipownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in the section titled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” in ourthe Company’s Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

The information required by this item regarding certain relationships and related transactions and director independence is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in the sections titled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Directors and Corporate Governance” in ourthe Company’s Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

 

The information required by this item regarding principal accountant fees and services is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in the section titled “Principal Accountant Fees and Services” in ourthe Company’s Proxy Statement.

 

8993

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K

(1)

The financial statements required by Item 15(a) are filed asFinancial Statements-See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements at Item 8 of this Annual Report.Report on Form 10-K.

(2)

The following financial statement schedule required by Item 15(a)of the Company is filed as Item 8part of this Annual Report.report and should be read in conjunction with the financial statements of the Company:

Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.

 

(3)

Exhibits.

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

    3.1

  

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (filed as Exhibit 3.5 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 7, 2017 and incorporated herein by reference)

3.2

  

Bylaws of the Registrant (filed as Exhibit 3.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 8, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference)

4.1

  

Specimen Common Stock certificate of the Registrant (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 25, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference)reference)

10.1*

  

Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our registration statementCurrent Report on Form S-18-K filed on January 15, 2004February 21, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference)

10.2*

  

1998 Stock Plan (filed as ExhibitExhibit 10.2 to our registration statement on Form S-1 filed on January 15, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference)

10.3*

  

2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2007 and incorporated hereinherein by reference)

10.4

  

Brisbane Technology Park Lease dated August 5, 2003 by and between the Registrant and Gal-Brisbane, L.P. for office space located at 3240 Bayshore Boulevard, Brisbane, California (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to our registration statement on Form S-1 filed on January 15, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference)

10.5

  

Settlement Agreement between the Registrant and Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. dated June 2, 2006 (filed as Exhibit 99.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filedfiled on June 6, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference)

10.6

 

Non-Exclusive Patent License between the Registrant and Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. dated June 2, 2006 (filed as Exhibit 99.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 6, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference)

10.7*

  

Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.11 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 14, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference)

    10.8*

  

Amended and Restated 2004 EquityEquity Incentive Plan (filed as Appendix B to our definitive proxy statement on Form 14A filed on May 1, 2017 and incorporated herein by reference)

    10.9

 

First Amendment to Brisbane Technology Park Lease dated August 11, 2010 by and between the Company and BMR-Bayshore Boulevard LLC, as successor-in-interest to Gal-Brisbane, L.P., the original landlord, for office space located at 3240 Bayshore Boulevard (filed as Exhibit 10.19 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 1, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference)

    10.10*

 

Change of Control and Severance Agreement between Kevin P. Connors and the Registrant (filed as Exhibit 10.20 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 1, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference)

    10.11*

 

Change of Control and Severance Agreement between Ronald J. Santilli and the Registrant (filed as Exhibit 10.21 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 1, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference)

10.12*

 

Form of Performance StockStock Unit Award Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.22 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 1, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference)

10.13*

 

Change of Control and Severance Agreement between James Reinstein and the Registrant (filed as Exhibit 10.23 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 11, 2017 and incorporated herein by reference)

10.14

 

Lease Termination Agreement dated July 6, 2017 by and between the Registrant and SI 28, LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.26 to our Quarterly ReportReport on Form 10-Q filed on August 7, 2017 and incorporated herein by reference)

10.15

 

Second Amendment to Lease dated July 6, 2017 by and between the Company and BMR-Bayshore Boulevard LP (filed as Exhibit 10.27 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 7, 2017 and incorporated herein by reference)

10.16

 

Transition Agreement dated July 12, 2017 by and between the Company and Ronald J. Santilli (filed as Exhibit 10.28 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 7, 2017 and incorporatedincorporated herein by reference)

10.17*

 

Chief Financial Officer Consulting Agreement dated July 12, 2017 by and between the Company and Sandra A. Gardiner (filed as Exhibit 10.29 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 7, 2017 and incorporated hereinherein by reference)

21.1

Subsidiaries

 

9094

 

10.18

Loan and Security Agreement dated May 30, 2018 by and between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2018 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.19Separation Agreement dated January 4, 2019 by and between the Company and James Reinstein (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K on January 9, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference).

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

24.1

  

Power of Attorney

31.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

31.2

  

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-OxleySarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Document

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

   

*

 

Management contract or compensatory plan

 

ITEM 1 16.6.

SUMMARY OF 10K

 

None

 

9195

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of Thethe Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Brisbane, State of California, on the 26ththe18th day of March, 2018.2019.

 

 

CUTERA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ JAMES A. REINSTEINJASON R. RICHEY

 

 

 

James A. ReinsteinJason R. Richey

 

 

 

PresidentChief Operating Officer and Interim Chief
Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

Power of Attorney

 

KNOW ALL MEN AND WOMEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints James A. Reinstein,Jason R. Richey, and Sandra A. Gardiner, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as they might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and any of them or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

PursuantPursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

Title

Date

/s/JAMES A. REINSTEINJASON R. RICHEY

James A. Reinstein         Jason R. Richey

 

President,Chief Operating Officer and Interim Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal(Principal Executive Officer)

March 26, 201818, 2019

 

 

 

/s/ SANDRA A.GARDINERSANDRA A.GARDINER

Sandra A. Gardiner

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer )

March 26, 201818, 2019

 

 

 

/s/ J. DANIEL PLANTS

J. Daniel Plants

Chairman of the Board of Directors

March 26, 201818, 2019

 

 

 

/s/ DAVID B. APFELBERG

David B. Apfelberg

 

Director

March 26, 201818, 2019

 

 

 

/s/ GREGORY A. BARRETT

Gregory A. Barrett

 

Director

March 26, 201818, 2019

 

 

/s/ DAVID A. GOLLNICK

David A. Gollnick

Director

March 26, 2018

/s/ELISHA W. FINNEY

Elisha W. Finney

  

Director

March 26, 201818, 2019

 

 

 

/s/ TIM O’SHEA

Tim O’Shea 

  

Director

March 26, 201818, 2019

 

 

 

/s/CLINT H. SEVERSSEVERSON

Clint H. Severson

 

 Director

March 26, 201818, 2019

 

9296